Books on
South Asia
2015
C O N T E N T S ART & ARCHITECTURE ........................................................................ 1 ECONOMICS.............................................................................................3 HISTORY & ARCHAEOLOGY ............................................................... 10 ANCIENT HISTORY ..................................................................... 13 MEDIEVAL HISTORY ................................................................... 14 MODERN HISTORY ..................................................................... 17 ARCHAEOLOGY ........................................................................... 30 LITERATURE ........................................................................................ 31 LANGUAGE & LINGUISTICS ............................................................... 34 POLITICS .............................................................................................. 38 RELIGION & PHILOSOPHY .................................................................. 59 SOCIOLOGY & ANTHROPOLOGY ....................................................... 67 PSYCHOLOGY ..................................................................................... 77 WILDLIFE .............................................................................................. 78 EDUCATION ......................................................................................... 78 GENDER STUDIES .............................................................................. 78 CULTURE STUDIES ............................................................................ 91 SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY & ENVIRONMENT .................................... 91 URBAN STUDIES ................................................................................. 97 AUTOBIOGRAPHIES/ REMINISCENCES/ MEMOIRS/ BIOGRAPHIES ...................................................................................... 97 MEDIA STUDIES .................................................................................. 99 SPORTS ............................................................................................. 100 GENERAL ........................................................................................... 100 FORTHCOMING ................................................................................. 105
*Prices are subject to change without notice.
intentional and unavoidable. How is the chawl defined? What makes it unique among the various building typologies located throughout the city? How have cultural formations emerged through the constraints imposed by such limited living space? These are not easy questions to answer, but this multi-genre book, with the help of an assemblage of visuals – from floor plans, photographs and drawings – attempts to consider the ways in which the chawl emerges as a distinct symbol of the city of Mumbai, holding not only the history of the city’s transformation but also its unique social identity.
ART & ARCHITECTURE Woman’s Eye, Woman’s Hand Making Art and Architecture in Modern India
D. Fairchild Ruggles
NEW
With independence, India experienced a dramatic social rupture but also recuperation of political autonomy and a new sense of that promised optimism. The country became a crucible for experimentation in modern and utopain architecture with new buildings, cities and museums giving public face to the nation. Indian architects and architectural projects claimed international attention, and a generation of women entered professions such as architecture and design that had previously been closed to them. They emerged as a pronounced political force, and important patrons of art, architecture and public space.
Neera Adarkar is an architect, urban researcher and activist, and a visiting faculty member of architecture, and planning, Academy of Architecture, Mumbai. 9788188861149
The mid-19th and 20th centuries saw a significant increase in women acting as arbiters of taste and shapers of the built environment. The emerging groups of female designers and female patrons were enabled by new norms for women.
Whitewash, Red Stone
The essays in this volume address these developments, posing the important question: did, and do, women produce art and architecture that reflect a feminine perspective? How did women, otherwise invisible and denied attention in the public sphere, gain voice? The writers look at these questions through both the political frame of gender as well as through family lineage and dynastic connections, and their importance in women’s patronage of the arts.
A History of Church Architecture in Goa
Paulo Varela Gomes
238pp
HB
` 695.00
ZUBAAN
The Chawls of Mumbai Galleries of Life
Neera Adarkar
PB
` 800.00
Whitewash, Red Stone tells the intriguing story of the evolution of church architecture in Goa from the 16th to the 20th centuries. In doing so, it answers questions which have been raised by students and scholars of architectural history for long: What is a Goan church? When and how did the characteristically Goan church appear? How can one explain the fact that an original type of Catholic church appeared in a territory as small as Goa? Even as the 17th century initiated a particular transition in the stylistics of church building in the region, the full development of Goan church architecture was completed in the 18th century when local communities (comunidades) or powerful local hierarchs (gaunkars) often took over the reconstruction of the churches founded by the Jesuits of the Franciscans and transformed them into buildings of a new type. The whole of Goa (Ilhas, Bardez and Salcete) was covered by a ‘white mantle of churches’.
F. Fairchild Ruggles is Professor at the University of IIIinois, holding appointments to Landscape Architecture, Art History, Architecture, Gender & Women’s Studies, and the Center for South Asia and Middle East Studies. 9789381017142
175pp
IMPRINTONE
Paulo Varela Gomes is Professor of architectural history at the University of Coimbra, Portugal.
In the 15 chapters of this book, a diverse group of writers explore the unique structure of the chawl, all the while considering a complicated and interwoven set of themes and questions. While many of these questions remain unanswered, we struggle with them because, at their heart, they are the questions of Mumbai itself. With vacant land being non-existent, the demolition of the chawls is going to redefine the skyline of south and central Mumbai. The chawls make up around 16,000 structures, located in the heart of Mumbai. Yet, for many of us these structures are unfamiliar, as the city of extremes is often understood through only its slums and its mansions. In this book we have tried to trace the past, present and future of the city, as told through and within the chawl. These conversations are meandering and circular, at times overlapping and repetitive. Like a walk through the chawl neighbourhoods themselves, each chapter leaves the impression. ‘Haven’t I walked down this lane before?’ This is both
Over 200 illustrations 9789380403007 248pp PB YODA PRESS
1
` 450.00
Barefoot Across the Nation Maqbool Fida Husain and the Idea of India
Sumathi Ramaswamy (ed)
Imperial Conversations
This book is the first inter-disciplinary engagement with the work of Maqbool Fida Husain, arguably India’s most iconic contemporary artist today, whose life and work are intimately entangled with the career of independent India as a democratic, secular and multi-ethnic nation. For more than half a century, and across thousands of canvases, Husain has painted individuals and objects, events and incidents that offer an astonishing visual chronicle of India through the ages.
Indo-Britons and the Architecture of South India
Shanti JayewardenePillai
The 13 articles in this volume - written by distinguished artists, curators, anthropologists, historians, art historians and critics, sociologists and scholars of post-colonial literature and religion - critically examine the artistic statement that Husain has presented on the self, community and nation through his oeuvre. It engages with the controversies that have erupted around and about Husain’s work, and situates them in debates around the freedom of the artist versus sentiments of the community, between ‘virtue’ and ‘obscenity’, between an ‘elite’ of intellectuals and the ‘common man’, and between a ‘work of art’ and a ‘religious icon.’ Correspondingly it considers how India has responded to Husain: with affection, admiration and adulation on the one hand, and hostility and rejection on the other.
Moving away from the ‘received view’ that Indian architecture was in ‘decline’ during the nineteenth century, the book unveils a complex and exciting design interface between indigenous engineers and architects and European soldier-engineers, responsive to the demands of Indo-British patrons. Supplemented by more than 100 illustrations, photographs and maps, the book brings into view an entirely new perspective about an architecture which was as much richly indigenous as it was splendidly hybrid. Shanti Jayewardene-Pillai trained as an architect in Sri Lanka and the UK. She has practiced as an architect in both countries and taught history at the Bartlett School of Architecture, University of London.
Sumathi Ramaswamy is Professor of History, Duke University, USA. 9789380403113
290pp
PB
The eighteenth century was a time of profound upheaval when economic and political control of southern India passed from native kings to the East India Company. Hand-in-hand with the resultant conflicts and skirmishes, a process of cultural sharing was gaining ground which went on to manifest itself in the form of a flourishing imperial culture in the nineteenth century. The development of an ‘imperial’ architecture in the Indian subcontinent forms one strand of this saga of intercultural exchange. In this valuable new book, Shanti Jayewardene-Pillai tells the story of the Indians and British whom she refers to as the Indo-Britons, as they developed a mutual exchange of architectural, construction and design knowledge from the seventeenth century onwards, which ultimately led to the creation of a distinctive architecture in southern India in the nineteenth century.
` 1950.00
YODA PRESS
more than 100 illustrations, photographs & maps 9788190363426 348pp HB ` 895.00 YODA PRESS
Architecture and Art of Southern India (The New Cambridge History of India) George Michell
Lived Heritage, Shared Space
George Michell provides a pioneering and richly illustrated introduction to the architecture, sculpture and painting of the Vijayanagar empire and the successor states. The period, encompassing some four hundred years, was endowed with an abundance of religious and royal monuments, which remain as testimonies to the history and ideology behind their evolution.
The Courtyard House of Goa
Angelo Costa Silveira Translated from the Portuguese by Maria Flavia Ribeiro
George Michell is an architect, archaeologist and art historian.
182 half-tones 5 maps 9780521441100 250pp HB
` 995.00
The courtyard house of Goa harks back to a long tradition of dwellings with a central space open to the skies circumscribed by rooms on all sides, a model as much functional in keeping the house cool in the hot climate, as of sacred inspiration. Along the famed Konkan coast, we find references to courtyard houses from the late medieval period onwards. Indeed, in order to find a suitable precedent to the patio house of Goa we need to look no further than the domestic and monumental architecture of Vijayanagar. While the churches and sacred buildings of Goa have been the focus of a majority of studies on the built heritage of Goa, in more recent times, there has been increasing awareness that the resplendent houses of Goa are as deserving of careful attention. For visitors returning from Goa, images of the houses with colourful facades and romantic porches are as evocative of their Goan sojourn as those of the magnificent, whitewashed churches. However, today this distinct domestic architecture of historical Goa faces a deep threat. Once the symbol of prosperity, many have today fallen into disrepair. In this lovingly
2
detailed and thoroughly documented new book, Angelo Silveira takes us on a journey through the form of the Goan courtyard house, and the traditional techniques and materials which contributed to the construction of this unique dwelling.
ECONOMICS Nanotechnology and Development What’s in it for Emerging Countries?
Angelo Costa Silveira is a conservation architect of Goan origin based in Lisbon, Portugal.
Shyama V. Ramani
more than 100 colour and B&W photographs 9788190363471 152pp PB ` 495.00 YODA PRESS
A Walk in the Woods The Art of Paramjit Singh
Ella Datta
In Paramjit Singh’s resplendent landscapes there is always an air of mystery which haunts and beckons, making the viewer’s experience spiritual and full of magic at the same time. The artist’s own journey through such magical pathways began in the 1950s when he first started painting. With time, landscape elements which had made an appearance very early on began to dominate his art, till the ideal landscape seen with the mind’s eye was evoked to perfection in canvas after canvas. With titles like Monsoon Light, Red in the Woods, Evening Light and Lakes, these canvases throw open to the viewer and collector an exquisite mélange of colour, light, and the fragrance of the vibrant countryside.
NEW
In this present volume, noted art critic Ella Datta, familiarizes the reader and art lover with details of the veteran artist’s life, the influences which shaped his art, and the streams of thought which gave substance to the mystical landscapes that he is renowned for.
9781107037588
Ella Datta is a well-known art critic contributing articles on contemporaray Indian art to national dailies such as The Hindustan Times and The Telegraph. 126pp
HB
The book identifies the nature and magnitude of the nanotechnology divide between high-income countries and the rest of the world. It also studies the determinants of the evolution and functioning of state policy and technology clusters in developed regions like the US and the EU in order to identify the strategies that can or cannot be replicated elsewhere. Tracing the trajectories in nanotechnology being carved out by four emerging countries, China, India, Brazil, and Mexico, it identifies common as well as country-specific factors that influence the rates of return to public and private investment related to nanotechnology in emerging countries. The book also makes policy recommendations to bridge the nanotechnology divide while promoting economic growth and inclusive development. Shyama V. Ramani is Professorial Fellow at United Nations University, Maastricht, and Professor of Health, Life Sciences and Development at Maastricht University.
Based on extensive interviews with the artist, the book showcases some of his best-known work, which includes landscapes, as well as the more rarely seen black and white drawings and pastels. Ella Datta’s eminently readable account of the artist’s life and work is supplemented by valuable photographs from the Singh family archive.
9788190227285
Nanotechnology is a generic platform with potential applications in many sectors. It promises to be a motor of economic growth with inclusive development through innovations related to materials, foods, medicines, etc. Both developed and emerging countries have participated in the nanotechnology race, but the importance of this race was understood at different times. The opportunity cost of funds diverted to knowledge base, equipment or scientific and technological capabilities is higher for emerging countries with high poverty. In this context, how should emerging economies attempt to participate in the nanotechnology race? What are the trade-offs between the different possible trajectories for catching-up? This book is an attempt to answer these queries.
` 1395.00
YODA PRESS
3
280pp
HB
` 695.00
The G20 Macroeconomic Agenda India and the Emerging Economies
Parthasarathi Shome (ed)
NEW
As the premier forum for global economic governance, G20 was successful in warding off the global economic crisis of 2008–09 and preventing it from becoming a full-blown depression. In its wake, G20 initiated a series of financial sector reforms and managed to achieve unprecedented global cooperation, by bringing together the G7 and newly emerging economies, for improved global macroeconomic management. As the global economy recovered in 2010, G20 expanded to include a development agenda in particular, achieving food security, controlling commodity price volatility, recycling global savings to boost infrastructure investment, and enhancing energy and environmental sustainability.
Towards a Knowledge Society New Identities in Emerging India
Debal K. SinghaRoy
This book assesses the progress of the G20 with a focus on India. It discusses the role India has played in the success of the G20 process and, more importantly, delineates the possible barriers to India’s enhanced involvement in the G20, and in global governance in general.
NEW
316pp
HB
Monetary Policy, Sovereign Debt and Financial Stability
` 745.00
The New Trilemma
Deepak Mohanty (ed)
Innovation in India Combining Economic Growth with Inclusive Development
Shyama V. Ramani (ed)
This volume evaluates the performance of innovation in India and the role of its scientific establishment. It discusses the impact of innovations on inclusive development through a presentation of the traditional healthcare system, innovations in the sanitation sector and the lessons learnt from India on innovation-making for the poor. Shyama V. Ramani is Professorial Fellow at United Nations University, Maastricht, and Professor of Health, Life Sciences and Development at Maastricht University, The Netherlands.
NEW
9781107037564
416pp
HB
Debal K. SinghaRoy is Professor of Sociology at School of Social Sciences, Indira Gandhi National Open University, New Delhi. 9781107065451
Parthasarathi Shome is Adviser (Minister of State) to the Finance Minister, Government of India and Chairman, Tax Administration Reform Commission. He was also Chairman, Expert Committee on General Anti-Avoidance Rules (GAAR), Government of India, and Director of Indian Council for Research on International Economic Relations (ICRIER), New Delhi. 9781107051102
This book depicts the emergence of knowledge society across rural and urban spaces and among cross sections of social collectivities in India. It analyses the new economic momentum and socio-cultural milieu as set in motion with the emergence of this society. The ensuing impact on the pre-existing facets of social identity and marginality, and the processes of construction of new social identities therein are studied. This book delineates both the hope and despair, as produced with the arrival of the knowledge society, and identifies the scope and conditions of alternative choice and liberation for the people within the emerging socio-economic order of this society. Rich in empirical data, this monograph will interest students, researchers, teachers, policy planners and social activists.
NEW
` 795.00
398pp
HB
` 895.00
The global financial crisis and the following Euro-zone sovereign debt crisis have since changed the art and science of central banking in a fundamental way. It challenged the stereotypical view that price stability and financial stability complement each other as the global financial sector came to the brink of collapse in the midst of a period of extraordinary price stability. Post crisis, central banks across the globe continue to grapple with the new trilemma of pursuing with the objectives of monetary policy, sovereign debt and financial stability in a co-ordinated fashion. The authors in this volume address several issues in relation to advanced economies: Is the trilemma a new impossible trinity or a holy trinity? What are the implication of this expanded mandate for the effectiveness and autonomy of central banks? Does it indicate the return of fiscal dominance on monetary policy? Is fiscal responsibility more than a question of monetary policy independence? Is the interaction between sovereign debt management and monetary policy an important determinant of market confidence? Is co-ordination among central banks to assess the implications of their policies on global liquidity and spillovers relevant for global financial stability? Deepak Mohanty, Executive Director at the Reserve Bank of India, looks into the areas of monetary policy, economic research and statistics. 9789382993209
4
384pp
HB
` 995.00
Decentralization and Empowerment for Rural Development Hari K. Nagarajan, Hans P. Binswanger-Mkhize & S.S. Meenakshisundaram
NEW
This book examines the empowerment of citizens in general and of the poor and marginalized groups in particular by the process of decentralization. It discusses the precise role of Panchayat and local governance on the quantity and quality of services. Some of the findings include – long term impacts of political reservation for women, positive relationship between local revenue generation and quality of governance, significant welfare gains due to parochial politics and even bribes. The mechanisms through which improvements in governance are achieved include Gram Sabha meetings with specific agenda related to services, participation of households in such meetings, and, the impact of specific institutions such as VECs, VWUSCs, and the Pani Panchayats.
Making Money The Philosophy of Crisis Capitalism
Ole Bjerg
NEW
The authors are able to prove that a positive relationship exists between the quality of services and increasing local revenues. The large number of tied grants that Panchayats receive has long been criticized as leading to a general constriction of choices left with the Panchayats to be able to effectively allocate expenditures. Most importantly, the book quantifies the impact of Panchayats in terms of the ability of households to reduce vulnerability and transit out of poverty.
9789384463489
Hans P. Binswanger-Mkhize is Visiting Professor at the School of Economics and Management, China Agricultural University, Beijing and Department of Agricultural Economics, University of Pretoria, South Africa.
Market Menagerie
S. S. Meenakshisundaram is Visiting Professor at National Institute for Advanced Sciences (NIAS), and Institute of Social and Economic Change (ISEC), Bangalore.
Smita Srinivas
384pp
HB
This book turns these questions into a matter of philosophical analysis rather than an economic one. Applying the thought of Slavoj Zizek and other scholars to mainstream economic literature, Bjerg provides a radical new way of looking at the mysterious stuff we use to buy things. It is a theory unfolded in reflections on the nature of monetary phenomena such as financial markets, banks, debt, credit, derivatives, gold, risk, value, price, interests, and arbitrage. The analysis of money is put into a historical context, suggesting that the current financial turbulence and debt crisis are evidence that we live in the age of post-credit capitalism. By bridging the fields of economics and contemporary philosophy, Bjerg’s work engages in a compelling form of intellectual arbitrage. Ole Bjerg is associate professor in the Department of Management, Politics and Philosophy, Copenhagen Business School. His previous works include Poker – The Parody of Capitalism (2011) as well as three books in Danish.
Hari K. Nagarajan is Professor and RBI Chair in Rural Economics at Institute of Rural Management Anand (IRMA).
9789382264781
What is money? Where does it come from? Who makes it? And how can we understand the current state of our economy as a crisis of money itself?
Health and Development in Late Industrial States
` 895.00
304pp
PB
` 395.00
Market Menagerie examines technological advance and market regulation in the health industries of nations such as India, Brazil, South Africa, Nigeria, and China. Pharmaceutical and life science industries can reinforce economic development and industry growth, but not necessarily positive health outcomes. Yet wellcrafted industrial and health policies can strengthen each other and reconcile economic and social goals. This book advocates moving beyond traditional market failure to bring together three uncommonly paired themes: the growth of industrial capabilities, the politics of health access, and the geography of production and redistribution. Smita Srinivas is Assistant Professor in the Urban Planning program and the Director of the Technological Change Lab at Columbia University in New York City. She has advised and consulted with the UN and other international agencies, and with grassroots organizations, for over a decade. 9789382993056
5
344pp
PB
` 795.00
Economic Reform in India Challenges, Prospects, and Lessons
Nicholas C. Hope, Anjini Kochar, Roger Noll & T. N. Srinivasan (eds)
The Service Sector in India’s Development
The essays in this volume are written by leading economists working on the Indian economy. They collectively emphasize the importance of policies and institutions for sustained growth and poverty reduction, stressing that the success of sector-specific policies is vitally dependent on the nature of markets and the functioning of institutions such as those charged with regulating and overseeing critical sectors. Individual contributions assess the role of Indian government policy in key sectors and emphasize the policies required to ensure improvements in these sectors. The first section discusses aspects of the macro economy; the second deals with agriculture and social sectors; the third with jobs and how labor markets function in agriculture, industry and services; and the fourth with infrastructure services, specifically electricity, telecommunications and transport. The essays are drawn from the most influential papers presented in recent years on Indian economic policy at the Stanford Center for International Development.
Gaurav Nayyar
Nicholas C. Hope, Stanford Center for International Development.
Gaurav Nayyar is an economist in the Economic Research Division of the WTO Appellate Body, Geneva.
Anjini Kochar, Stanford Center for International Development. Roger Noll, Stanford University.
19 B&W illustrations 111 tables 9781107035324 312pp HB ` 895.00
T. N. Srinivasan, Yale University and National University of Singapore. 40 B&W illustrations 120 tables 9781107046047 543pp HB ` 1295.00
India’s Late, Late Industrial Revolution Democratizing Entrepreneurship
Sumit K. Majumdar
A striking aspect of India’s recent growth has been the dynamism of its services sector. In 2010, it accounted for 57 percent of the country’s GDP and 25 percent of its total employment. The results do not conform to the growth experience of currently industrialized countries or other developing economies. Is the increasing share of the service sector in India’s total output simply notional, as several activities that were earlier classified in the industrial sector are now subsumed in services’ value added, or because the relative price of services has increased over time? No. The sector’s growth is real – it is linked to household final demand, policy reforms and increased service exports. Is this service-led growth process sustainable? That remains an open question because the service sector is highly heterogeneous, ranging from software services and business process outsourcing to wholesale and retail trade and personal services. These subsectors vary considerably in the context of different economic characteristics that are important for development.
The World under Pressure How China and India are Influencing the Global Economy and Environment
There is a paradox at the heart of the Indian economy. Indian businessmen and traders are highly industrious and ingenious people, yet for many years Indian industry was sluggish and slow to develop. One of the major factors in this sluggish development was the command and control regime known as the License Raj. This regime has gradually been removed and, after two decades of reform, India is now awakening from its slumber and is experiencing a late, late industrial revolution. This important new book catalogues and explains this revolution through a combination of rigorous analysis and entertaining anecdotes about India’s entrepreneurs, Indian firms’ strategies and the changing role of government in Indian industry. This analysis shows that there is a strong case for a manufacturing focus so that India can replicate the success stories of Asian countries such as Japan, South Korea and China.
Carl J. Dahlman
The rapid rise of China and India is reshaping our global economic and environmental systems, raising major issues of stability, governance, and sustainability. This book develops a framework that shows the interdependence between economic size, trade, finance, technology, environment, security, and global governance. The author uses this framework to provide data on the speed of global power shifts and to trace the implications for nations worldwide. Specifically, as the book shows, China and India’s unchecked growth has the potential to ignite trade, resource, cold, and conventional wars. Moreover, these nations could set in motion monumental challenges related to climate change. The author argues that the current international governance system is not actively trying to defuse the challenges of these frictions. The major powers, including China and India, must do more to address the gathering storm. Developing sustainable economic and social relationships will be a most difficult charge, but the cost of putting off reforms will be lower global welfare. The author discusses the starting points for initiating these changes.
Sumit K. Majumdar is Professor of Technology Strategy in the School of Management, University of Texas at Dallas, Richardson.
Carl J. Dahlman is the Luce Professor of International Relations and Information Technology at the Edmund A. Walsh School of Foreign Service at Georgetown University, USA.
32 B&W illustrations 44 tables 9781107032996 452pp HB ` 895.00
9789382264644 6
326pp
HB
` 795.00
Development Disparities in Northeast India Rakhee Bhattacharya
India’s recent reform measures have transformed the socioeconomic landscape of many states; however, it has left a few others behind. Development Disparities in Northeast India attempts to determine Northeast India’s place in the country’s economic growth map. It examines whether India’s liberalization has infused any hope into the Northeastern states of India. This book objectively analyses Northeast India’s intra-regional variations and relates these to a pan-regional analytic grid thereby connecting it to the rest of India.
Policy Options to Achieve Food Security in South Asia Surabhi Mittal & Deepti Sethi (eds)
The book opens a debate by examining critical issues like the colossal gap between supply steered policies of the central government and demands of the people in this region. It also addresses the issues of rampant corruption, dismal failure of governance and an insurgent economy that drives a sinister parallel economy within the region.
This book identifies major issues of food security in the South Asian countries. Each chapter of the book throws light on issues such as initiatives and policies taken up in a particular country to achieve the goal of food security, and also critically evaluates the effectiveness of these policies. Discussing the SAARC food bank to ensure food security in South Asia, the book also suggests measures to overcome the identified current constraints and make the policies more effective.
Rakhee Bhattacarya, a fellow with the Maulana Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata is engaged in research on the issues of security and development in Northeast India.
9788175967984
The Financial Inclusion Imperative and Sustainable Approaches Deepali Pant Joshi
1 Map 192pp HB
` 795.00
Surabhi Mittal is a Senior Scientist at the International Maize and Wheat Improvement Center (CIMMYT). She served as a Senior Fellow at the Indian Council for Research on International Economic Relations (ICRIER).
The need for Financial Inclusion is fast emerging as an international policy issue at the macro level. The Financial Inclusion Imperative and Sustainable Approaches is a comprehensive account of various components of the Financial Inclusion. It presents a blueprint to combat poverty and highlights the critical role of banks and the microfinance sector. This book is comprehensive and gives a contemporary treatment of major issues facing the Indian Economy today. It combines academic rigor and objectivity with clear presentation. In this incisive book, the author asks searching questions and offers carefully thought out answers.
Deepti Sethi is a Research Assistant at the Indian Council for Research on International Economic Relations. 9788175968097
Banking and Financial Systems V. Nityananda Sarma
Deepali Pant Joshi is presently Chief General Manager with the Reserve Bank of India based at Mumbai 9788175968004
292pp
HB
Agriculture in South Asia and many other parts of the world is apparently caught in a low equilibrium trap. The features of this trap are low productivity of staples, supply shortfalls, higher prices, low returns to farmers, product diversification, causing further shortage of staple food. The question of food security has a number of dimensions that go beyond production, availability and demand for food. Food availability does not ensure food security. Thus, distribution and access of population to food is equally important for food security. Food availability can be achieved through better distribution mechanisms and alternatively through imports to ensure food security.
` 795.00
242pp
HB
` 795.00
Banks are the most significant players in the Indian financial market. The Indian banking system has played a crucial role in the socioeconomic development of the country. After 1990, the Government of India formulated policies supporting liberalisation, privatisation and globalisation. The book keeps pace with these changes and captures the central themes and concerns of corporate financial management. The topics covered in the book are discussed in a fairly self-contained manner. It addresses contemporary financial components such as capital market, money market, banker and customer relationship, cooperative banks, regional rural banks, RBI, SBI, development banking and banking technology. Besides, it explains the assessment of working capital and the appraisal of term loans from a practitioner’s point of view. V. Nityananda Sarma was a Reader at the Government College for Women, Begumpet, Hyderabad. 9788175966376
7
552pp
PB
` 495.00
Bangladesh Politics, Economy and Civil Society
David Lewis
• Institutions and Market Structure, covering standards regarding accounting and auditing, corporate governance, payment and settlement systems and effective insolvency and creditor rights systems (Volume V). The Advisory Panel evaluated the observance of the current standards and codes for accounting, auditing, corporate governance, payment and settlement systems and effective insolvency and creditor rights systems. • Transparency Standards, covering standards regarding monetary and financial policies, fiscal transparency and data dissemination (Volume VI). The Advisory Panel on Transparency Standards evaluated the adherence to the current standards and codes for transparency in monetary and financial policies, fiscal transparency and data dissemination.
Since its hard-won independence from Pakistan, Bangladesh has been ravaged by economic and environmental disasters. Only recently has the country begun to emerge as a fragile, but functioning, parliamentary democracy. The story of Bangladesh, told through the pages of this concise and readable book, is a truly remarkable one. By delving into its past, and through an analysis of the economic, political and social changes that have taken place over the last twenty years, the book explains how Bangladesh is becoming of increasing interest to the international community as a portal into some of the key issues of our age. In this way the book offers an important corrective to the view of Bangladesh as a failed state. David Lewis, London School of Economics and Political Science
9781107678460
India’s Financial Sector An Assessment
Committee on Financial Sector Assessment
3 maps 248pp PB
As part of the assessments, the Advisory Panels evaluated the current standards and codes, identified gaps in adherence and suggested possible policy actions and measures, taking a medium-term perspective.
` 495.00
The Reports were finalized after peer review by external experts of international repute. The peer reviews of the Advisory Panel Reports, along with the Panel’s response, have been included in respective volumes.
The Government of India and the Reserve Bank constituted a Committee on Financial Sector Assessment (CFSA) in September 2006 to undertake a comprehensive assessment of India’s financial sector. The aim of this review was to evaluate financial sector stability and development, identify the gaps in compliance with various international financial standards and codes, and suggest corrective policy measures.
The CFSA, drawing on the assessments and recommendation of the Advisory Panel Reports, has presented its Overview Report (Volume II). Volume I is an Executive Summary of the assessments and recommendations by the CFSA.
To assist the Committee, four Advisory Panels provided independent reports on: • Financial Stability Assessment and Stress Testing, covering macro-prudential analysis and stress-testing of the financial sector (Volume III). A key analytical component is a comprehensive assessment of financial stability and stress testing of India’s financial sector. The Advisory Panel conducted a macro-prudential surveillance (including system-level stress testing) to assess the soundness and stability of India’s financial system and suggest measures for strengthening the financial system. • Financial Regulation and Supervision, covering banking regulation and supervision, securities market regulation and insurance regulation standards (Volume IV). The Advisory Panel evaluated the adherence to the relevant standards and codes for financial regulation and supervision, pertaining mainly to the banking sector, securities market and insurance sector. The evaluation extends to non-banking and rural financial institutions and money and foreign exchange markets, as relevant and applicable.
6 Volume Set (Volumes I – VI) 9788175966710 ` 2000.00 2 Volume Set (Volumes I & II) 9788175966758 ` 500.00
8
Food for Policy Reforming Agriculture
Surabhi Mittal & Arpita Mukherjee (eds)
A Field of One’s Own
Food for Policy: Reforming Agriculture is the first book of its kind to highlight the reforms needed to achieve a ‘second Green Revolution’ which will then make way for an ‘evergreen’ revolution in India. Although there has been much discussion on reforming the Indian agriculture sector and making it globally competitive, it continues to be plagued by various constraints and the reform process has been extremely slow. This book is a compilation of articles by experts who provide comprehensive solutions for the Indian agriculture sector. A unique feature of this book is that it builds on the existing work on reforms and trade in agriculture while focusing on the gaps in the current literature. There are very few books today that try to address issues such as agri-business and nonfarm employment. Food for Policy: Reforming Agriculture fills this lacuna by covering a wide range of areas including agriculture trade policy, price policy, infrastructure development and supply chain efficiency.
Gender and Land Rights in South Asia
Bina Agarwal
Bina Agarwal, Institute of Economic Growth, Delhi. 1 figure 13 maps 9788185618647 572pp PB 9788185618630 572pp HB
Surabhi Mittal and Arpita Mukherjee are Senior Fellows at the Indian Council for Research on International Economic Relations (ICRIER). 9788175966215
274pp
HB
India Working Essays on Society and Economy
` 795.00
Barbara Harriss-White
Social Banking Promise, Performance and Potential
Dr Deepali Pant Joshi
Social Banking: Promise, Performance and Potential provides an overview of the Indian banking scenario from both a historical and a theoretical perspective. It discusses the development of Social Banking, its working and its relevance for the present and the future. The book presents the contribution of banking institutions in promoting savings and investments and extending the reach of banking services.
The Reserve Bank of India
335pp
PB
` 495.00
The Reserve Bank of India was set up in 1935, under private ownership. Its charter was to maintain the monetary stability of India. In 1949, it was nationalized. The RBI monitors India’s monetary and exchange rate policies, and the borrowings of the central and state governments. Regulation of commercial banking is another key responsibility. This volume narrates in detail how the RBI coped with the changes that it was required to manage. It is a fascinating story of how policy was actually made during a very trying period in the country’s history. The chapters dealing with the management of the external sector are especially revealing since not much has been written about that aspect so far.
Dr Deepali Pant Joshi is presently the Chief General Manager of Reserve Bank of India, Hyderabad. HB
Barbara Harriss-White describes the working of the Indian economy through its most important social structures of accumulation. Successive chapters explore a range of topics including labour, capital, the state, gender, religious plurality, caste and space. The author’s conclusion challenges the prevailing notion that liberalisation releases the economy from political interference.
9788175962309
Through this book, Dr Deepali Pant Joshi has made an important contribution to the understanding of the performance of Social Banking in India and its potential for uplifting the weaker sections through viable enterprises. The author combines the professional expertise of a senior banker with the social commitment and analytical rigour of an economist.
200pp
` 395.00 ` 495.00
Barbara Hariss-White is Professor of Development Studies at Queen Elizabeth House, and Fellow of Wolfson College, University of Oxford.
The author argues the case for large-scale Social Banking and microfinance for the alleviation of poverty. She also provides an extensive analysis of the remarkable traits that have made Social Banking a success in India and enabled the Indian banking system to reach millions of low-income savers and borrowers. It clearly demonstrates the tremendous potential embedded in well-designed institutional interventions.
9788175962811
This is the first major study of gender and property in South Asia. Bina Agarwal argues that the single most important economic factor affecting women’s situation is the gender gap in command over property. In rural South Asia, the most significant form of property is arable land, a critical determinant of economic well-being, social status, and empowerment. But few women own land; fewer control it. The author investigates the complex barriers to women’s land ownership and control, and how they might be overcome. The book makes significant and original contributions to theory and policy concerning land reforms, ‘bargaining’ and gender relations, women’s status, and the nature of resistance.
Volume 3 9788175962996 1129pp HB Set (Vols. 1, 2 & 3) 9788175962989
` 495.00
9
` 1995.00 ` 4995.00
Devotion and Dissent in Indian History
HISTORY & ARCHAEOLOGY The Camera as Witness A Social History of Mizoram, Northeast India
Joy L.K. Pachuau & Willem van Schendel
NEW
This book lifts the veil off the little known world of Mizoram and challenges – through unpublished photographs – core assumptions in the writing of India’s national history. The pictures in the book establish the transformation of this society and the many forms of modernity that have emerged in it. It emphasises how ‘indigenous people’ in Mizoram used cameras to produce distinct modern identities and represent themselves to themselves, consistently contesting outsiders’ imaginations of them as isolated, backward and in need of upliftment.
Vijaya Ramaswamy (ed)
NEW
This book urges us to probe deeper into the past that has created the present. From the late 19th century to the present, the photographs in the book show a remarkable openness to global trends in popular culture. The authors demonstrate how mostly amateur photographers used visual images to document a historical trajectory of heady change and continual reinvention, producing distinct modern identities. By virtue of its use of visual sources and its engagement with a wide range of important discourses, this book is relevant for students, historians, social scientists, political activists and general readers looking for a fresh approach to North East India. It is a major contribution to our understanding of Asian formations and transformations.
9789382993193
Expanding Frontiers in South Asian and World History
Willem van Schendel is Professor at the Department of Sociology and Anthropology, University of Amsterdam and Senior Research Fellow at the International Institute of Social History, Amsterdam. 504pp
HB
This book seeks to provide a counterperspective to the well-known and well-trodden school of Marxist historiography which locates religion firmly within the existing socio-economic order. However, the editor has not conceived of a tailored closure to these two positions and this volume contains essays that explore the notion of devotion as being embedded in dissent, either religious or social. Vijaya Ramaswamy is Professor at the Centre for Historical Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University. She is also a senior fellow at the Nehru Memorial Museum and Library, Delhi.
Joy L. K. Pachuau is Associate Professor at Centre for Historical Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.
9781107073395
In contrast to sectarian movements across the world that have been fundamentalist in terms of their ideology and locked in conflicts with those who worshipped ‘differently’, dissent movements within devotional streams were characterized by the qualities of universalism, humanism and love which cut across communal, caste and gender lines. The primary focus of this volume is to present the morphology of dissent within devotion. In the process, the traditional tropes of borders and boundaries get corroded. The normally visible communal, class, caste and gender divides are rendered fuzzy. Equally significant is the emergence of dissent within dissent movements, as these movements begin to petrify into rigid doctrinal positions.
Essays in Honour of John F. Richards
Richard M. Eaton, Munis D. Faruqui, David Gilmartin & Sunil Kumar (eds)
` 1195.00
415pp
HB
` 995.00
This volume celebrates the work of Professor John F. Richards (d. 2007), a historian who significantly changed our understanding of the Mughals, medieval Deccan and environmental history. Expanding Frontiers in South Asian and World History has brought together eminent scholars of South Asian and Global History, who were colleagues and associates of Professor John F. Richards to discuss themes that marked his work as a historian in an academic career spanning almost forty years. It encapsulates discussions under the rubric of ‘frontiers’ in multiple contexts – frontiers and state building; frontiers and environmental change; cultural frontiers; frontiers, trade and drugs; and frontiers and world history. It reflects at once, in the spirit of Professor Richards’ own work, a concern for large-scale global processes as well as for the detailed specificities of each historical case. Richard M. Eaton is Professor, Department of History, University of Arizona, USA. Munis D. Faruqui is Associate Professor, Department of South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of California, Berkeley, USA. David Gilmartin is Professor, Department of History, North Carolina State University, USA. Sunil Kumar is Professor, Department of History, University of Delhi, India. 9781107034280
10
380pp
HB
` 895.00
A History of Prejudice Race, Caste, and Difference in India and the United States
Gyanendra Pandey
This is a book about prejudice and democracy, and the prejudice of democracy. In comparing the historical struggles of two geographically disparate populations - Indian Dalits (once known as Untouchables) and African Americans - Gyanendra Pandey, the leading subaltern historian, examines the multiple dimensions of prejudice in two of the world’s leading democracies. The juxtaposition of two very different locations and histories, and within each of them of varying public and private narratives of struggle, allows for an uncommon analysis of the limits of citizenship in modern societies and states. Pandey, with his characteristic delicacy, probes the histories of his protagonists to uncover a shadowy world where intolerance and discrimination are part of both public and private lives. This unusual and sobering book is revelatory in its exploration of the contradictory history of promise and denial that is common to the official narratives of nations such as India and the United States and the ideologies of many opposition movements.
Confluences Forgotten Histories from East and West
Ranjit Hoskote & Ilija Trojanow
This condition is organic to a planet knit together by transcontinental pilgrimages and transoceanic trade routes, by the motives of war, love, restlessness and inventive curiosity. Since all cultures grow from the constant merging of the familiar and the strange, the authors argue, any attempt to isolate a culture within itself will only damage that culture. Reflecting on various societies, religious traditions and cultural blocs, Hoskote and Trojanow uncover many forgotten histories of the Other within the Self. Following the journeys of stories, ideas, people and songs, they trace the umbilical connections between Europe and Asia, Zoroastrianism and Christianity, Western revolutionary thought and the annihilatory politics of Jihad and Hindutva. Based on ten years of research and travel, Confluences employs a sophisticated assemblage of approaches, ranging from the essayistic to the poetic, from rigorous historical analysis to the playfulness of fiction.
Gyanendra Pandey is Arts and Sciences Distinguished Professor of History and Director of the Interdiciplinary Workshop in Colonial and Postcolonial Studies at Emory University. 9 B & W illustrations 9781107685376 255pp PB
India in the World Economy From Antiquity to the Present
Tirthankar Roy
Defying the tide of national and cultural neo-tribalism sweeping the world from North America and Europe to India and the Arab countries, Ranjit Hoskote and Ilija Trojanow argue that the lifeblood of culture is confluence, the mingling of dissimilar and even contrary elements. No culture has ever been pure, no tradition self-enclosed, no identity monolithic.
` 695.00
Exhilarating in its historical scope and depth of insight, Confluences is a primer for all who are committed to leading lives enriched by diversity. This book also carries urgent political significance in an era shaped by ideologues of difference, who divide the world between an Us to be protected and a Them to be destroyed. It is a salutary guide to those perplexed by Jihadist violence, the US-led coalition’s misadventures in the Arab world, the contest between Islam and Eurocentrism, the turbulent face-off between reformist and conservative movements in North Africa, and the confrontation between Hindutva and liberalism in India.
Cross-cultural exchange has characterized the economic life of India since antiquity. Its long coastline has afforded India convenient access to Asia and Africa as well as trading partnerships formed in the exchange of commodities ranging from textiles to military techonology and from opium to indigo. In a journey across two thousand years, this enthralling book, written by a leading South Asian historian, describes the ties of trade, migration, and investment between India and the rest of the world and shows how changing patterns of globalization have reverberated in economic policy, politics, and political ideology within India. Along the way, the book asks three major questions: Is this a particularly Indian story? When did the big turning points happen? And is it possible to distinguish the modern from the premodern pattern of exchange? These questions invite a new approach to the study of Indian history by placing the region at the center of the narrative. This is global history written on India’s terms, and, as such, the book invites Indian, South Asian, and global historians to rethink both their history and their methodologies.
Ranjit Hoskote is an award-winning Indian poet, cultural theorist, curator and author. Ilija Trojanow is an award-winning German novelist, essayist, critic and author. 9788190618670
224pp
PB
YODA PRESS
Tirthankar Roy is Reader in the Economic History Department at the London School of Economics and Political Science. 23 B&W illustrations 6 maps 7 tables 9781107036390 298pp HB ` 795.00
11
` 295.00
Recovering Liberties Indian Thought in the Age of Liberalism and Empire
C. A. Bayly
One of the world’s leading historians examines the great Indian liberal tradition, stretching from Rammohan Roy in the 1820s, through Dadabhai Naoroji in the 1880s to G. K. Gokhale in the 1900s. This powerful new study shows how the ideas of constitutional, and later ‘communitarian’ liberals influenced, but were also rejected by their opponents and successors, including Nehru, Gandhi, Indian socialists, radical democrats and proponents of Hindu nationalism. Equally, Recovering Liberties contributes to the rapidly developing field of global intellectual history, demonstrating that the ideas we associate with major Western thinkers – Mills, Comte, Spencer and Marx – were received and transformed by Indian intellectuals in the light of their own traditions to demand justice, racial equality and political representation. In doing so, Christopher Bayly throws fresh light on the nature and limitations of European political thought and re-examines the origins of Indian democracy.
Knowing India Colonial and Modern Constructions of the Past
Cynthia Talbot (ed)
C. A. Bayly, University of Cambridge. 9781107025097
404pp
HB
Knowing India honors the contributions of Thomas R. Trautmann to the fields of anthropology and history by presenting research from leading scholars who are his contemporaries, colleagues, and former students. Divided into four sections, the 17 essays in this volume look at modes of conceptualizing and classifying traditional South Asian society, perceptions of the precolonial past in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, and aspects of precolonial India’s historical development and writing. Contributors include reputed contemporaries of Trautmann such as Madhav Deshpande, David Lorenzen, Romila Thapar, and Sylvia Vatuk, as well as former students like Shah Mahmoud Hanifi, Bhavani Raman, and Parna Sengupta who engage with and take off from questions raised by Trautmann. Also containing essays by Michael Dodson, Kenneth Hall, Anne Hardgrove, Judith Irvine, Carla Sinopoli, and Cynthia Talbot, the book ends with three tributes to Trautmann by Tom Fricke, Richard H. Davis and Rama Mantena. Cynthia Talbot is Associate Professor of History and Asian Studies at the University of Texas at Austin, USA.
` 895.00
9789380403038
Migration and Diaspora in Modern Asia Sunil S. Amrith
424pp
PB
` 595.00
YODA PRESS
Migration is at the heart of Asian history. For centuries migrants have tracked the routes and seas of their ancestors - merchants, pilgrims, soldiers and sailors - along the Silk Road and across the Indian Ocean and the China Sea. Over the last 150 years, however, migration within Asia and beyond has been greater than at any other time in history. Sunil S. Amrith’s engaging and deeply informative book crosses a vast terrain, from the Middle East to India and China, tracing the history of modern migration. Animated by the voices of Asian migrants, it tells the stories of those forced to flee from war and revolution, and those who left their homes and their families in search of a better life. These stories of Asian diasporas can be joyful or poignant, but they all speak of an engagement with new landscapes and new peoples.
The Malabar Muslims A Different Perspective
LRS Lakshmi
The Muslims of Kerala, primarily in the northern region of the state called Malabar, are referred to as Mappillas. This book is a study of the social and institutional changes of the Malabar Muslims during the colonial period. It presents the Mappilla community in a wider Indian context and analyses its social, economic, religious, theological, political and educational aspects in detail. Particular emphasis has been laid on their women who are socially more powerful than their counterparts in the rest of the subcontinent. The Mappilla tharavaadus, which are matrilineal joint families, and kaarnotis, the female matrilineal heads of these families, are central to the understanding of the social history of this community. The British colonial system disrupted this traditional social order. The book argues that Mappillas do not per se represent a monolithic community, but show inter- and intra-regional variations and social hierarchies. The position and status of the Mappilla community in the twenty-first century has been compared with its Muslim counterparts in the other regions of the country.
Sunil S. Amrith is Senior Lecturer in History at Birkbeck College, University of London. 16 B&W illustrations 5 maps 4 tables 9781107020245 240pp HB ` 895.00
LRS Lakshmi teaches history at Lakshmibai College, University of Delhi. 9788175969155
12
230pp
HB
` 795.00
Armies, Wars and their Food D. Vijaya Rao
In the history of mankind, armies fought at the behest of a ruler to conquer and expand territories. In due course, war crafts were devised and war logistics were developed. However, armies’ food remained much the same as ever for a very long time. Eventually science and technology played a crucial role in bringing army foods and nourishment to the expected level of modernity, commensurate with advancements in other features of the war craft. Armies, Wars and their Food traces the evolution of military rations and provides insights into the concept of nutrition for military from the point of a food scientist. The principal theme of the book is the historical development of armies and the supply and delivery systems prevalent at different periods of time. Providing a ready source of historical perspectives on the armies, it discusses the role of science and technology in instigating improvements in military ration.
This book attempts to understand the commercial and social history of erstwhile Bengal in terms of its links with its neighbouring countries in the northern region of the Bay of Bengal. It touches upon the key issues in both maritime and territorial history such as the early medieval trade revolution and its impact on the borders of Bengal. The discussion focuses on Southeast Bengal - the most economically developed area of Bengal in terms of transport networks, agriculture, artisan products and trade. Most of this area underwent two major transformations in the twentieth century: once as a result of the formation of East Pakistan in 1947 and a second time after the formation of Bangladesh in 1971. The volume concludes with certain major issues of concern between India and Bangladesh at the turn of the twenty-first century.
D. Vijaya Rao is a Fellow of the Association of Food Scientists and Technologists, India.
Rila Mukherjee teaches History at Jadavpur University, Kolkata.
121 illustrations & figures 114 tables 9788175969186 554pp HB ` 1295.00
9788175963245
Strange Riches Bengal in the Mercantile Map of South Asia
Rila Mukherjee
452pp
HB
` 895.00
Ancient History Global South Asians Introducing the Modern Diaspora
Judith M. Brown
By the end of the twentieth century some nine million people of South Asian descent had left India, Bangladesh or Pakistan and settled in different parts of the world, forming a diverse and significant modern diaspora. In the early nineteenth century, many left reluctantly to seek economic opportunities which were lacking at home. This is the story of their often painful experiences in the diaspora, how they constructed new social communities overseas and how they maintained connections with the countries and the families they had left behind. It is a story compellingly told by one of the premier historians of modern South Asia, Judith Brown, whose particular knowledge of the diaspora in Britain and South Africa gives her insight as a commentator.
The Making of Roman India Grant Parker
Judith M. Brown is Beit Professor of Commonwealth History, University of Oxford and Professorial Fellow of Balliol College. 9788175963832 9788175963849
213pp 213pp
PB HB
Latin and especially Greek texts of the imperial period contain a wealth of references to ‘India’. Professor Parker offers a survey of such texts, read against a wide range of other sources, both archaeological and documentary. He emphasises the social processes whereby the notion of India gained its exotic features, including the role of the Persian empire and of Alexander’s expedition. Three kinds of social context receive special attention: the trade in luxury commodities; the political discourse of empire and its limits; and India’s status as a place of special knowledge, embodied in ‘naked philosophers’. Roman ideas about India ranged from the specific and concrete to the wildly fantastic and the book attempts to account for such variety. It ends by considering the afterlife of such ideas into late antiquity and beyond. Grant Parker is Assistant Professor of Classics at Stanford University.
` 495.00 ` 695.00
11 halftones 3 maps 9780521193962 376pp HB
13
` 995.00
Deciphering the Indus Script Asko Parpola
The Political Economy of Commerce
Of the writing systems of the ancient world which still await deciphering, the Indus script is the most important. It developed in the Indus or Harappan Civilization, which flourished c. 2500-1900 BC in and around modern Pakistan, collapsing before the earliest historical records of South Asia were composed. Nearly 4,000 samples of the writing survive, mainly on stamp seals and amulets, but no translations. Professor Parpola’s ideas about the script, the linguistic affinity of the Harappan language, and the nature of the Indus religion are informed by a remarkable command of Aryan, Dravidian, and Mesopotamian sources, archaeological materials, and linguistic methodology. He outlines what is known about the Harappan culture and its script, presents a decipherment of a small number of interlocking Indus signs, and proposes a method which will permit further progress in decipherment. His fascinating study confirms that the Indus script was logo-syllabic, and that the Indus language belonged to the Dravidian family.
Southern India 1500–1650
Sanjay Subrahmanyam
This book is based on extensive and previously unused Portuguese and Dutch archival sources. Its secondary theme is to explore the relationship between the documentation used and the context within which it was generated, thus illuminating how Europeans and Asians reacted to one another. This is Sanjay Subrahmanyam’s first book, long out of print, now reprinted. Sanjay Subrahmanyam is Professor and Doshi Chair of Indian History at the University of California at Los Angeles.
9788175961944
411pp
PB
` 395.00
Asko Parpola, University of Helsinki. 141 half-tones 8 tables 9780521795661 396pp PB
India Before Europe
` 995.00
Catherine B. Asher & Cynthia Talbot
Medieval History Science, Technology and Social Formation in Medieval Assam Sanjeeb Kakoty
The beginning of the Ahom dynasty in eastern Assam dates back to AD 1228. This kingdom, which was one of the longest reigning dynasties in India, continued till the beginning of nineteenth century. This book discusses the reasons behind the durability of this state. It analyses the factors that contributed both to development of Ahom and its eventual downfall through an examination of technology, production and system of governance.
Catherine B. Asher is Associate Professor in the Department of Art History at the University of Minnesota.
The author proposes a new categorisation of the Ahom state, which he calls the paik mode of production. This involves examination of the specific tools and technologies used in rice cultivation, varieties of rice cultivated, techniques of gunpowder manufacture, different kinds of guns and canons manufactured, system of guerrilla warfare and extent of civil construction. Overall the book presents a rich account of a lesser known region in India and opens up a new area of historical examination.
Cynthia Talbot is Professor of History and Asian Studies at the University of Texas at Austin. 73 halftones 11 maps 9780521517508 336pp HB
Sanjeeb Kakoty teaches sustainability and communications at Indian Institute of Management, Shillong, Meghalaya. 9789382264118
212pp
HB
India is a land of enormous diversity. Cross-cultural influences are everywhere in evidence, in the food people eat, the clothes they wear, and in the places they worship. This was especially the case in the India that existed from 1200 to 1750, before the European intervention. The book takes the reader on a journey across the political, economic, religious and cultural landscapes of medieval India, from the Ghurid conquests and the Delhi Sultanate to the great court of the Mughals. This was a time of conquest and consolidation, when Muslims and Hindus came together to create a unique culture which still resonates in today’s India. As the first survey of its kind in over a decade, the book is a tour de force. It is beautifully illustrated and fluently composed, with a cast of characters which will educate students and general readers alike.
` 895.00
14
` 695.00
Indo-Persian Travels in the Age of Discoveries 1400-1800
Muzaffar Alam & Sanjay Subrahmanyam
This is a path-breaking work based on detailed and sensitive readings of travel-accounts in Persian, dealing with India, Iran and Central Asia between 1400 and 1800. It is the first comprehensive treatment of this neglected genre of literature (safar nama) that links the Mughals, Safavids and Central Asia in a crucial period of the transformation and cultural contact. The authors’ close reading of these travel accounts helps us to enter the mental and moral worlds of the Muslim and non-Muslim literati who produced these valuable narratives. These accounts are presented in a comparative framework, which sets them side by side with other Asian accounts, as well as early modern European travel-narratives, and opens up a rich and unsuspected vista of cultural and material history. This book can be read for a better understanding of the nature of early modern encounters, but also for the sheer pleasure of entering a new world.
The Marathas
Muzaffar Alam is Professor, in the Department of South Asian Languages and Civilizations, University of Chicago.
The Anglo-Maratha Campaigns and the Contest for India
1600-1800 (The New Cambridge History of India)
Stewart Gordon
Stewart Gordon, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor.
9788175960398
Sanjay Subrahmanyam is Professor and Doshi Chair of Indian History at the University of California at Los Angeles. 18 half-tones 5 maps 9780521898522 416pp HB
Vijayanagara (The New Cambridge History of India) Burton Stein
The Struggle for Control of the South Asian Military Economy
Randolf G.S. Cooper
` 895.00
The Vijayanagara kingdom ruled a substantial part of the southern peninsula of India for over three hundred years, beginning in the mid fourteenth century, and during this epoch the region was transformed from its medieval past towards a modern colonial future. Concentrating on the later sixteenth- and seventeenth-century history of Vijayanagara, Burton Stein details the pattern of rule established in this important and long-lived Hindu kingdom, which was followed by other, often smaller kingdoms of peninsular India until the onset of colonialism.
170pp
PB
10 maps 224pp PB
` 345.00
This is a cross-cultural study of the political economy of war in South Asia. Randolf G. S. Cooper combines an overview of Maratha military culture with a battle-by-battle analysis of the 1803 Anglo-Maratha Campaigns. Building on that foundation he challenges ethnocentric assumptions about British superiority in discipline, drill and technology. He argues that these campaigns, in which Arthur Wellesley served with distinction, represent the military high-water mark of the Marathas who posed the last serious opposition to the formation of the British Raj. Dr Cooper asserts that the real contest for India was never a single decisive battle for the subcontinent. Rather it turned on a complex social and political struggle for control of the South Asian military economy. Randolf G.S. Cooper, Visiting Fellow at Wolfson College, University of Cambridge. 9788175962507
Burton Stein is Professorial Reseach Associate at the School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London. 9788185618463
In this book, Dr. Stewart Gordon presents the first comprehensive history of the Maratha polity, which was an important regional kingdom in the seventeenth century and the largest political entity of eighteenth-century India. He focusses on the origins of the elite families, problems of legitimacy and loyalty, military organization and change, and the development of administration, tax collection, and religious patronage. Through the use of a vast array of documents, the author also gives a picture of everyday life in the Maratha polity.
The Mughal Empire (The New Cambridge History of India)
` 495.00
John F. Richards
456pp
HB
` 895.00
The Mughal empire was one of the largest centralised states in the pre-modern world and this new volume traces the history of this magnificent empire from its creation in 1526 to its breakup in 1720. He stresses the dynamic quality of Mughal territorial expansion, their institutional innovation in land revenue, coinage and military organisation, ideological change and the relationship between the emperors and Islam. Professor Richards also analyses institutions particular to the Mughal empire, such as the jagir system, and explores Mughal India’s links with the early modern world. John F. Richards, Duke University, North Carolina.
9788185618494
15
6 tables 344pp PB
` 395.00
The Mughals of India Harbans Mukhia
The Scourge of The Mission
The Mughals of India explores the grandest and longest lasting empire in Indian history. This innovative book examines the Mughal presence in India from 1526 to the mideighteenth century through four new entry points: the source of the Mughal state’s legitimacy; the evolution and meaning of court etiquette; the world of the imperial Mughal family; and the interaction between folklore and court culture.
Marco della Tomba in Hindustan
David N. Lorenzen
Based upon a wide range of sources - court chronicles, official documents, poetry, paintings, travellers’ accounts, bazaar gossip and folktales the book takes account of both the tensions and harmonies within the court and the durability of the empire’s structures, together with the transient moments of the Mughal world and its lasting legacy in today’s India. 9788126518777
223pp
PB
Marco, a friar and missionary of the TibetHindustan Mission arrived in Bengal from his native Italy in 1757, just as the forces of the English East India Company were wresting control of the region from Nawab Siraj-udDaulah. An eyewitness to the first serious political and cultural encounter between India and Europe, he recorded and commented on a number of critical events in this period of transition and upheaval in the subcontinent’s history. A biography and autobiography of his life, this fascinating account is told in first person since more than half the book is translated directly from essays and letters written in Italian by Padre Marco, while the remaining parts have been written by David Lorenzen mostly on the basis of Marco’s letters and essays and those of some of his colleagues in the Mission. The lively narrative of Marco’s life is interspersed with samples of his attempts to understand Hindu religion, along with some of its heterodox sects, making him one of the earliest European scholars to have engaged with their practices and beliefs.
` 795.00
BLACKWELL
David N. Lorenzen is Professor of South Asian History at the Center for Asian and African Studies, El Colegio de Mexico.
Domesticity and Power in the Early Mughal World Ruby Lal
In a fascinating and innovative study, Ruby Lal explores domestic life and the place of women in the Mughal court of the sixteenth century. Challenging traditional, orientalist interpretations of the haram that have portrayed a domestic world of seclusion and sexual exploitation, the author reveals a complex society where noble men and women negotiated their everyday life and public-political affairs in the 'inner' chambers as well as the 'outer' courts. Using Ottoman and Safavid histories as a counterpoint, she demonstrates the richness, ambiguity and particularity of the Mughal haram, which was pivotal in the transition to institutionalisation and imperial excellence.
9788190666886
300pp
PB
` 350.00
YODA PRESS
The Sikhs of the Punjab (The New Cambridge History of India) J.S. Grewal
In a revised edition of his original book, J. S. Grewal traces the history of the Sikhs from the time of Guru Nanak, the founder of Sikhism, to the present. Against the background of the Punjab, the book explores the life and beliefs of Guru Nanak and the growth of his following. J.S. Grewal is Director of the Institute of Punjab Studies in Chandigarh.
Ruby Lal is Assistant Professor in the Department of Middle Eastern and South Asian Studies at Emory University, Atlanta. Her research and writing have focused on issues of gender relations in Islamic societies in the precolonial world. 6 B&W illustrations 9780521145541 260pp PB
1 half-tone 9 maps 9788175960701 302pp PB
` 895.00
16
` 395.00
India’s Labouring Poor Historical Studies c. 1600–c.2000
Rana P. Behal & Marcel van der Linden (eds)
Ishita Banerjee-Dube is Professor of History at the Center for Asian and African Studies, El Colegio de México, Mexico.
Recent years have witnessed a renewed interest in the historical studies of labour in India and other parts of the world. Apart from the study of the industrial workforce, labour history has been enriched by the scholarly attention to migratory, mobile labour, lives of artisans, women and peasant immigrants to plantations within India and overseas. Earlier the major emphasis of labour history research was on the core countries such as US, Canada, Europe and Japan. Now research on the labour history of the capitalist peripheries is growing and is increasingly attracting international scholarship.
13 four colour maps & 3 four colour photographs 9781107659728 519pp PB ` 495.00
From Subjects to Citizens
An urgent need is felt for reconstituting the older frameworks which had revolved around fixed binaries of space, time and social relations. Labour historians have to increasingly contend with the existing notions of “premodern” and modern, free/unfree, formal/ informal forms of labour relations and traditional spatial divisions such as the factory and the field, urban and rural etc.
Society and the Everyday State in India and Pakistan, 1947-1970
Taylor C. Sherman, William Gould & Sarah Ansari (eds)
Rana P. Behal, Department of History, Deshbandhu College, University of Delhi, Delhi. Marcel van der Linden, Research Director, International Institute of Social History, Amsterdam and Professor, Social Movement History, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands. 9788175964969
292pp
HB
` 895.00
NEW
Modern History A History of Modern India Ishita Banerjee-Dube
NEW Online resource available
A History of Modern India provides an interpretive and comprehensive account of the history of India between the eighteenth and twentieth centuries, a crucial epoch characterized by colonialism, nationalism and the emergence of the independent Indian Union. It explores significant historiographical debates concerning the period while highlighting important new issues, especially those of gender, ecology, caste, and labour. The work combines an analysis of colonial and independent India in order to underscore ideologies, policies, and processes that shaped the colonial state and continue to mould the Indian nation.
This book explores the shift from colonial rule to independence in India and Pakistan, with the aim of unravelling the explicit meaning and relevance of 'independence' for the new citizens of India and Pakistan during the two decades post 1947. While the study of postcolonial South Asia has blossomed in recent years, this volume addresses a number of imbalances in this dynamic and highly popular field. Firstly, the histories of India and Pakistan after 1947 have been conceived separately, with many scholars assuming that the two states developed along divergent paths after independence. Thus, the dominant historical paradigm has been to examine either India or Pakistan in relative isolation from one another. While a handful of very recent books on the partition of the subcontinent have begun to study the two states simultaneously, very few of these new histories reach beyond the immediate concerns of partition. Of course, both countries developed out of much the same set of historical experiences. Viewing the two states in the same frame not only allows the contributors of this issue to explore common themes, but also facilitates an exploration of the powerful continuities between the pre- and postindependence periods. Taylor C. Sherman is Associate Professor at the Department of International History, London School of Economics. William Gould is professor of Indian History at School of History, University of Leeds. Sarah Ansari is Professor of History at the Department of History, Royal Holloway, University of London. 9781107064270
While it does not forego chronology, it does away with the conventional demarcation of political processes and socio-cultural histories in order to portray the multi-faceted nature of social worlds. This book, masterfully, provokes readers to reflect and interrogate, and strive for newer ways of understanding history. Strikingly employed visual tools—historical maps, old photographs, posters and imaginative time-lines complement the core narratives. This book will appeal to the scholars, students of history as well as the general readers alike.
17
256pp
HB
` 795.00
The Rani of Jhansi Gender, History, and Fable in India
Harleen Singh
NEW
Sites of Asian Interaction
Rani Lakshmi Bai is an iconic figure of the nationalist movement in India. Her fight against the imperialist power has a significant place in the cultural and feminist history of South Asia. She is considered not only a heroine, and a great warrior, but also a protector of her people in Jhansi. Her pictures on horseback, with her son tied to her back and a sword in one hand, represent her as an embodiment of feminine power or Shakti. This book uses fictional, cinematic and popular representations of the Rani to analyze the convergence of colonial and postcolonial literary, historical, sexual and cultural imperatives in the figure of this legendary woman.
Ideas, Networks and Mobility
Tim Harper & Sunil Amrith (eds)
Tim Harper teaches history at Magdalene College, University of Cambridge. His research interests include modern Southeast Asian history and world history. Sunil Amrith is a historian of modern South Asia at Birkbeck College, University of London. His research is on the trans-regional movement of people, ideas, and institutions.
This book also extends the discussion to what constitutes the gendered subaltern historical archive. By analyzing a range of literary and cinematic texts produced between 1857 and 2007, it tries to understand the various agendas that are at stake in the use of the Rani as a figure of nationalist Indian history and imperial British narrative. There is also an attempt to compare representations of the Rani in both these contexts
NEW
Revolutionary Pamphlets, Propaganda and Political Culture in Colonial Bengal
Harleen Singh is Associate Professor of Literature, South Asian Studies, and Women’s Studies at Brandeis University. 9781107042803
202pp
HB
` 795.00
Shukla Sanyal
Creating a New Medina State Power, Islam, and the Quest for Pakistan in Late Colonial North India
Venkat Dhulipala
NEW
This book examines how the idea of Pakistan was articulated and debated in the public sphere and how popular enthusiasm was generated for its successful achievement, especially in the crucial province of U.P. (now Uttar Pradesh) in the last decade of British colonial rule in India. It argues that Pakistan was not simply a vague idea that serendipitously emerged as a nationstate, but was popularly imagined as a sovereign Islamic State, a new Medina, as some called it. In this regard, it was envisaged as the harbinger of Islam’s renewal and rise in the twentieth century, the new leader and protector of the global community of Muslims, and a worthy successor to the defunct Turkish Caliphate.
NEW
HB
262pp
HB
` 795.00
Pamphlets have usually been regarded as ephemeral literature with little permanent impact. This work demonstrates the historical value of this genre of political literature. The propaganda pamphlets help historians place a finger on the pulse of an extraordinarily important historical period when new ideas concerning the nationstate, the rights of the governed and forms of political protest complicated the political scene and opened up new fronts of conflict between the colonial state and the colonized subjects. This study devises innovative approaches to reading these pamphlets and generates new insights into the world of the pamphleteers thus providing the readers with a more nuanced understanding of the politics and political culture of early twentieth century Bengal. In the process, the book makes an important contribution to the historical controversies that the politics of this period has generated among scholars of Indian nationalism.
9781107065468
Venkat Dhulipala is assistant professor of History at the University of North Carolina, Wilmington. He specializes in the history of modern South Asia. Dhulipala teaches courses on Modern India and Pakistan, Gandhi, Mughal India, and India and Pakistan after 1947. 552pp
9781107082083
Shukla Sanyal is professor in the History Department at Presidency University, Kolkata. She also taught at the Department of History, University of Calcutta.
The book specifically foregrounds the critical role played by Deobandi ulama in articulating this imagined national community with an awareness of Pakistan’s global historical significance. It demonstrates how these ulama collaborated with the Muslim League leadership and forged a new political vocabulary fusing ideas of Islamic nationhood and modern state.
9781107052123
This book sheds light on the history of political and religious globalization in modern Asia, transcending both national and imperial boundaries, while expanding the range of methodologies and sources brought to bear on studying Asia’s modernity. It illuminates how ideas travelled across Asia, and how they changed in the process.
` 995.00
18
222pp
HB
` 695.00
Culinary Culture in Colonial India A Cosmopolitan Platter and the Middle-Class
Utsa Ray
NEW
This book utilizes the idea of cuisine to understand the construction of the colonial middle-class in Bengal. Colonial transformation contextualized the cultural articulation of a new set of values, prejudices and tastes for the colonial middle-class. This middle-class ensured that cuisine was not commoditized and remained domestic and embedded in the material culture of Bengal. One of the chief arguments of this book is that the middle-class in colonial Bengal indigenized new culinary experiences that came with colonialism. This process of indigenization was an aesthetic choice imbricated in the upper caste and patriarchal agenda of middle-class social reform.
Besides, the book critically discusses the influence of how the new colonial judicial system weakened traditional customs and questions whether this legal system was beneficial to Muslim women or whether it enhanced its complexities. Firdous Azmat Siddiqui teaches at Sarojini Naidu Centre for Women's Studies, Jamia Millia Islamia, New Delhi. 9789382993063
While enabling the middle-class to soak in new culinary pleasures, the process of indigenization also made possible certain social practices, including the imagination of the act of cooking as a classic feminine act and the domestic kitchen as a sacred space. In these acts of imagination, there were important elements of continuity from the pre-colonial times, especially evidenced in the reinstitution of caste-based norms of gastronomy. The process of indigenizing new gastronomic practices was at the same time anti-colonial yet capitalist, cosmopolitan yet gendered and caste based. Thus, the idea of a refined taste that was so integrally associated with the formation of the middle class in colonial Bengal became a marker of standards of good and bad, acceptance of some things, rejection of some others and in Pierre Bourdieu’s apt phrase ‘disgust for other tastes.’
Civilization and Modernity Narrating the Creation of Pakistan
David Gilmartin
NEW
Utsa Ray teaches history at Jadavpur University, Kolkata. She is primarily interested in looking at how taste and consumption aids in the construction of class. She has widely published in journals like Modern Asian Studies and Indian Economic and Social History Review. 9781107042810
A Struggle for Identity Muslim Women in the United Provinces
Firdous Azmat Siddiqui
NEW
284pp
HB
` 695.00
273pp HB
` 695.00
The story of India’s partition and the creation of Pakistan remains even today a subject of considerable scholarly contention despite the substantial corpus of works on the subject. Focusing on the Punjab during the colonial era, this collection of eleven essays frames the story within the tensions of modernity and civilization. David Gilmartin casts Pakistan’s story against the power of the myraid local identities that played a powerful role in shaping local life in colonial Punjab. The ties of genealogy, whether associated with local sufi authority, or with the local biradari, provided the keys to local social order in the province. It was against this backdrop that an imagined moral community linked to Islam gained currency in the 20th century in the new spheres of publication and debate in Punjab’s cities. Civilization and Modernity provides a lucid and incisive narration of the civilizational crisis in the Punjab, rooted in the tensions between local life and larger civilizational imaginings which led to Pakistan’s emergence as a new symbol of identity. The book will be mandatory reading for students and scholars of modern Indian history and politics, anthropology and South Asian studies. It will also be compelling reading for the informed lay reader interested in the making of ‘modern’ south Asia. David Gilmartin is Professor of History, North Carolina University, Raleigh, NC, USA.
In the nineteenth century, the British were occupied with the question of becoming socially acceptable, as they had already established political and military sway in India. It was in this context that the servants of the East India Company, merchants, adventurers and missionaries who arrived in India from Europe attempted to enter the zennana, in much the same manner as the ruling Indian elites. These foreigners adopted the ways of the ruling class, and thus demonstrated a preference for the Muslim section of Indian society. This book is an attempt to understand the social and economic profile of Muslim women in India and to shed light on the conditions of Indian Muslim women in the United Province particularly after 1857. This period is significant for Muslim society as it was undergoing social and economic transition especially with the Mughal dynasty reaching its end.
9789380403106
352pp
PB
YODA PRESS
19
` 695.00
In The Sexual Life of English, Shefali Chandra examines how English became an Indian language. She rejects the idea that English was Languages of Caste and fully formed before its life in India or that it was Desire in Colonial India imposed from without. Rather, by drawing attention to sexuality and power, Chandra Shefali Chandra argues that the English language was produced through conflicts over caste, religion, and class. Sentiments and experiences of desire, respectability, status, consumption and fashion, came together to create the Indian history of English. The language was shaped by the sexual experiences of Indians and by native attempts to discipline the normative sexual subject. Focusing on the years between 1850 and 1930, Chandra scrutinizes the Englisheducation project as Indians gained the power to direct it themselves. She delves into the history of schools, the composition of the student bodies, and disagreements about curricula, the way that English-educated subjects wrote about English and debates in English and Marathi popular culture. Chandra shows how concerns over linguistic change were popularly voiced in a sexual idiom, how English and the vernacular were separated through the vocabulary of sexual difference, and how the demand for matrimony naturalized the social location of the English language.
The Economy of Modern India
The Sexual Life of English
From 1860 to the Twenty-First Century 2nd Edition
B. R. Tomlinson
B.R. Tomlinson, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London. 6 B&W illustrations 20 maps 30 tables 9781107660304 266pp PB ` 495.00
Shefali Chandra is Associate Professor in the Department of History, the International and Area Studies Program, and the Women, Gender, and Sexuality Studies Program at Washington University in St Louis.
A Gentleman’s Word
` 595.00
Nilanjana Sengupta
9789383074310
286pp
HB
The Legacy of Subhas Chandra Bose in Southeast Asia
ZUBAAN
A Concise History of Modern India 3rd Edition
Barbara D. Metcalf & Thomas R. Metcalf
Rapid economic growth has put India at the centre of current debates about the future of the global economy. In this fully revised and updated text, B. R. Tomlinson provides a comprehensive and wide-ranging account of the Indian economy over the last 150 years. He sets arguments about growth, development and underdevelopment, and the impact of imperialism, against a detailed history of agriculture, trade and manufacture, and the relations between business, the economy and the state. The new edition extends the coverage right up to the present day, and explains how one of the largest countries in the world has sought to achieve economic progress and lasting development, despite institutional weaknesses, rigid structures of political and social hierarchy, and the legacy of colonialism.
A Concise History of Modern India by Barbara D. Metcalf and Thomas R. Metcalf, has become a classic in the field since it was first published in 2001. As a fresh interpretation of Indian history from the Mughals to the present, it has informed students across the world. In the third edition of the book, a final chapter charts the dramatic developments of the last twenty years, from 1990 through the Congress electoral victory of 2009, to the rise of the Indian high-tech industry in a country still troubled by poverty and political unrest. The narrative focuses on the fundamentally political theme of the imaginative and institutional structures that have successively sustained and transformed India, first under British colonial rule and then, after 1947, as an independent country. Woven into the larger political narrative is an account of India’s social and economic development and its rich cultural life.
The great Indian nationalist leader Subhas Chandra Bose arrived in Singapore in 1943 to revitalize the Indian National Army (INA). Taking the opportunity of the Japanese occupation of parts of Southeast Asia, he launched armed struggle against British colonial rule in India. Two years later, that attempt failed at the eastern gates of India. Yet, it was a temporary failure because the INA helped set in motion a series of developments within India. These would culminate in its freedom in a further two years. Bose is a household name in India. He is remembered in Southeast Asia as well, particularly among Indians. However, while his contributions to India’s independence movement have been recorded exhaustively, less is known about the legacy that he left behind in Southeast Asia. This book seeks to fill that gap in the international understanding of a great Indian nationalist and pan-Asianist. It records how participation in the nationalist struggle invested Southeast Asian Indians with a rare sense of dignity and helped foster a mushrooming of militant trade unions, making it difficult for the returning British planters to perpetuate their control over what had been a docile workforce. The INA’s Rani of Jhansi movement proved to be a pioneering effort at drawing Southeast Asian Indian women out of their traditional roles and expectations. It inspired some of them to take up mainstream roles for the cause of equality and emancipation.
Barbara D. Metcalf is Professor of History Emeritus at the University of California, Davis.
Nilanjana Sengupta is currently a visiting scholar at Asia Research Institute, National University of Singapore.
Thomas R. Metcalf is Professor of History Emeritus at the University of California, Berkeley.
9789382264651 52 B&W illustrations 4 maps 9781107619128 360pp PB ` 495.00 20
288pp HB
` 895.00
Coming of Age in NineteenthCentury India The Girl-Child and the Art of Playfulness
Ruby Lal
In this engaging and eloquent history, Ruby Lal traces the becoming of nineteenth-century Indian women through a critique of narratives of linear transition from girlhood to womanhood. In the north Indian patriarchal environment, women’s lives were dominated by the expectations of the male universal, articulated most clearly in household chores and domestic duties. The author argues that girls and women in the early nineteenth century experienced freedoms, eroticism, adventurousness and playfulness, even within restrictive circumstances. Although women in the colonial world of the later nineteenth century remained agential figures, their activities came to be constrained by more firmly entrenched domestic norms. Lal skillfully marks the subtle and complex alterations in the multifaceted female subject in a variety of nineteenth-century discourses, elaborated in four different sites – forest, school, household, and rooftops.
This Side, That Side Restorying Partition An Anthology of Graphic Narratives
Vishwajyoti Ghosh
This anthology explores a dominant theme in contemporary South Asia – an enduring curiosity about the ‘other side’. Poignant, contemplative, and often even playful, these narratives are creative explorations by those who may not have witnessed Partition, but who continue, till date, to negotiate its legacy.
Ruby Lal is Associate Professor in the Department of Middle Eastern and South Asian Studies at Emory University.
Many of the stories in This Side, That Side grew out of conversations – in several cases, across borders – between graphic artists and storytellers. This anthology itself is the result of a unique collaborative process between the publisher Yoda Press, in proposing the idea and nurturing its results; Goethe Institut Delhi, in providing processual and conceptual partnership to the project; and Vishwajyoti Ghosh, in mining, selecting and structuring the stories within the framework of a graphic narrative, mentoring the contributors, and designing the book.
4 B&W illustrations 2 maps 9781107045910 247pp HB ` 995.00
Manuscripts, Memory and History Classical Tamil Literature in Colonial India
V. Rajesh
The earliest stratum of Tamil literature – Ettuthogai, Pathuppattu and grammar Tolkappiyam is dated to the early centuries of the Common Era. Widely commented upon during the medieval period the classical corpus was known among the commentators as Canror Ceyyul (poetry of the noble ones). This book traces the history of classics during the modern period when print technology started to proliferate in Tamil society during the nineteenth and early twentieth century.
Vishwajyoti Ghosh is the author of Delhi Calm and a member of the Pao Collective. 9789382579014
Religion and Conflict in Modern South Asia William Gould
V. Rajesh is Assistant Professor in History at Centre for Studies in Social Sciences, Calcutta. 304pp
HB
366pp
PB
` 695.00
YODA PRESS
Tracing the manuscript copies of classical Tamil literature during the pre-colonial period the book investigates the social history of print-publication of this literature during the nineteenth and early twentieth century. The publication of classical Tamil literature created conditions for the reappraisal of Tamil literary history, a task taken up by the indigenous Tamil scholars. The process involved contesting the histories of and commentaries on Tamil literature by missionaryorientalists and colonial administrators. The book reconstructs the debate on Tamil literature among indigenous Tamil intellectuals, missionary-orientalists and colonial administrators. Classics also provided ‘resources’ for modern nationalism and the book locates the place of classical corpus in the organized politics of colonial Madras.
9789382993049
The most decisive formative moment in modern South Asian history, Partition has remained a site of constant engagement, investigation and memory-making for over three generations. Over the years, Partition discourse has been shaped by prevalent politics, the use of faith for political reasons, a passive nod to nostalgia, a cocktail of facts and rumours laced with speculation, and the scholarly exchange of memories. Marking a watershed, generational moment of change in this discourse, This Side, That Side brings together graphic narratives on this epochal moment by comic artists, writers, artists, illustrators, filmmakers, theatre artists and storytellers from across South Asia.
This is one of the first single-author comparisons of different South Asian states around the theme of religious conflict. Based on new research and syntheses of the literature on ‘communalism’, it argues that religious conflict in this region in the modern period was never simply based on sectarian or theological differences or the clash of civilizations. Instead, the book proposes that the connection between religious radicalism and everyday violence relates to the actual (and perceived) weaknesses of political and state structures. For some, religious and ethnic mobilisation has provided a means of protest, where representative institutions failed. For others, it became a method of dealing with an uncertain political and economic future. For many it has no concrete or deliberate function, but has effectively upheld social stability, paternalism and local power, in the face of globalisation and the growing aspirations of the region’s most underprivileged citizens. William Gould is senior lecturer in Indian history at the University of Leeds.
` 895.00 9781107029217 21
6 maps 368pp HB
` 995.00
Small Town Capitalism in Western India Artisans, Merchants and the Making of the Informal Economy, 1870–1960
Douglas E. Haynes
This book charts the history of artisan production and marketing in the Bombay Presidency from 1870 to 1960. While the textile mills of western India’s biggest cities have been the subject of many rich studies, the role of artisan producers located in the region’s small towns have been virtually ignored. Based upon extensive archival research as well as numerous interviews with participants in the handloom and powerloom industries, this book explores the role of weavers, merchants, consumers, and laborers in the making of what the author calls “small-town capitalism.” By focusing on the politics of negotiation and resistance in local workshops, the book challenges conventional narratives of industrial change. The book provides the first indepth work on the origins of powerloom manufacture in South Asia. It affords unique insights into the social and economic experience of small-town artisans as well as the informal economy of late colonial and early postindependence India.
The Political Philosophy of Muhammad Iqbal Islam and Nationalism in Late Colonial India
Iqbal Singh Sevea
Douglas E. Haynes, Dartmouth College, New Hampshire. 30 B&W illustrations 2 maps 12 tables 9781107031296 362pp HB ` 895.00
This book reflects upon the political philosophy of Muhammad Iqbal, a towering intellectual figure in South Asian history, revered by many for his poetry and his thought. He lived in India in the twilight years of the British Empire and, apart from a short but significant period studying in the West, he remained in Punjab until his death in 1938. The book studies Iqbal’s critique of nationalist ideology, and his attempts to chart a path for the development of the “nation” by liberating it from the centralizing and homogenizing tendencies of the modern state structure. These were highly relevant and often controversial issues during the years leading up to independence, and Iqbal frequently clashed with his contemporaries over his view of nationalism as “the greatest enemy of Islam.” In rejecting post-Enlightenment conceptions of religion, he constructed his own particular interpretation of Islam that would provide solutions to all political, social, and economic ills. In many ways, his vision of Islam – forged through an interaction with Muslim thinkers and Western intellectual traditions – was ahead of its time, and since his death both modernists and Islamists have continued to champion his legacy. Iqbal Singh Sevea is Assistant Professor of History at the University of North Carolina.
9781107038189
Indigo Plantations and Science in Colonial India Prakash Kumar
Prakash Kumar documents the history of agricultural indigo, exploring the effects of nineteenth-century globalisation on this colonial industry. Charting the indigo culture from the early modern period to the twentieth century, Kumar discusses how knowledge of indigo culture thrived among peasant traditions on the Indian subcontinent in the early modern period and was then developed by Caribbean planters and French naturalists who codified this knowledge into widely disseminated texts. European planters who settled in Bengal with the establishment of British rule in the late eighteenth century drew on this information. From the nineteenth century, indigo culture became more modern, science-based and expert driven, and with the advent of a cheaper, purer synthetic indigo in 1897, indigo science crossed paths with the colonial state’s effort to develop a science for agricultural development. Only at the end of the First World War, when the industrial use of synthetic indigo for textile dyeing and printing became almost universal, did the indigo industry’s optimism fade away.
The Government of Social Life in Colonial India Liberalism, Religious Law, and Women’s Rights
Rachel Sturman
Prakash Kumar is Assistant Professor of South Asian History at Colorado State University 13 B&W Illustrations 2 maps 7 tables 9781107038004 254pp HB ` 1295.00
1 map 250pp HB
` 595.00
From the early days of colonial rule in India, the British established a two-tier system of legal administration. Matters deemed secular were subject to British legal norms, while suits relating to the family were adjudicated according to British understanding of Hindu or Muslim law, known as personal law. This important new study analyses the system of personal law in colonial India through a reexamination of its emphasis on women’s rights. Focusing on Hindu law in western India, it challenges existing scholarship, showing how – far from being a system based on traditional values, or a system that operated in isolation from secular law – Hindu law was developed around ideas of liberalism, and this framework encouraged questions about equality, women’s rights, the significance of bodily difference, and more broadly the relationship between state and society. Rich in archival sources, wide-ranging and theoretically informed, the book illuminates how social life, emblematized by the systems of personal law, came to function as an organizing principle of colonial governance and of nationalist political imaginations. Rachel Sturman is Associate Professor of History and Asian Studies at Bowdoin College. 1 B&W illustration 1 map 9781107038196 310pp HB
22
` 895.00
Political Thought in Action The Bhagavad Gita and Modern India
Shruti Kapila & Faisal Devji (eds)
Gandhi in the West
This volume brings together a group of intellectual and social historians to discuss the way in which modern interpretations of the Gita have focused on war and violence, rather than peace and stability, as a site for thinking about politics. The essays gathered here look at the Gita as a philosophical and ethical text both within South Asia and also on its ‘outward journey’ into western political debate. Though part of an ancient epic tradition, the Gita did not achieve its current eminence until very recently. Its resurgence and reinterpretation, in short, is coterminous with the formation of modern life and politics. But if modern commentaries on the Bhagavad Gita cannot be described simply as participating in some ancient and continuing tradition, neither should they be seen merely as the epiphenomena of an abstraction like capitalism that supposedly constitutes the true reality of Indian society.
The Mahatma and the Rise of Radical Protest
Sean Scalmer
This set of essays seeks to intervene in current debates within political thought and intellectual history and to offer new perspectives on both. They do so with the presumption that the place of India and its political thought is instructive for and foundational in the making of the national and post-national global order.
The non-violent protests of civil rights activists and anti-nuclear campaigners during the 1960s helped to redefine Western politics. But where did they come from? Sean Scalmer uncovers their history in an earlier generation’s intense struggles to understand and emulate the activities of Mahatma Gandhi. He shows how Gandhi’s non-violent protests were the subject of widespread discussion and debate in the USA and UK for several decades. Though at first misrepresented by Western newspapers, they were patiently described and clarified by a devoted group of cosmopolitan advocates. Small groups of Westerners experimented with Gandhian techniques in virtual anonymity and then, on the cusp of the 1960s, brought these methods to a wider audience. The swelling protests of later years increasingly abandoned the spirit of non-violence, and the central significance of Gandhi and his supporters has therefore been forgotten. This book recovers this tradition, charts its transformation, and ponders its abiding significance. Sean Scalmer is a Senior Lecturer in the School of Historical Studies, University of Melbourne. 9781107014114
254pp
HB
` 895.00
Shruti Kapila is University Lecturer of History at Corpus Christi College, University of Cambridge. Faisal Devji is University Reader in Modern South Asian History at St Antony’s College, University of Oxford. 9781107033955
The Cambridge Companion to Gandhi Judith Brown & Anthony Parel (eds)
220pp
HB
Indigenous and Western Medicine in Colonial India
` 645.00
Madhuri Sharma
Even today, six decades after his assassination in January 1948, Mahatma Gandhi is still revered as the father of the Indian nation. His intellectual and moral legacy, and the example of his life and politics, serve as an inspiration to human rights and peace movements, political activists and students. This book, comprised of essays by renowned experts in the fields of Indian history and philosophy, traces Gandhi’s extraordinary story. The first part of the book explores his transformation from a small-town lawyer during his early life in South Africa into a skilled political activist and leader of civil resistance in India. The second part is devoted to Gandhi’s key writings and his thinking on a broad range of topics, including religion, conflict, politics and social relations. The final part reflects on Gandhi’s image and on his legacy in India, the West, and beyond.
Emphasizing upon the question of class, gender and racial discriminations, the book also examines the interest generated by modern medical equipment such as the stethoscope and the thermometer, and the way in which these were used to reinforce the norms of social hierarchy and purdah system. This work also focuses on several debated issues such as birth control, sexuality, and the principles of brahmacharya. Madhuri Sharma is a Fellow at Nehru Memorial Museum and Library, Teen Murti Bhavan, New Delhi.
Judith M. Brown is Beit Professor of Commonwealth History at the University of Oxford. Anthony Parel is Professor Emeritus of Political Science at the University of Calgary. 9781107602205
294pp
PB
This book delves into the social history of medicine and reflects on the complexity of social interaction, between indigenous and western medicine in colonial India. The book draws upon a host of authentic sources such as tracts, pamphlets, brochures, booklets of various medicine shops and drug manufacturing companies functioning in the colonial era. This work analyses the medical market and entrepreneurship in medicine in colonial India. It deconstructs the then prevalent ‘advertisements’, treating them both as a reflection on the contemporaneous values and lifestyles and as a medium for the creation of medical consumers.
9788175968899
` 495.00
23
192pp
HB
` 795.00
Bombay Islam The Religious Economy of the West Indian Ocean, 1840–1915
Nile Green
Benjamin Zachariah is Reader in South Asian History at the University of Sheffield, and a senior research fellow at the Zentrum Moderner Orient in Berlin.
As a thriving port city, nineteenth-century Bombay attracted migrants from across India and beyond. Nile Green’s Bombay Islam traces the ties between industrialization, imperialism and the production of religion to show how Muslim migration fueled demand for a wide range of religious suppliers, as Christian missionaries competed with Muslim religious entrepreneurs for a stake in the new market. Enabled by a colonial policy of non-intervention in religious affairs, and powered by steam travel and vernacular printing, Bombay’s Islamic productions were exported as far as South Africa and Iran. Connecting histories of religion, labour and globalization, the book examines the role of ordinary people – mill hands and merchants – in shaping the demand that drove the market. By drawing on hagiographies, travelogues, doctrinal works, and poems in Persian, Urdu and Arabic, Bombay Islam unravels a vernacular modernity that saw people from across the Indian Ocean drawn into Bombay’s industrial economy of enchantment.
9788190618649
Shi’a Islam in Colonial India Religion, Community and Sectarianism
Justin Jones
Nile Green is Professor of South Asian and Islamic History at the University of California, Los Angeles. 19 B&W illustrations 2 maps 9781107020764 344pp HB ` 995.00
Playing the Nation Game The Ambiguities of Nationalism in India
Benjamin Zachariah
336pp
PB
` 495.00
YODA PRESS
Interest in Shi’a Islam has increased greatly in recent years, although Shi’ism in the Indian subcontinent has remained largely underexplored. Focusing on the influential Shi’a minority of Lucknow and the United Provinces, a region that was largely under Shi’a rule until 1856, this book traces the history of Indian Shi’ism through the colonial period toward independence in 1947. Drawing on a range of new sources, including religious writing, polemical literature and clerical biography, it assesses seminal developments including the growth of Shi’a religious activism, madrasa education, missionary activity, ritual innovation and the politicization of the Shi’a community. As a consequence of these significant religious and social transformations, a Shi’a sectarian identity developed that existed in separation from rather than in interaction with its Sunni counterparts. In this way the painful birth of modern sectarianism was initiated, the consequences of which are very much alive in South Asia today. Justin Jones, University of Cambridge.
In his significant new work, Playing the Nation Game, Benjamin Zachariah examines the tension between the ‘nation’ idea as a necessary language of legitimacy with which to claim liberation, and its role in disciplining people and their identities in India in the name of national liberation. Focusing on the anti-colonial struggle and the subsequent Nehruvian period, and necessarily on histories of interconnected and travelling ideas, it seeks to show the ambiguities and, exclusions and consequent dangers of nationalism, and the ways in which scholarship and politics conspires to reify nationalist frameworks. It explodes spurious claims to ‘indigenous traditions’, and argues for a consistent separation of the categories ‘state’ and ‘nation’.
9781107026971
Race, Religion and Law in Colonial India Trials of an Interracial Family
Chandra Mallampalli
In doing so, it examines the historiography of India and of anti-colonial nationalism, looks at Bengali enagagements with ‘progress’ and British rule, at the invention of Hinduism as a category available for national use, and at Nehruvian nationalism, with which its broad definition of national belonging, fails to delineate nationals from non-nationals, in the process, it provides ways of rethinking the standard narratives of Indian history. Interconnected narratives emerge with a common thread, a concern with writing histories of India that cannot be subsumed within a bland and obligatory history of Indian nationalism.
304pp
HB
` 895.00
How did British rule in India transform persons from lower social classes? Could Indians from such classes rise in the world by marrying Europeans and embracing their religion and customs? This book explores such questions by examining the intriguing story of an interracial family who lived in southern India in the midnineteenth century. The family, which consisted of two untouchable brothers, both of whom married Eurasian women, became wealthy as distillers in the local community. A family dispute resulted in a landmark court case, Abraham v. Abraham. Chandra Mallampalli uses this case to examine the lives of those involved, and shows that far from being products of a ‘civilizing mission’ who embraced the ways of Englishmen, the Abrahams were ultimately – when faced with the strictures of the colonial legal system – obliged to contend with hierarchy and racial difference. Chandra Mallampalli, Westmont College. 6 B&W illustrations 3 maps 9781107026988 280pp HB ` 995.00
The book attempts to open up new lines of thinking, possible research agendas and ways of reading and teaching Indian history. 24
Purifying Empire Obscenity and the Politics of Moral Regulation in Britain, India and Australia
Deana Heath
Purifying Empire explores the material, cultural and moral fragmentation of the boundaries of imperial and colonial rule in the British Empire in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. It charts how a particular bio-political project, namely the drive to regulate the obscene in late nineteenth-century Britain, was transformed from a national into a global and imperial venture and then re-localized in two different colonial contexts, India and Australia, to serve decidedly different ends. While a considerable body of work has demonstrated both the role of empire in shaping moral regulatory projects in Britain and their adaptation, transformation and, at times, rejection in colonial contexts, this book illustrates that it is in fact only through a comparative and transnational framework that it is possible to elucidate both the temporalist nature of colonialism and the political, racial and moral contradictions that sustained imperial and colonial regimes.
Colonial Justice in British India White Violence and the Rule of Law
Elizabeth Kolsky
Elizabeth Kolsky is an assistant professor of History at Villanova University.
Deana Heath is a lecturer in South Asian History at Trinity College Dublin. 9780521189200
An Intellectual History for India Shruti Kapila (ed) with an Afterword by C.A. Bayly
244pp
HB
16 B&W illustrations 4 maps 3 tables 9780521190787 266pp HB ` 895.00
` 995.00
This volume addresses the power of ideas in the making of Indian political modernity. As an intermediate history of connections between South Asia and the global arena the volume raises new issues in intellectual history. It reviews the period from the emergence of constitutional liberalism in the1830s, through the swadeshi era to the writings of Tilak, Azad and Gandhi in the twentieth century. While several contributions reflect on the ideologies of nationalism, the volume seeks to rescue intellectual history from being simply a narration of the nation-state. It does not seek to create a ‘canon’ of political thought so much as to show how Indian concepts of state and society were redrawn in the context of emergent globalized debates about freedom, the constitution of the self and the good society in the late colonial era. In so doing the contributions here resituate an Indian intellectual history that has long been eclipsed by social and political history.
The Inordinately Strange Life Of Dyce Sombre Victorian Anglo-Indian MP and Chancery 'Lunatic'
Michael H. Fisher
9781849040006
HB
416pp HURST
Shruti Kapila is University Lecturer at the Faculty of History and Fellow of Corpus Christi College, University of Cambridge. 164pp
The descendent of European mercenaries and their Indian concubines, raised by a stepmother who began as a courtesan and became the Catholic ruler of a cosmopolitan kingdom, David Ochterlony Dyce Sombre (1808-1851) defies all classification. Sombre took advantage of the sensual pleasures of privilege but lost his kingdom to the British. Exiled in London, he married the daughter of a Protestant viscount and bought himself election as an MP, only to be expelled for corruption. His treatment of his wife led to his arrest as a Chancery 'lunatic'. Sombre then spent years trying to reclaim his sanity and fortune. In this captivating biography, Michael H. Fisher recovers Sombre's unconventional life and its implications for modern conceptions of race, privilege and empire. Michael H. Fisher is Robert S. Danforth Professor of History at Oberlin College in Ohio.
These essays were originally published in a Special issue of the journal Modern Intellectual History (CUP, April 2007).
9780521199759
Colonial Justice in British India describes and examines the lesser-known history of white violence in colonial India. By foregrounding crimes committed by a mostly forgotten cast of European characters – planters, paupers, soldiers and sailors – Elizabeth Kolsky argues that violence was not an exceptional but an ordinary part of British rule in the subcontinent. Despite the pledge of equality, colonial legislation and the practices of white judges, juries and police placed most Europeans above the law, literally allowing them to get away with murder. The failure to control these unruly whites revealed how the weight of race and the imperatives of command imbalanced the scales of colonial justice. In a powerful account of this period, Kolsky reveals a new perspective on the British Empire in India, highlighting the disquieting violence that invariably accompanied imperial forms of power.
` 595.00
25
HB
` 795.00
The Partition of India Ian Talbot & Gurharpal Singh
Islam and the Army in Colonial India
The British divided and quit India in 1947. The partition of India and the creation of Pakistan uprooted entire communities and left unspeakable violence in its trail. This volume tells the story of partition through the events that led up to it, the terrors that accompanied it, to migration and resettlement. In a new shift in the understanding of this seminal moment, the book also explores the legacies of partition which continue to resonate today in the fractured lives of individuals and communities, and more broadly in the relationship between India and Pakistan and the ongoing conflict over contested sites. In conclusion, the book reflects on the general implications of partition as a political solution to ethnic and religious conflict. The book is accompanied by photographs, maps and a chronology of major events.
Sepoy Religion in the Service of Empire
Nile Green
Ian Talbot is Professor of History at the University of Southampton Gurharpal Singh is Nadir Dinshaw Professor of Inter-Religious Relations in the Department of Theology and Religion at the University of Birmingham.
Nile Green is Associate Professor in the Department of History at the University of California, Los Angeles. B&W illustrations 1 map 9780521762717 236pp HB
11 B&W illustrations 5 maps 9781107633476 224pp PB ` 495.00 9780521761772 224pp HB ` 895.00
A History of Bangladesh Willem van Schendel
Journeys to Empire
Bangladesh is a new name for an old land whose history is little known to the wider world. A country chiefly famous in the West for media images of poverty, underdevelopment, and natural disasters, Bangladesh did not exist as an independent state until 1971. Willem van Schendel’s history reveals the country’s vibrant, colourful past and its diverse culture as it navigates the extraordinary twists and turns that have created modern Bangladesh. The story begins with the early geological history of the delta which has decisively shaped Bangladesh society. The narrative then moves chronologically through the era of colonial rule, the partition of Bengal, the war with Pakistan and the birth of Bangladesh as an independent state. In so doing, it reveals the forces that have made Bangladesh what it is today. This is an eloquent introduction to a fascinating country and its resilient and inventive people.
Enlightenment, Imperialism, and the British Encounter with Tibet, 1774-1904
Gordon T. Stewart
372pp
PB
` 795.00
This fascinating study of two British missions to Tibet in 1774 and 1904 provides a unique perspective on the relationship between the Enlightenment and European colonialism. Gordon Stewart compares and contrasts the Enlightenment era mission led by George Bogle and the Edwardian mission of Francis Younghusband as they crossed the Himalayas into Tibet. Through the British agents’ diaries, reports, and letters and by exploring their relationships with Indians, Bhutanese and Tibetans, Stewart is able to trace the shifting ideologies, economic interests and political agendas that lay behind British empire-building from the late eighteenth century to the early twentieth century. This compelling account sheds new light on the changing nature of British imperialism, on power and intimacy in the encounter between East and West, and on the relationship of history and memory. Gordon T. Stewart is the Jack and Margaret Sweet Professor of History at Michigan State University.
Willem van Schendel is Professor of Modern Asian History at the University of Amsterdam and Head of the Asia Department of the International Institute of Social History, Amsterdam. 9780521121903
A ground-breaking study of the cultural world of the Muslim soldiers of colonial India. Set in Hyderabad in the mid-nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, the book focuses on the soldiers’ relationships with the faqir holy men who protected them and the British officers they served. Drawing on Urdu as well as European sources, the book uses the biographies of Muslim holy men and their military followers to recreate the extraordinary encounter between a barracks culture of miracle stories, carnivals, drug-use and madness with a colonial culture of mutiny memoirs, Evangelicalism, magistrates and the asylum. It explores the ways in which the colonial army helped promote this sepoy religion while at the same time attempting to control and suppress certain aspects of it. The book brings to light the existence of a distinct ‘barracks Islam’ and shows its importance to the cultural no less than the military history of colonial India.
19 B&W illustrations 3 maps 9780521761338 296pp HB ` 995.00
` 695.00
26
History, Culture and the Indian City Rajnarayan Chandavarkar
Empire and Information
Raj Chandavarkar was one of the finest Indian historians of the twentieth century. He died sadly young in 2006, leaving behind a very substantial collection of unpublished lectures, papers and articles. These have now been assembled and edited by Jennifer Davis, Gordon Johnson and David Washbrook, and their appearance will be widely welcomed by large numbers of scholars of Indian history, politics and society. The essays centre around three major themes: the city of Bombay, Indian politics and society, and Indian historiography. Each manifests Dr Chandavarkar’s hallmark historical powers of imaginative empirical richness, analytic acuity and expository elegance, and the collection as a whole will make both a major contribution to the historiography of modern India, and a worthy memorial to a major scholar.
Intelligence Gathering and Social Communication in India, 1780–1870
C.A. Bayly
C.A. Bayly, University of Cambridge.
Rajnarayan Chandavarkar was a Reader in South Asian History at the University of Cambridge and a Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. 9780521767477
282pp
HB
9788175960657
India 1770-1880
Michael S. Dodson Foreword by C.A. Bayly
Bengal and India, 1947-1967
Orientalism is most often understood as a set of strategies to extend a European will-to-power over the Asian world. Orientalism, Empire, and National Culture seeks to revise this view, and suggests that it was instead composed of a set of ‘double practices’ in India, by virtue of the British reliance upon Hindu scholarly intermediaries, the Sanskrit pandits. It is thus argued that orientalism was ultimately a much more ambiguous, and potentially subversive, enterprise, as Indian Sanskirt scholars also adapted the institutional and social underpinnings of colonial rule to produce newlyinflected, and often overtly anti-colonial, Hindu, identities.
Joya Chatterji
Michael S. Dodson is Associate Professor of South Asian and British Imperial History at Indiana University, Bloomington, USA. 9788175967168
284pp
PB
3 maps 426pp PB
` 595.00
` 895.00
The Spoils of Partition Orientalism, Empire, and National Culture
In a penetrating account of the evolution of British intelligence gathering in India, C. A. Bayly shows how networks of Indian spies were recruited by the British to secure military, political and social information about their subjects. He also examines the social and intellectual origins of these ‘native informants’, and considers how the colonial authorities interpreted and often misinterpreted the information they supplied. It was such misunderstandings which ultimately contributed to the failure of the British to anticipate the rebellions of 1857. The author argues, however, that even before this, complex systems of debate and communication were challenging the political and intellectual dominance of the European rulers.
The partition of India in 1947 was a seminal event of the twentieth century. Much has been written about the Punjab and the creation of West Pakistan; by contrast, little is known about the partition of Bengal. This remarkable book by an acknowledged expert on the subject assesses the social, economic and political consequences of partition. Using new and previously unexplored sources, the book shows how and why the borders were redrawn, how the creation of new nation states led to unprecedented upheavals, massive shifts in population and wholly unexpected transformations of the political landscape in both Bengal and India. The book also reveals how the spoils of partition, which the Congress in Bengal had expected from the new boundaries, were squandered over the twenty years which followed. This is an original and challenging work whose findings change our understanding and its consequences for the history of the subcontinent. Joya Chatterji is Lecturer in the History of Modern South Asia at Cambridge, Fellow of Trinity College, and Visiting Fellow at the LSE.
` 595.00
1 line figure 19 maps 26 tables 9780521515276 360pp HB ` 695.00
27
Becoming India Western Himalayas Under British Rule
Aniket Alam
The Indian Princes and Their States
Becoming India demonstrates that the Western Himalayas were politically, economically and socially distant from the civilizations and empires of the North during pre-colonial times. It helps in better understanding of the present developmental success of Himachal Pradesh as well as the politics of the demand for separate statehood by Uttarakhand. It studies how the Western Himalayas became a part of the Indian nation during colonial times.
(The New Cambridge History of India) Barbara N. Ramusack
It examines in detail the peasant rebellions, clan and caste, polyandry, establishment of hill stations, land and forest settlements, education, folklore and mythology, begar and monetisation. It also focuses on the British policy and nationalist politics, to make its central point that the colonial encounter in the Western Himalayas was qualitatively different from the neighbouring parts of North India and its history cannot be subsumed into the general history of India.
Barbara N. Ramusack, University of Cincinnati.
9780521670470
Aniket Alam was a journalist with The Hindu and also worked for the Swiss Agency for Development and Cooperation, a donor agency. 9788175965645
354pp
HB
Traditional Industry in the Economy of Colonial India
` 895.00
Tirthankar Roy
Many people assume, largely because of Warrior Ascetics Gandhi’s legacy, that Hinduism is a religion of and Indian Empires non-violence. William R. Pinch shows just how
William R. Pinch
324pp
PB
` 695.00
Earlier historians of India’s economic history have argued that traditional manufacturing in India was destroyed or devitalized during the colonial period, and that ‘modern industry’ is substantially different. Exploring new material from research into five traditional industries, Tirthankar Roy’s book contests these notions, demonstrating that while traditional industry did evolve during the Industrial Revolution, these transformations had a galvanizing rather than negative effect on manufacturing generally. Tirthankar Roy, Indira Gandhi Institute of Development Research, Bombay.
wrong this assumption is. Using the life of Anupgiri Gosain, a Hindu ascetic who lived at the end of the eighteenth century, he demonstrates that Hindu warrior ascetics were an important component of the South Asian military labor market in the medieval and early modern Indian past, and crucial to the rise of British imperialism. Today, they occupy a prominent place in modern Indian imaginations, ironically as romantic defenders of a Hindu India against foreign invasion, even though they are almost totally absent from Indian history.
10 half-tones 10 tables 4 maps 9780521650120 264pp HB ` 695.00
Women in Modern India
William R. Pinch is Professor of History at Wesleyan University in Middletown, Connecticut. 11 half-tones 9788175963672 300pp HB
Although the princes of India have been caricatured as oriental despots and British stooges, Barbara Ramusack’s study argues that the British did not create the princes. On the contrary, many were consummate politicians who exercised considerable degrees of autonomy until the disintegration of the princely states after independence. Ramusack’s synthesis has a broad temporal span, tracing the evolution of the Indian kings from their precolonial origins to their roles as clients in the British colonial system. The book breaks new ground in its integration of political and economic developments in the major princely states with the shifting relationships between the princes and the British.
(The New Cambridge History of India) ` 495.00
Geraldine Forbes
The ‘woman question’ loomed large in both nineteenth century England and India. In India, foreign rulers remarked on the low status of Indian women and condemned Indian religion, culture and society for their rules and customs regarding women. The position of women became a key justification of British rule, later used by Christian missionaries and then early feminists to argue for their presence in India. Saving women, through laws, conversion, education, and organizations, became to the ‘civilizing mission.’ This book considers the history of women in India from the nineteenth century under colonial rule to the twentieth century after Independence. It begins with the reform movement that included Indian reformers’ efforts to educate women and demonstrates how education changed women’s lives. Utilizing women’s accounts of their lives and activities, the author documents their creation of organizations for social and political
28
change, participation in the struggle for freedom and role in the economy in colonial India. The account continues to chronicle the development of the women’s movement in post-independence India. The author has used a wide range of material from archives and the work of feminist scholars, as well as her own notes from years of researching women’s history in India. She has compiled an immediate and accessible record of the achievements of Indian women over the last two centuries which will be of interest not only to students of South Asia, but to anyone concerned with women and their history.
Remembering Partition Violence, Nationalism and History in India
Gyanendra Pandey
Gyan Pandey’s book is a compelling and, at times, harrowing examination of the violence that marked the Partition of India in 1947, and how the preceding events have been documented. In the process, the author provides a critique of history-writing and nationalist mythmaking. He also investigates how local forms of community are constituted by the way in which violent events are remembered and written about. Gyanendra Pandey is Professor of Anthropology and History at John Hopkins University.
Geraldine Forbes, State University College, Oswego, New York.
9780521612401
The Politics of India Since Independence 2nd Edition (The New Cambridge History of India)
Paul R. Brass
17 half-tones 312pp PB
9788175961098
The first edition of The Politics of India Since Independence argued that the Indian state, society, and economy were in the midst of a systematic crisis produced by the centralizing drives of a national leadership determined to transform the country into a modern, industrialized, military strong state. In the three years since this edition was published, this crisis has intensified, revealing itself in secessionist movements and in increased inter caste conflicts. The country has witnessed the rise of Hindu nationalism and the worst communal massacres since Independence following the destruction of the mosque in Ayodhya.
Changing India Bourgeois Revolution on the Subcontinent 2nd Edition
Robert W. Stern
Caste, Society and Politics in India From The Eighteenth Century to the Modern Age (The New Cambridge History of India)
Susan Bayly
424pp
PB
PB
` 295.00
The revised edition of Robert Stern’s book brings India’s story up-to-date. Since its original publication in 1993, much has altered and yet central to the author’s argument remains his belief in the remarkable continuity and vitality of India’s social systems and its resilience in the face of change. This is a colourful, readable and comprehensive introduction to modern India. While paradoxes abound in an India which is constantly transforming, Stern demonstrates how and why it remains the largest and most enduring democracy in the developing world. Robert W. Stern has written extensively on South Asia. His publications include Democracy and Dictatorship in South Asia: Dominant Classes and Political Outcomes in India, Pakistan and Bangladesh (2000).
Paul R. Brass, Professor of Political Science and South Asian Studies, University of Washington. 9780521543057
232pp
` 595.00
` 345.00
9780521540810
Adopting an historical and anthropological approach, the book seeks to account for the development and persistence of India’s caste system over 350 years. Unlike many studies of the subject which are highly polemical or too technical for non-specialists, this volume is intended for a student and general market.
Languages and Nations Thomas R. Trautmann
Susan Bayly is a Lecturer at the Department of Social Anthropology, University of Cambridge.
320pp
PB
` 395.00
In this book, Thomas R. Trautmann continues the examination he began in Aryans and British India (1997). The current volume examines these developments from the vantage of Madras, focusing on Ellis, Collector of Madras, and the Indian scholars with whom he worked at the College of Fort St. George. Thomas R. Trautmann is Marshall D. Sahlins Collegiate Professor of History and Anthropology at the University of Michigan, USA.
12 half-tones 3 maps 9780521678612 440pp PB
9788190363402 ` 695.00
328pp
HB
YODA PRESS
29
` 695.00
Foundations of Modern Society Rajiva Wijesinha
This book introduces students to ideas, events and personalities that have created the presentday world. This book thus attempts to set them out in a way that challenges young-adult minds. It is hoped that this book will enthuse them to explore the reasons for and the results of important historical developments.
Archaeology The Archaeology of Hindu Ritual Temples and the Establishment of the Gods
Rajiva Wijesinha is Professor of Languages at Sabaramaguwa University.
Michael Willis
9788175962446
Telangana People’s Struggle and its Lessons P. Sundarayya
75pp
PB
` 245.00
Beginning with an account of the feudal oppression in the Nizam’s fiefdom and the organization of the masses against the backdrop of the national movement, Sundarayya recounts the shaping of an alternate nationalism that gave particular emphasis to the struggles of the depressed classes. It was this decided focus under the leadership of the Communist Party which spurred the uprising.
Michael Willis, British Museum, London.
Given his intimate association with the Communist Party and the Telangana Struggle, Sundarayya is able to provide a detailed description of the intricacies both of decisionmaking and the execution of plans by various guerilla squads. The book provides a ringside view of the movement of squads, the network of communications and the police terror as if a camera were following the course of events. The fact that this edition of the book arrives more than five decades after the movement has done little to dim the electric that surrounded the years in the forest fighting the Nizam’s forces and later the Indian army.
43 B&W illustrations 4 maps 9780521765459 390pp HB ` 995.00
The Rise of Civilization in India and Pakistan Bridget Allchin & Raymond Allchin
P. Sundarayya served as the General Secretary of CPI (M) for more than a decade. 9788175963160 9789382993858
472pp 472pp
HB PB
In this groundbreaking study, Michael Willis examines how the gods of early Hinduism came to be established in temples, how their cults were organized, and how the ruling elite supported their worship. Examining the emergence of these key historical developments in the fourth and fifth centuries, Willis combines Sanskrit textual evidence with archaeological data from inscriptions, sculptures, temples, and sacred sites. The centrepiece of this study is Udayagiri in central India, the only surviving imperial site of the Gupta dynasty. Through a judicious use of landscape archaeology and archaeo-astronomy, Willis reconstructs how Udayagiri was connected to the Festival of the Rainy Season and the Royal Consecration. Through his meticulous study of the site, its sculptures and its inscriptions, Willis shows how the Guptas presented themselves as universal sovereigns and how they advanced new systems of religious patronage that shaped the world of medieval India.
` 995.00 ` 695.00
In The Rise of Civilization in India and Pakistan the authors have completely revised and rewritten their earlier work, The Birth of Indian Civilization to present an integrated and dynamic account of human culture in South Asia. The authors have made every attempt to incorporate the results of the most recent research and their book is illustrated throughout with photographs, maps and line diagrams. Offering an original and stimulating perspective on the archaeology of the subcontinent, The Rise of Civilization in India and Pakistan will be invaluable to students of South Asian culture and early history. Bridget Allchin, Wolfson College, Cambridge. Raymond Allchin, University of Cambridge. 96 half-tones 5 tables 9788185618722 302pp PB
30
` 695.00
The Cambridge Companion to Modern Indian Culture
LITERATURE Urdu Literature and Journalism Critical Perspectives
Shafey Kidwai
NEW
Notwithstanding widespread adulation for the creative dexterity of writers like Meer, Ghalib, Premchand, Manto, Firaq and Shaharyar. Urdu literature has often been viewed as inordinately influenced by emotionalism. Urdu Literature and Journalism, comprising well-focused and cogently-argued essays, works out a new perspective on Urdu literature. The author weaves different strands of thoughts and new theoretical discourses reflected in various genres of literature to produce a kaleidoscopic portrait of contemporary Urdu literature. By analyzing the texts of famous Urdu writers in tautly-rendered poised prose, the book offers an alternative vision of our lived reality.
Vasudha Dalmia & Rashmi Sadana (eds)
The book also includes essays on Urdu journalism, tracing its history and development in pre- and post-Partition India. The contribution of Urdu journalism to the freedom struggle of India and its influence on the First War of Independence have been made clear through these essays. However, the contention of the author is to make it clear to the readers that Urdu journalism is more than just ‘protest journalism’ – a term which, he thinks, has been wrongly attached to Urdu periodicals.
India is changing at a rapid pace as it continues to move from its colonial past to its globalised future. This Companion offers a framework for understanding that change, and how modern cultural forms have emerged out of very different histories and traditions. The book provides accounts of literature, theatre, film, modern and popular art, music, television and food; it also explores in detail social divisions, customs, communications and daily life. In a series of engaging, erudite and occasionally moving essays the contributors, drawn from a variety of disciplines, examine not merely what constitutes modern Indian culture, but just how wide-ranging are the cultures that persist in the regions of India. This volume will help the reader understand the continuities and fissures within Indian culture and some of the conflicts arising from them. Throughout, what comes to the fore is the extraordinary richness and diversity of modern Indian culture. Vasudha Dalmia is Professor of Hindi and Modern South Asian Studies at the University of California, Berkeley. Rashmi Sadana is a writer and researcher based in Delhi. 19 B&W illustrations 2 maps 9781107641037 326pp PB ` 495.00
Shafey Kidwai, Chairman, Department of Mass Communication, Aligarh University, Aligarh. 9789382993773
The Performance of Nationalism India, Pakistan, and the Memory of Partition
Jisha Menon
204pp
HB
Quest of a Discipline
` 695.00
New Academic Directions for Comparative Literature
Imagine the patriotic camaraderie of national day parades. How crucial is performance for the sustenance of the nation? The Performance of Nationalism considers the formation of the Indian and Pakistani nation, in the wake of the most violent chapter of its history: the partition of the subcontinent. In the process, Jisha Menon offers a fresh analysis of nationalism from the perspective of performance. Menon recuperates the manifold valences of ‘mimesis’ as aesthetic representation, as the constitution of a community of witnesses, and as the mimetic relationality that underlies the encounter between India and Pakistan. The particular performances considered here range from Wagah border ceremonies, to the partition theatre of Asghar Wajahat, Kirti Jain, M. K. Raina, and the cinema of Ritwik Ghatak and M. S. Sathyu. By pointing to the tropes of twins, doubles, and doppelgangers that suffuse these performances, this study troubles the idea of two insular, autonomous nation-states of India and Pakistan. In the process, Menon recovers mimetic modes of thinking that unsettle the reified categories of identity politics.
Rizio Yohannan Raj (ed)
The deliberations are divided into sections that deal with traditions, manifestoes of survival, the latest methodologies, and perspectives that comparatists from India, China, the Near West, Europe and America have brought into the discipline. Each section is prefaced with a short introduction that locates the interdisciplinary articles within the paradoxical wholeness of Comparative Literature. Challenging and unsettling many basic premises of comparative studies, the essays explore the possibility of redefining the scope of Comparative Literature by forging meaningful interfaces between the following fields: • Translation Studies • Performance studies • Film Studies • Media Studies • Dalit Studies • Women’s Writing • Comparative Poetics • Cartoon Art • Folklore Rizio Yohaman Raj is an educationist, bilingual creative writer, translator and editor.
Jisha Menon is Assistant Professor of Theatre and Performance Studies at Stanford University. 13 B&W illustrations 9781107051867 272pp HB
From the days of René Wellek’s ‘Crisis of Comparative Literature’ (1959) through the beginning of the twenty-first century that saw Gayatri Spivak’s provocative Death of a Discipline (2003), Comparative Literature as an academic discipline has endured like no other. This pioneering volume, Quest of a Discipline, offers challenging new directions to this field urging the readers to see the practice of Comparative Literature as a quest. It showcases the multicultural, multilingual India as the most potential site of quest today for the discipline of Comparative Literature.
9788175969339
` 895.00 31
328pp
PB
` 495.00
The Metaphysics of Text Sukanta Chaudhuri
Indian Women in the House of Fiction
The advances of book history and editorial theory remind us that it is vital to look behind the text we read. Sukanta Chaudhuri explores, at a very fundamental level, how texts are constituted and how they work. He applies insights from many lines of study not brought together so closely before: theories of language, signification and reception alongside bibliography, textual criticism, editorial theory and book history. Blending case studies with general observation and theory, he considers the implications of the physical form of the text; the relation between oral and written language, and between language and other media; the new territory opened up by electronic texts; and special categories like play-books and translations. Drawing on an exceptionally wide range of material, both Western literature and Indian works from Sanskrit aesthetics to the poetry of Rabindranath Tagore, Chaudhuri sets a new agenda for the study of texts.
Geetanjali Singh Chanda
An ambitious mapping of Indian English women’s literature, Indian Women in the House of Fiction claims an important space for its subject in the larger framework of world literatures.
Sukanta Chaudhuri is Professor of English and Director of the School of Cultural Texts and Records at Jadavpur University, Kolkata, India. 31 B&W illustrations 9781107400337 238pp HB
In her detailed readings of a wide range of Indian writers – including Anita Desai, Shashi Deshpande, Anita Nair, Jhumpa Lahiri and many others – Geetanjali Singh Chanda focuses on domestic spaces in women’s fiction. The house is not merely a backdrop, but often almost a character itself, one that bears witness to the changes in the protagonists’ lives. Chanda shows how women in these fictional homes find ways to transform restrictive, segregated spaces into a potentially empowering “womenspace,” one that can be found in bungalows and apartments alike. The book also analyses the anxiety that still accompanies writing about India in English, and the many concerns about identity, language, nationalism, family and community that are played out in the home.
Geetanjali Singh Chanda is a Senior Lecturer in the Women’s, Gender & Sexuality Studies Program at Yale University.
` 695.00
9788189884109 9789383074730
360pp 360pp
HB PB
` 595.00 ` 495.00
ZUBAAN
Gay Writers in Search of the Divine Hinduism and Homosexuality in the Lives and Writings of Edward Carpenter, E.M. Forster and Christopher Isherwood
Antony Copley
21 Under 40
Gay Writers in Search of the Divine is an exploration of how three English writers — Edward Carpenter, E.M. Forster, and Christopher Isherwood — all three of whom shared a similar sexuality, sought in Hindu spirituality one way of achieving personal autonomy and fulfillment. Antony Copley reveals how these writers reconciled their inner conflicts and were led in the direction of Hinduism either by friendship or the influence of gurus. Tackling the themes of the guru-disciple relationship, their quarrel with Christianity, relationships with their mothers and the problematic feminine, the tensions between sexuality, and the attraction of Hindu mysticism, this fascinating work seeks to reveal whether Hinduism offered the answers and fulfillment these writers ultimately sought.
New Stories for a New Generation
Anita Roy (ed)
This exciting new anthology show-cases 21 of the best short stories by South Asian women under the age of 40. Ranging from the lyrical to the humourous to the darkly disturbing, this collection highlights the desires, concerns and obsessions of young women from the subcontinent. A new generation of writers is emerging who are boldly tackling new forms and styles, including historical detective fiction, graphic short stories, stories intercut with email and sms messages. The stories are as varied as the women themselves, and celebrate the diversity and range of women’s literature for the twenty-first century. Anita Roy is a freelance critic and writer.
Antony Copley is Honorary Reader at the University of Kent.
9788189884034
239pp ZUBAAN
9788190666824
336pp
PB
` 350.00
YODA PRESS
32
PB
` 295.00
R. K. Narayan An Introduction (Contemporary Indian Writers in English)
Mohan G. Ramanan
NEW
Vikram Seth
Contemporary Indian Writers in English (CIWE) is a series that presents critical commentaries on some of the best-known names in the genre. With the high visibility of Indian writing in English in academic, critical, pedagogic and reader circles, there is a perceivable demand for lucid yet rigorous introductions to several of its authors and genres.
An Introduction (Contemporary Indian Writers in English)
Rohini Mokashi-Punekar
Contemporary Indian Writers in English (CIWE) is a series that presents critical commentaries on some of the best-known names in the genre. With the high visibility of Indian Writing in English in academic, critical, pedagogic and reader circles, there is a perceivable demand for lucid yet rigorous introductions to several of its authors and genres. Vikram Seth is one of the most celebrated authors in Indian Writing in English today. With the complexity and depth of his work and his significant achievements in prose as well as verse, Seth has proved the master of the English language. Seth’s many themes and concerns, from land ceiling in post-Independence India to Western classical music to relationships, all cast in formally perfect prose or poetry, have gained him a formidable reputation as a stylist and a perfectionist. Rohini Mokashi-Punekar’s thorough study works its way through the many forms, themes and styles of Seth’s verse and prose. It pays attention to both form and content, and presents a comprehensive study of Seth’s oeuvre by linking plot, characterization and theme in a densely textured analysis and close reading.
A pioneer in Indian writing in English, R. K. Narayan’s breadth of work, based on the fictitious world of the tiny Malgudi town, offers both the academic-scholar and the general reader a variety of ideas about and insights into a small town’s many lives. Narayan’s novels, short fiction, non-fiction and travelogues hover around sweet shop owners, schoolchildren, teachers, family planning propagandists, ghosts, criminals-turned-savants and housewives – the deceptive simplicity of his prose style offering a ‘microcosm’ of the Indian society, with its caste, class and gender complication. All of these essential aspects of Narayan’s work come in for sustained attention in this eminently readable introduction by Mohan G. Ramanan. Ramanan posits a genealogical perspective on Narayan’s themes and concerns by locating these in intellectual contexts, such as the role of English in Narayan’s works and Indian Writing in English as a genre.
Rohini Mokashi-Punekar teaches at the Department of Humanities and Social Sciences, Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Guwahati, India.
Mohan G. Ramanan, Professor, Department of English, University of Hyderabad, India.
9788175965898 9789382993537
Raja Rao An Introduction (Contemporary Indian Writers in English)
Letizia Alterno
214pp
PB
Contemporay indian Writers in English (CIWE) is a series that presents critical commentaries on some of the best-known names in the genre. With the high visibility of Indian writing in English in academic, critical, pedagogic and reader circles, there is a perceivable demand for lucid yet rigorous introductions to several of its authors and genres.
Rohinton Mistry An Introduction (Contemporary Indian Writers in English)
Nandini BhautooDewnarain
Raja Rao, along with RK Narayan and Mulk Raj Anand, defined Indian writing in English in early twentieth century. His works exhibit a deep engagement with psychology, mysticism, spiritualism and philosophy. His narratives become cultural as well as individual chronicles, and very often draw implicitly or explicitly upon various aspects – the freedom movement to Gandhi to myths – of an Indian ethos. Letizia Alterno’s detailed, incisive and eminently readable introduction is a rigorous examination of the diverse, and complex, Raja Rao canon, including some of his lesser known short-fiction.
PB
` 295.00
Contemporary Indian Writers in English (CIWE) is a series that presents critical commentaries on some of the best-known names in the genre. With the high visibility of Indian writing in English in academic, critical, pedagogic and reader circles, there is a perceivable demand for lucid yet rigorous introductions to several of its authors and genres.
Nandini Bhautoo-Dewnarain teaches at the Department of English, University of Mauritius. 9788175963115
232pp
PB
Mistry’s fiction covers many themes, from politics to Parsi community life and economic inequality to national ‘events’ such as wars, rigorously examining the impact of historical forces and social events on ‘small’ lives. Nandini Bhautoo-Dewnarain’s study, a schematic introduction to Mistry’s works, looks at the process of marginalization or ‘Othering’ in his fiction. Exploring Mistry’s themes of tradition, ageing and families, Bhautoo-Dewnarain demonstrates how his fiction moves from the local to the universal.
Letizia Alterno, the director of Raja Rao’s official website, has been the Editor-in-Chief, since 2006, of the Raja Rao Publication Project. 9788175966277
230pp
` 295.00
` 295.00
33
134pp
PB
` 295.00
Amitav Ghosh (Contemporary Indian Writers in English) John C. Hawley
Contemporary Indian Writers in English (CIWE) is a series that presents critical commentaries on some of the best-known names in the genre. With the high visibility of Indian writing in English in academic, critical, pedagogic and reader circles, there is a perceivable demand for lucid yet rigorous introductions to several of its authors and genres.
LANGUAGE & LINGUISTICS A Descriptive Study of Bengali Words Niladri Sekhar Dash
Amitav Ghosh, a novelist with an extraordinary sense of history and place, is indisputably one of the most important novelists and essayists of our times. In this volume, John Hawley provides a lucid, friendly and thorough introduction to the fiction and essays of Ghosh. John C. Hawley is Professor in the Department of English at Santa Clara University in Santa Clara, California. 9788175962590
Mahesh Dattani (Contemporary Indian Writers in English) Asha Kuthari-Chaudhuri
223pp
PB
` 150.00
NEW
Contemporary Indian Writers in English (CIWE) is a series that presents critical commentaries on some of the best-known names in the genre. With the high visibility of Indian writing in English in academic, critical, pedagogic and reader circles, there is a perceivable demand for lucid yet rigorous introductions to several of its authors and genres.
9781107064249
Sounds and their patterns in Indic Languages Vol. 1: Sound Pattern & Vol. 2 Phonological Sketches
Pramod Pandey
Asha Kuthari Chaudhuri is a Lecturer at Gauhati University. 155pp
PB
The book provides, for the first time, some important findings about the general patterns of use of Bengali morpheme. It sheds new light on the form and function of morphemes in construction of words in the language. Bengali single word units (both inflected and noninflected) are analyzed from the perspective of their structure or surface forms. The book also provides a solid empirical support for developing tools and systems for morphological analysis, morphological generation, lexical decomposition and lexical composition for the language for machine learning and language teaching. Niladri Sekhar Dash teaches at Linguistic Research Unit, Indian Statistical Institute, Kolkata, India.
Mahesh Dattani is perhaps one of India’s most daring, innovative and important playwrights in English today. He blends conventional themes with some startingly new ones in his work. His plays combine the intimate with the social, the personal and the public, often exploring the boundaries between these realms. In this volume, Asha Kuthari Chaudhuri, explores Dattani‘s central themes - the family, alternate sexualities, other genders, morality and identity while also examining the dramaturgical innovations in his work.
9788175962606
The book is about the study of modern Bengali words based on the data obtained from a corpus of written texts. The corpus contains more than five million words of written text samples collected from hundred subject domains published within 1981 to 2000. The author analyses Bengali words from empirical point of view to understand their form and function in the language. It also deals with the form and function of Bengali words in a systematic manner from the perspective of structure and use of words to understand how Bengali words are formed and used.
` 150.00
374pp
HB
` 895.00
Sounds and their patterns in Indic languages presents the phonological properties of Indic languages at the word level including inventories and distribution of phonemes, allophones, syllable structures and tones. The general properties of the sound patterns of 148 languages from a total of eight groups as well as their phonological sketches are presented in these books. The description of the languages is complemented with an exhaustive bibliography that lends the two volumes the character of a handbook on the phonology of Indic languages. Volume I: Sound Patterns contains five chapters that address five main topics – the descriptive and analytical issues relating to the presentation of the phonological sketches in Volume 2; the complex linguistic situation in India; a classification of Indic languages based on internal relations among them; facts and generalizations relating to consonantal segments and their patterns and vowel segments and their patterns; and, lastly, the main aspects of phonology above the segment, counting syllable structure, permissible segment sequences, stress, tone and phonological cues for grammatical structure.
34
Language in South Asia
Volume II: Phonological Sketches presents the phonological sketches of 148 languages organized into seven main groups, namely, Austro-Asiatic, Dravidian, Indo-Aryan, TibetoBurman, Tai-Kadai, Andaman group, Contact Languages and an eighth group of Historical Varieties. The sketches are based on a critical evaluation of published works on the languages, with a few original contributions.
NEW
Braj K. Kachru, Yamuna Kachru & S. N. Sridhar (eds)
These books • present the phonological facts of Indic languages around topics that are of interest in linguistics and allied disciplines • present a general as well as comparative account of the word phonological features of the different linguistic groups of India • include exhaustive lists of the phonological inventories and the languages in which they occur • give an overview of studies carried out on sound patterns of Indic languages by providing an up-to-date bibliography
Braj K. Kachru is Centre for Advanced Study Professor of Linguistics and Jubilee Professor of Liberal Arts and Sciences Emeritus at the University of Illinois, Chicago.
Pramod Pandey is Professor of Linguistics, Centre for Linguistics at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. Volume 1 9789382993926 Volume 2 9789382993933
432pp
PB
` 795.00
604pp
PB
` 1195.00
South Asia is a rich and fascinating linguistic area, its many hundreds of languages from four major language families representing the distinctions of caste, class, profession, religion, and region. This comprehensive new volume presents an overview of the language situation in this vast subcontinent in a linguistic, historical and sociolinguistic context. An invaluable resource, it comprises authoritative contributions from leading international scholars within the fields of South Asian language and linguistics, historical linguistics, cultural studies and area studies. Topics covered include the ongoing linguistic processes, controversies, and implications of language modernization; the functions of South Asian languages within the legal system, media, cinema, and religion; language conflicts and politics, and Sanskrit and its long traditions of study and teaching.
Yamuna Kachru is Professor Emerita of Linguistics at the University of Illinois, Chicago. S. N. Sridhar is Professor and Chair at the Department of Asian and Asian American Studies, State University of New York, Stony Brook. 13 B&W illustrations 9 maps 65 tables 9781107602212 632pp PB ` 795.00
South Asian Languages A Syntactic Typology
Karumuri V. Subbarao
South Asian languages are rich in linguistic diversity and number. This book explores the similarities and differences of about forty languages from the four different language families (Austro-Asiatic, Dravidian, Indo-Aryan (Indo-European) and Tibeto-Burman (SinoTibetan)). It focuses on the syntactic typology of these languages and the high degree of syntactic convergence, with special reference to the notion of ‘India as a linguistic area’. Several areas of current theoretical interest such as anaphora, control theory, case and agreement, relative clauses and the significance of thematic roles in grammar are discussed. The analysis presented has significant implications for current theories of syntax, verbal semantics, first and second language acquisition, structural language typology and historical linguistics.
Language History of the Kamta and Cooch Behar Region Matthew Toulmin
The language varieties examined in this book are known by a number of names including ‘Kamta’, ‘Rajbanshi, or simply the ‘deshi bhasha’ of north Bengal and west Assam. This study provides evidence for a protolanguage, termed ‘proto Kamta’ (c. AD 13–16 century), which was the point of common origin for these lects, and defines them as a subgroup within Indo–Aryan.
Karumuri V. Subbarao is Radhakrishnan Chair Professor in Humanities at the University of Hyderabad, India. 9781107035331
400pp
HB
The Indo–Aryan languages and dialects constitute a dialect continuum, characterised by variable, non–discrete boundaries between speech communities. In order to reconstruct linguistic history it is necessary to take stock of this sociolinguistic context and adjust the methods of reconstruction accordingly. This study presents a theoretically robust, sociolinguistic framework for historical reconstruction which supplements a traditional comparative reconstruction of phonology and morphology.
` 995.00
Matthew Toulmin is a visiting research fellow at Serampore College, West Bengal, India, and member of SIL International. 9788175968974
35
274pp
PB
` 695.00
English Language Education in South Asia From Policy to Pedagogy
Lesley Farrell, Udaya Narayana Singh & Ram Ashish Giri (eds)
In South Asia, English is the major link language for people from diverse linguistic backgrounds. With globalisation and the subsequent rise in the demand of English, almost all South Asian countries are in the process of introducing English at the early school level. This widens the scope of investigating into the national policies regarding English and probing the status of English language in relation to pedagogy in the countries of the South Asian region.
languages, Apatani, Galo and Mising. The areas addressed in this book include descriptive phonology, lexicon, morphosyntax and semantics. The book also discusses general topics regarding fieldwork and orthography development.
English Language Education in South Asia provides a strong foundation for scholarly work on ELE in South Asia. The volume contains compilation of scholarly and investigative essays, esecially written for this volume, by some of the most prominent and emerging scholars of English language education in South Asia. The chapters provide up-to-date information on the politics, policy, theory and practice of ELE in seven countries of South Asia - Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, India, Nepal, Pakistan and Sri Lanka. The volume, divided into three sections - Policy, Pedagogy and Politics of Pedagogy - investigates how the socio-economic, local and global language politics shape the ELE in South Asia. It also addresses the theoretical as well as practical issues of classroom procedures, teacher preparation programmes, resource management, examinations, educational contraints and limitations.
Mark W. Post is Oberassistent in Historical Linguistics at the Institut fur Sprachwissenschaft, University of Bern, Switzerland.
Stephen Morey is an Australian Research Council Future Fellow at the Centre for Research on Language Diversity, La Trobe University.
9788175966000
North East Indian Linguistics Volume 2 Stephen Morey & Mark Post (eds)
Udaya Narayana Singh is Tagore Professor, Rabindra Bhavan, and Director, Indira Gandhi Centre for National Integration (IGCNI), VisvaBharati, Santinketan. Ram Ashish Giri is Reader in the Faculty of Education, Tribhuvan University, Nepal. Presently, he is involved in the EIL programme of Monash University, Melbourne.
North East Indian Linguistics Stephen Morey & Mark Post (eds)
312pp
HB
HB
` 795.00
This volume is the second in a series of selected papers presented at the International Conferences of the North East Indian Linguistics Society (NEILS), a forum for the study of the languages of North East India. The North East Indian languages are the richest and most diverse, yet also one of the least-well-known regions of the linguistics world. NEILS brings together local scholars, students, and wellknown researchers from India and across the world to present the latest in research on North East Indian languages and cultures. The book essentially discusses tonology and phonology in the Assam floodplain. They bring together extensive information on tone in Bodo and Dimasa, studies of Tai Phake songs, the Ahom Bar Amra manuscripts, and the Barpetia dialect of Assamese. A special section on numerals also presents a comparative study of Tibeto-Burman numeral systems and more detailed accounts of Khasi, Karbi, Kom and Aimol.
Lesley Farrell is Professor and Associate Dean (Research and Development) in the Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences at the University of Technology, Sydney.
9788175967809
284pp
The book presents new information on North East Indian languages from well-developed linguistic perspectives, and yet including much information on topics of broader interest such as numeral systems, medieval manuscripts, poetry and songs.
` 795.00
Stephen Morey is an Australian Research Council Future Fellow at the Centre for Research on Language Diversity, La Trobe University.
The North East of India is one of the most rich and diverse cultural-linguistic regions of Asia. However, awareness of this is not widespread and as a result, the linguistic abundance of the region has not been sufficiently appreciated. Students and scholars from different parts of India and the world are now making efforts to turn around this scenario.
Mark W. Post is Oberassistent in Historical Linguistics at the Institut fur Sprachwissenschaft, University of Bern, Switzerland. 9788175967144
North East Indian Linguistics is a result of such concerted attempts. This book is the first published collection of selected articles on North East Indian linguistics. The articles represent the current state of research in the field. The authors have adopted a variety of approaches to the study of the multifarious North East Indian languages – Ao (Naga), Assamese, Atong (Bodo-Garo), Bishnupriya, Garo, Khamti (Tai), Khasi, Kurtoep, Singpho, and the Tani 36
268pp
HB
` 695.00
North East Indian Linguistics Volume 3 Gwendolyn Hyslop, Stephen Morey & Mark W. Post (eds)
North East Indian Linguistics Volume 3 presents the latest in descriptive and anthropological linguistic research on the languages of the North East Indian region. Long acknowledged to be among the culturally and linguistically richest and most diverse regions of all Asia, North East India also remains to this day one of the least well-studied and well-understood. The collection of papers in this volume directly address this problem by presenting description and analysis of a wide variety of phonological, syntactic, morphological, sociolinguistic and historical topics in the study of several languages of the region.
Contributions in this volume range from renowned scholars of Tibeto-Burman linguistics to students from the North East making their first impact in the field of Linguistics.
This volume reflects the current state of research in North East Indian Linguistics on the parts of local, national and international scholars alike and will be of interest to linguists, anthropologists, and other social scientists and general readers with an interest in the study, preservation and appreciation of North East Indian cultural and linguistic diversity.
9788175969308
Gwendolyn Hyslop is a Research Fellow in Linguistics at the Australian National University. Stephen Morey is an Australian Research Council Future Fellow at the Centre for Research on Language Diversity, La Trobe University. Mark W. Post is Oberassistent in Historical Linguistics at the Institut fur Sprachwissenschaft, University of Bern, Switzerland.
North East Indian Linguistics Volume 5
Gwendolyn Hyslop is a Research Fellow in Linguistics at the Australian National University.
Gwendolyn Hyslop, Stephen Morey & Mark W. Post (eds)
Stephen Morey is an Australian Research Council Future Fellow at the Centre for Research on Language Diversity, La Trobe University.
North East Indian Linguistics Volume 4 Gwendolyn Hyslop, Stephen Morey & Mark W. Post (eds)
276pp
HB
HB
` 995.00
North East Indian Linguistics Volume 5 presents the latest in descriptive and anthropological linguistic research into the languages of the North East Indian region. Long acknowledged to be among the culturally and linguistically richest and most diverse regions of all Asia, North East India needs to be well-studied and wellunderstood to underscore its potential. This volume advances the understanding of North East Indian languages and cultures through analyses of a wide variety of topics in a range of regional languages. The themes discussed in this volume include language contact and genetic linguistics in the languages of Arunachal Pradesh, Assam and neighbouring Bhutan, historical grammar within the Bodo-Garo and Mizo-Kuki-Chin branches of Tibeto-Burman, nominalization and the relational marking of noun phrases in North East Indian languages, and new advances in the study of Bodo-Garo phonology - in addition to contributions to the analysis of Eastern Indo-Aryan grammar and the song language of the Pangwa Tangsa.
Mark W. Post is Oberassistent in Historical Linguistics at the Institut fur Sprachwissenschaft, University of Bern, Switzerland. 9788175967939
422pp
` 795.00
North East India is one of the most linguistically diverse regions of the world, with over 100, and perhaps as many as 200, different languages spoken. This book aims to produce a volume reflective of both the linguistic diversity of the region as well as the high quality of current research on North East Indian Linguistics.
Gwendolyn Hyslop is a Research Fellow in Linguistics at the Australian National University.
The articles in this volume cover four of the language families represented in North East India: Tai-Kadai, Indo-Aryan, Tibeto-Burman, and Austroasiatic. Divided into seven sections, the book presents the description and analysis of a wide variety of phonological, syntactic, morphological, socio-linguistic and historical topics in the study of several languages of the region – origin of the Boro-Garo language family, Boro-Garo grammar, serial verbs in a hitherto undescribed variety of Boro, information about Dimasa dialects, phonology of Hajong, a language of Assam and Meghalaya, and analysis of copula constructions in Assam Sadri. The volume also contains an analysis of pronouns in Madhav Kandali’s Ramayana, a version of the Ramayana written in colloquial Assamese of the fourteenth century. The final section in this volume discusses serial verb constructions in the Austroasiatic language War, the most detailed discussion of War syntax and semantics to date.
Stephen Morey is an Australian Research Council Future Fellow at the Centre for Research on Language Diversity, La Trobe University. Mark W. Post is Oberassistent in Historical Linguistics at the Institut fur Sprachwissenschaft, University of Bern, Switzerland. . 9789382264729 300pp HB ` 995.00
37
Foreigners and Foreign Languages in India A Sociolinguistic History
Shreesh Chaudhary
India’s natural wealth, knowledge, arts and crafts have attracted foreigners throughout its long history. It has had continuous cultural contact and trade with other countries and, in all this, India has been exposed to many foreign languages such as Arabic, Bactrian, Chinese, Dutch, English, French, Greek, Hebrew, Latin, Persian, Portuguese, Turkish and in a certain sense, Sanskrit. Each of these languages went through a cycle, rising to the position of power and prestige, and eventually declining and yielding place to yet another language. In this process, all these languages interacted with the native languages of India and exchanged sounds, words, sentences, idioms and expressions, sometimes even giving birth to new languages. Foreigners and Foreign Languages in India: A Sociolinguistic History tells the story of this long and continuous history of the advent, learning, use, demise and debris of some foreign languages in India.
POLITICS No Exit from Pakistan America’s Tortured Relationship with Islamabad
Daniel S. Markey
Shreesh Chaudhary is a professor of English and Linguistics at the Indian Institute of Technology, Madras. 9788175966284
600pp
HB
NEW
` 1295.00
This book tells the story of the tragic and often tormented relationship between the United States and Pakistan. Pakistan’s internal troubles have already threatened U.S. security and international peace, and Pakistan’s rapidly growing population, nuclear arsenal, and relationships with China and India will continue to force it upon America’s geostragetic map in new and important ways over the coming decades. This book explores the main trends in Pakistani Society that will help determine its future; traces the wellsprings of Pakistani antiAmerican sentiment through the history of U.S. Pakistan relations from 1947 to 2001; assesses how Washington made and implemented policies regarding Pakistan since the terrorist attacks on the United States on September 11, 2001; and analyzes how regional dynamics, especially the rise of China, will likely shape U.S.-Pakistan relations. It concludes with three options for future U.S. strategy, described as defensive insulation, military-first cooperation, and comprehensive cooperation. The book explains how Washington can prepare for the worst, aim for the best, and avoid past mistakes. Daniel S. Markey is a Senior Fellow at the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), where he specializes in security and governance issues in South Asia.
Translating India Rita Kothari
Post nineteen eighties, what made English translation from Indian languages a culturally desirable activity? This question leads Kothari to examine the changing cultural universe of urban, English-speaking middle class in India. She examines in detail readership patterns, attitudes to English and the course of translation studies in general. The comfort with which English is used with an Indian language as in “Yeh Dil Maange More” or “Hungry Kya” reflects a sense of familiarity that has been made with English. From this broader context of bilingualism in the first part of the book, Kothari moves on to the state of Gujarat. Taking up the case of Gujarati, she demonstrates the micro issues involved in translation and politics of language.
9781107414624
India and the Nuclear Non-proliferation Regime The Perennial Outlier
A. Vinod Kumar
Rita Kothari, teaches English at St. Xavier’s College, Ahmedabad, where she runs a translation research centre on behalf of Katha. 9788175963054
138pp
PB
` 295.00
NEW
38
260pp
PB
` 495.00
Numerous behavioural and systemic factors have been cited to explain India’s nuclear decisions, though the influence of normative instruments of non-proliferation and the overarching regime on its nuclear policies has not received sufficient attention. This book seeks to address this gap through a holistic examination of India’s relationship with the nonproliferation regime and its dominant structures. The study explores the complexities of the regime as a functional system, and applies the Indian case study to understand the dynamics of state–regime interplays. By dissecting its core frameworks like non-proliferation and counterproliferation, A. Vinod Kumar highlights the conceptual opacities that drive the structural crises of the regime, and the paradigm shifts that characterize its current churning. The book describes India as a unique case of an outlier surviving outside the regime’s overarching system, as a nuclear-capable state with prolonged record of resistance (and selective adherence), but ending up seeking opportunities to engage with its normative structures. The ideological and policy shifts that had shaped India’s transformative journey from a perennial outlier to one seeking greater integration with the regime, though, also
exemplifies the underlying strategic paradoxes and dogmatic incongruities. The book assesses how these dynamics will determine India’s role in global anti-proliferation and its status in the emerging global nuclear order.
Limits of Islamism Jamaat-e-Islami in Contemporary India and Bangladesh
Maidul Islam
A. Vinod Kumar is Associate Fellow at the Institute for Defence Studies and Analyses (IDSA), New Delhi, and visiting faculty at the Institute for Foreign Policy Studies (IFPS), University of Calcutta. 9781107056626
Presidential Legislation in India The Law and Practice of Ordinances
Shubhankar Dam
NEW
252pp
HB
` 745.00
India has a parliamentary system. Yet the president has authority to occasionally enact legislation (or ordinances) without involving parliament. This book is a study of ordinances at the national level in India, centred around three themes. First, it tells the story of how an artifact of British constitutional history, over time, became part of India’s legislative system. Second, it offers an empirical account of the ways in which presidents have resorted to ordinances in post-independence India. Third, the book analyses a range of ordinance-related questions, including some that are yet to be judicially adjudicated. In the process, the book explains why much of the Indian Supreme Court’s jurisprudence is mistaken and what should take its place. Overall, the book explains why the fate of parliamentary reforms in India may be tied to the reform of the provision for ordinances. Standing at the intersection of constitutional law and political science, Presidential Legislation in India offers a new frame through which to assess executives’ legislative powers in both parliamentary and presidential systems.
NEW
Maidul Islam teaches in the Department of Political Science, Presidency University, Kolkata. As a Clarendon-Hector Pilling-Senior Hulme scholar at Brasenose College, he studied political theory for his doctoral studies in the Department of Politics and International Relations, University of Oxford. 9781107080263
Shaping the Emerging World India and the Multilateral Order
Waheguru Pal Singh Sidhu, Pratap Bhanu Mehta & Bruce Jones (eds)
Shubhankar Dam is an Assistant Professor of Law at Singapore Management University School of Law. 9781107444348
278pp
PB
This book focuses on Islamism as a political ideology by taking up the case of Jamaat-eIslami in contemporary India and Bangladesh. It probes at whether Islamism can articulate a politics of alternative in a world marked by capitalist globalization and neoliberal consensus; what happens to the promise and goal of Islamism in providing an alternative to capitalism after the failure of twentieth-century socialism; and if a religious ideology like Islamism can represent a politics of social transformation, or can it only limit itself as a peculiar politics of resistance and critique to neoliberal capitalism. This book addresses how, in a contemporary globalized world, Islamists construct an antagonistic frontier and try to mobilize people behind the political project of Islamism. It deals with the Islamist critique of neoliberal economic policies and ‘western cultural globalization’. Further, it analyzes why Islamists are opposed to such issues as atheism, blasphemy and sexual freedom. Finally, it traces the contemporary crisis of Islamist populism in providing an alternative to neoliberalism.
` 495.00
NEW
358pp
HB
` 795.00
The five major emerging national economies known as the BRICS – Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa – have gained on the world stage. For BRICS watchers, and anyone interested in the future of India’s burgeoning economy, twenty-two scholars have developed one of the most comprehensive volumes on India: Shaping the Emerging World. India faces a defining period. Its status as a global power is not only recognized but increasingly institutionalized, even as geopolitical shifts create both opportunities and challenges. The country experienced rapid growth through participation in the existing multilateral order – now its development strategy makes it dependent on this order. Despite limitations, India increasingly has the ideas, people, and tools to shape the global order, in the words of Jawaharal Nehru, ‘not wholly or in full measure, but very substantially.’ Will India keep its ‘tryst with destiny’ and emerge as one of the shapers of the emerging international order? This volume seeks to answer that question. Waheguru Pal Singh Sidhu is Senior Fellow at the Center on International Cooperation, New York University. Pratap Bhanu Mehta is President of the Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi. Bruce Jones is Senior Fellow in Foreign Policy and Director of the Managing Global Order project at Brookings Institution. 9789382993544
39
368pp
HB
` 895.00
Vying for Allah’s Vote Understanding Islamic Parties, Political Violence, and Extremism in Pakistan
Haroon K. Ullah
NEW
Moeed Yusuf (ed)
NEW
The South Asian Experience
Priyankar Upadhyaya & Samrat Schmiem Kumar (eds)
270pp
HB
NEW
Insurgency and Counterinsurgency in South Asia Moeed W. Yusuf (ed)
NEW
HB
9789382993551
270pp
HB
` 595.00
This book underscores the need for South Asian decision makers and relevant actors around the world to systematically examine the nature of intrastate insurgent movements. Using the ‘conflict curve’ theory of conflict evolution, ten experts native to South Asia consider the trajectories of four of the most salient armed insurgencies in a region that has experienced many such sustained conflicts and the counterinsurgent response to each. Case studies on India, Pakistan, Nepal and Sri Lanka lend important lessons on the dynamics of each conflict while collectively offering insights into how and why insurgencies occur and transform as well as how they can be prevented or resolved. Through a peacebuilding lens, the contributors ask what incentives led resentful groups to resort to armed insurgency and once insurgency was under way, how it was managed. Moeed W. Yusuf is director of South Asia programs at the United States Institute of Peace, Washington DC. Yusuf has been engaged in expanding USIP’s work on Pakistan/South Asia since 2010.
Moeed Yusuf is the Director of South Asia Programs at the US Institute of Peace. 270pp
Priyankar Upadhyaya is UNESCO Professor and Director at Malaviya Centre for Peace Research, Banaras Hindu University, India.
` 525.00
Pakistan, which since 9/11 has come to be seen as one of the world’s most dangerous places and has been referred to as ‘the epicenter of international terrorism’, faces an acute counterterrorism (CT) challenge. The book focuses on violence being perpetrated against the Pakistani state by Islamist groups and how Pakistan can address these challenges, concentrating not only on military aspects but on the often-ignored political, legal, law enforcement, financial, and technological facets of the challenge. It explores the current debate surrounding Pakistan’s ability—and incentives— to crack down on Islamist terrorism and provides an in-depth examination of the multiple facets of this existential threat confronting the Pakistani state and people. With original insights and attention to detail, this book provides a roadmap for Western and Pakistani policymakers alike to address the weaknesses in Pakistan’s CT strategy.
9789382993919
Keeping in mind that peace research is a relatively young field yet to earn an independent status, and that contributors to mainstream peace and conflict literature have also been minimal, this book introduces the notable work of well-established as well as young peace researchers on South Asia.
Samrat Schmiem Kumar is Research Fellow at the Department of Cultural Studies and Oriental Languages, University of Oslo, Norway.
Haroon K. Ullah is a staff adviser to the US State Department and was a member of the late Ambassador Richard C. Holbrooke’s policy team on Pakistan and Afghanistan. 9789382993841
Pakistan’s Counterterrorism Challenge
Peace and Conflict
Vying for Allah’s Vote: Understanding Islamic Parties, Political Violence, and Extremism in Pakistan studies how religion, politics, and policy are inextricably linked in Pakistan. In this book, Haroon K. Ullah analyses the origins, ideologies, bases of support, and electoral successes of the largest and most influential Islamic parties in Pakistan. Based on his extensive fieldwork in Pakistan, he develops a new typology for understanding and comparing the discourses put forth by these parties in order to assess what drives them and what separates the moderate from the extreme. A better understanding of the range of parties is critical for knowing how the US and other Western nations can engage states where Islamic political parties hold both political and moral authority.
` 525.00
9789384463038
40
326pp
PB
` 595.00
Globalization and India’s Economic Integration Baldev Raj Nayar
NEW
The Engagement of India
This book shows how globalization’s pressures favoring efficiency paradoxically induced the state to push for consolidation on a pan-Indian scale in the area of fiscal federalism and to advance the cause of the common market through reforming the indirect tax system; meanwhile, the state has pressed forward with social inclusiveness as never before in its economic planning. For another, the market, too, has been instrumental, because of its widened scope and its inherently expanding character, in strengthening economic integration through trade expansion, diffusion of industry, and increased inter-state migration. Nayar’s groundbreaking work will interest students, scholars, and specialists of India, South Asia, globalization, and political economy.
Strategies and Responses
Ian Hall (ed)
NEW
Baldev Raj Nayar is professor emeritus of political science at McGill University. He is the author, coauthor, or editor of nineteen previous books, most recently The Myth of the Shrinking State: Globalization and the State in India. 9789384463441
316pp
HB
As India emerges as a significant global actor, diverse states have sought to engage India with divergent agendas and interests. Some states aspire to improve their relations with New Delhi, while others pursue the transformation of Indian foreign policy – and even India itself – to suit their interests. The Engagement of India explores the strategies that key states have employed to engage and shape the relationship with a rising and newly vibrant India, their successes and failures, and Indian responses – positive, ambivalent, and sometimes hostile – to engagement. A multinational team of contributors examine the ways in which Australia, China, Japan, Russia, and the United States have each sought to engage India for various purposes, explore the ways in which India has responded, and assess India’s own strategies to engage with Singapore, Vietnam, Indonesia, and the Central Asian republics. Ian Hall is senior fellow in the Department of International Relations at Australian National University. He is the author of The Dilemmas of Decline: British Intellectuals and World Politics, 1945–75 and The International Thought of Martin Wight, and co-editor of Interpreting Global Security.
` 695.00
9789384463427
India’s Rise as an Asian Power Nation, Neighborhood, and Region
Sandy Gordon
NEW
This book examines India’s rise to power and the obstacles it faces in the context of domestic governance and security, relationships and security issues with its South Asian neighbors, and international relations in the wider Asian region. Instead of a straight-line projection based on traditional measures of power such as population size, economic growth rates, and military spending, Sandy Gordon’s nuanced view of India’s rise focuses on the need of any rising power to develop the means to deal with challenges in its domestic, neighborhood (South Asia), and regional (continental) spheres.
Pakistan Moving the Economy Forward
Rashid Amjad & Shahid Javed Burki (eds)
Terrorism, insurgency, border disputes, and water conflict and shortages are examples of some of India’s domestic and regional challenges. Gordon argues that before it can assume the mantle of a genuine Asian power or world power, India must improve its governance and security; otherwise, its economic growth and human development will continue to be hindered and its vulnerabilities may be exploited by competitors in its South Asian neighborhood or the wider region. This book will appeal to students and scholars of India and South Asia, security studies, foreign policy, and comparative politics, as well as country and regional specialists.
NEW
296pp
HB
HB
` 625.00
Pakistan’s economic performance over the past 67 years has confounded its critics – when the country has performed much better than expected, especially in the early years – and disappointed those who had high expectations, given its initial start and economic potential. The central question that the contributors to this volume seek to answer is how to reverse the current prolonged period of low growth and high inflation that Pakistan has experienced, and to suggest and implement measures that would decisively move the economy onto a more sustainable growth path. The book draws on the wide experience of the authors at the highest level of policy-making to put forward realistic and concrete policies keeping in mind what works and does not work in the current socioeconomic-political milieu. It also moves beyond the income measurement of poverty toward a more comprehensive analysis of what the best way is to target poverty in Pakistan. Rashid Amjad is Director at the Graduate Institute of Development Studies, Lahore School of Economics, Lahore, Pakistan. Shahid Javed Burki is a Visiting Senior Fellow at the Institute of South Asian Studies, National University of Singapore.
Sandy (Alexander) Gordon is a visiting fellow at the College of Asia and the Pacific at Australian National University (ANU). 9789384463434
228pp
` 650.00
9781107109520
41
412pp
HB
` 725.00
The Challenge of Democracy Citizenship, Rights, and Ethnic Conflicts in India and Israel
Ayelet Harel-Shalev
John Arquilla is Professor of Defense Analysis at the US Naval Postgraduate School and is the author of Insurgents, Raiders, and Bandits: How Masters of Irregular Warfare Have Shaped Our World.
This book analyzes public policy and governmental features in procedurally democratic states that govern deeply divided societies. It traces the political formula that enables such states to survive while sustaining a democratic process in the face of religious, ethnic, and national conflicts. It investigates citizenship discourses, analyzes the mechanisms political regimes use to give rights to minorities while simultaneously limiting their power, and illustrates how this unique political formula can be applied in two case studies of vastly different countries – Israel and India. The analogous conflicts in India and Israel that threaten the survival of democracy – the ethnoreligious conflict between Hindus and Muslims in India and the ethno-national conflict between Jews and Arab-Palestinians in Israel – are analyzed in depth. In addition, the core cases of India and Israel, states in which democracy has survived for over sixty years, are compared with two additional countries where democracy was short-lived.
9789382993025
Energy and Security in South Asia Cooperation or Conflict?
Charles K. Ebinger
Ayelet Harel-Shalev is Assistant Professor in the Conflict Management and Resolution Program, and the Department of Politics and Government at Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Israel. 9789382264576
Afghan Endgames Strategy and Policy Choices for America’s Longest War
Hy Rothstein & John Arquilla (eds)
514pp HB
248pp
HB
` 695.00
Economic growth and burgeoning populations have put South Asia’s energy security in a perilous state. Already, energy and power shortages are stunting development in some of the region’s least developed locations, spurring political insurgences and social dislocation. Should this trend continue, the subcontinent will face dire economic, social and political crises. In Energy and Security in South Asia, Brookings ESI Director Charles Ebinger, a long-time adviser to South Asian governments, lays out the current regional energy picture arguing that the only way to achieve sustainable energy security is through regional collaboration both within the subcontinent as well as with regional neighbors in the Middle East and Central and Southeast Asia. Charles K. Ebinger is Director of the Energy Security Initiative at the Brookings Institution, where he is a senior fellow in foreign policy. He is an adjunct professor of electricity economics at Johns Hopkins Nitze School and is one of the Nuclear Energy Institute’s ‘Nuclear Energy Experts’.
` 895.00
The United States and its allies have been fighting the Taliban and Al-Qaeda in Afghanistan for a decade in a war that either side could still win. While a gradual drawdown has begun, significant numbers of US combat troops will remain in Afghanistan until at least 2014, perhaps longer, depending on the situation on the ground. Given the realities of the Taliban’s persistence and the desire of US policymakers — and the public — to find a way out, what can and should be the goals of the US and its allies in Afghanistan?
9789382993018
The Promise of Power The Origins of Democracy in India and Autocracy in Pakistan
Maya Tudor
Afghan Endgames boldly pursues several strands of thought suggesting that a strong, legitimate central government is far from likely to emerge in Kabul; that fewer coalition forces, used in creative ways, may have better effects on the ground than a larger, more conventional presence; and that, even though Pakistan should not be pushed too hard, so as to avoid sparking social chaos there, Afghanistan’s other neighbors can and should be encouraged to become more actively involved. The volume’s editors conclude that while there may never be complete peace in Afghanistan, a self-sustaining security system able to restore order swiftly in the wake of violence is attainable. Hy Rothstein served in the US Army as a Special Forces officer for more than 26 years, spending much of his time training and advising governments threatened by active insurgencies. He is currently a senior lecturer in the Department of Defense Analysis at the US Naval Postgraduate School.
248pp
HB
` 895.00
Under what conditions are some developing countries able to create stable democracies while others have slid into instability and authoritarianism? To address this classic question at the center of policy and academic debates, The Promise of Power investigates a striking puzzle: why, upon the 1947 Partition of British India, was India able to establish a stable democracy while Pakistan created an unstable autocracy? Drawing on interviews, colonial correspondence, and early government records to document the genesis of two of the twentieth century’s most celebrated independence movements, Maya Tudor refutes the prevailing notion that a country’s democratization prospects can be directly attributed to its levels of economic development or inequality. Instead, she demonstrates that the differential strengths of India’s and Pakistan’s independence movements directly account for their divergent democratization trajectories. She also establishes that these movements were initially constructed to pursue historically conditioned class interests. By illuminating the source of this enduring contrast, The Promise of Power offers a broad theory of democracy’s origans. Maya Tudor is a Fellow in Politics at St John’s College, Oxford University. 8 B&W illustrations 3 maps 1 table 9781107046061 254pp HB ` 795.00
42
Nepal Votes for Peace Bhojraj Pokharel & Shrishti Rana
Breakdown in Pakistan
Nepal has a long history of political struggle and popular uprisings have often threatened the existing regimes of this landlocked, predominantly Hindu state. In 1996, radical Maoists launched what would become the protracted armed struggle, known as The People’s War, with the aim of replacing the parliamentary system and the constitutional monarchy with a people’s republic. Thousands of people died and even more were injured over the next ten years in bitter fighting which ravaged the country and shocked the world. The gruesome murder of King Birendra, his wife and seven other royal family members in 2001 prompted more international concern about the future of Nepal. The violence eventually came to an end in 2005–2006 when the demand for a Constituent Assembly election was agreed upon. The election was finally held on 10 April 2008, marking one of the most significant events in Nepal’s political history because it abolished the country’s 239-year-old monarchy and established a multiparty democratic republic.
How Aid Is Eroding Institutions for Collective Action
Masooda Bano
Breakdown in Pakistan identifies concrete measures to check the erosion of cooperation in foreign aid scenarios. Pakistan is one of the largest recipients of international development aid, and therefore the empirical details presented are particularly relevant for policy. The book’s argument is equally applicable to a number of other developing countries, and has important implications for recent discussions within the field of economics.
This book, penned by the former Chief Election Commissioner of Nepal, narrates the country’s transformation from a kingdom to a multiparty democratic republic holding Constituent Assembly election. It also discusses the roles of national and international organizations, including the United Nations, in the ongoing peace process of Nepal.
Masooda Bano holds a research fellowship in the Department of International Development and Wolfson College at the University of Oxford. Her research has won awards from the Economic and Social Research Council and the Arts and Humanities Research Council. She has collaborated with development agencies, such as the United Kingdom’s Department of International Development and the United Nations.
Bhojraj Pokharel was the Chief Election Commissioner of Nepal during 2006–2009. He held various senior government posts in Nepal, including Secretary of the Ministries of Home Affairs, Information and Communication, Health and Supplies. Mr Pokharel was Mason Fellow (2009–2010) at Harvard Kennedy School and he was a member of the UN Secretary General’s Panel on the Referenda in Sudan (2010–2011).
9789382993162
Deep Currents and Rising Tides
Shrishti Rana, a peace researcher, was a Chevening Scholar in the United Kingdom. She has conducted research on the underlying causes of the Maoist’s armed struggle in Nepal and has written for several national and international publications. 9789382993032
280pp
PB
Thirty per cent of foreign development aid is channeled through NGOs or community-based organizations to improve service delivery to the poor, build social capital, and establish democracy in developing nations. However, growing evidence suggests that aid often erodes, rather than promotes, cooperation within developing nations. This book presents a rare, micro-level account of the complex decisionmaking processes that bring individuals together to form collective-action platforms. It then examines why aid often breaks down the very institutions for collective action that it aims to promote.
The Indian Ocean and International Security
John Garofano & Andrea J. Dew (eds)
` 450.00
240pp
HB
` 795.00
The Indian Ocean region has rapidly emerged as a hinge point in the changing global balance of power, and the geographic nexus of economic and security issues with vital global consequences. The security of energy supplies, persistent poverty and its contribution to political extremism, piracy and related threats to seaborne trade, competing nuclear powers, and possibly the scene of future clashes between rising great powers India and China - all are dangers in the waters or in the littoral states of the Indian Ocean region. This volume, one of the first attempts to treat the Indian Ocean region in a coherent fashion, captures the spectrum of cooperation and competition succinctly. Contributors discuss points of cooperation and competition in a region that stretches from East Africa, to Singapore, to Australia, and assess the regional interests of China, India, Pakistan, and the United States. Chapters review possible “red lines” for Chinese security in the region, India’s naval ambitions, Pakistan’s maritime security, and threats from non-state actors - terrorists, pirates, and criminal groups - who challenge security on the ocean for all states.
43
John Garofano is Dean of academic affairs, US Naval War College, Newport, Rhode Island. Previously he held the Capt. Jerome Levy Chair of Economic Geography in the Strategy and Policy Department, US Naval War College.
Informal Labor, Formal Politics and Dignified Discontent in India
Andrea J. Dew is the Codirector of the Center on Irregular Warfare & Armed Groups, and an Associate Professor in the Strategy and Policy Department at the US Naval War College. 9789382993148
Fighting Back What Governments Can Do about Terrorism
Paul Shemella (ed)
350pp
HB
Rina Agarwala
` 895.00
Since terrorism became a global national security issue in the new millennium, all governments have wrestled with its effects. Yet strong measures against terrorism have often made the root causes of the problem worse, while weak responses have invited further attack. In response, this book explains how governments can construct and execute the most effective strategies to combat terrorism — and how they can manage the consequences of those acts of terrorism they cannot prevent.
Rina Agarwala is an assistant professor of sociology at John Hopkins University. 15 B&W illustrations 14 tables 9781107059733 264pp HB ` 995.00
It provides an overview of the complex problem of terrorism and offers a guide to shaping solutions to fit the unique structures and processes of governments. These issues and their solutions are demonstrated in six case studies. The book’s value lies in its holistic treatment of what governments can do to protect their societies, with the ultimate goal of reducing terrorism from the global security threat it is today to a national-level criminal problem. Written by a team of experts, the book offers a concise but complete course on the most important national security challenge of our time.
Pakistan’s Experience with Formal Law An Alien Justice
Osama Siddique
Paul Shemella retired from the Navy at the rank of Captain after a career in Special Operations, and is currently the Program Manager for the Combating Terrorism Fellowship program at the Naval Postgraduate School, Monterey. 9789382993070
416pp
HB
Since the 1980s, the world’s governments have decreased state welfare and thus increased the number of unprotected ‘informal’ or ‘precarious’ workers. As a result, more and more workers do not receive secure wages or benefits from either employers or the state. This book offers a fresh and provocative look into the alternative social movements informal workers in India are launching. It also offers a unique analysis of the conditions under which these movements succeed or fail. Drawing from 300 interviews with informal workers, government officials and union leaders, Rina Agarwala argues that Indian informal workers are using their power as voters to demand welfare benefits from the state, rather than demanding traditional work benefits from employers. In addition, they are organizing at the neighborhood level, rather than the shop floor, and appealing to ‘citizenship’, rather than labor rights.
` 895.00
Law reform in Pakistan attracts such disparate champions as the Chief Justice of Pakistan, the USAID and the Taliban. Common to their equally obsessive pursuit of ‘speedy justice’ is a remarkable obliviousness to the historical, institutional and sociological factors that alienate Pakistanis from their formal legal system. This pioneering book highlights vital and widely neglected linkages between the ‘narratives of colonial displacement’ resonant in the literature on South Asia’s encounter with colonial law and the region’s postcolonial official law reform discourses. Against this backdrop, it presents a typology of Pakistani approaches to law reform and critically evaluates the IFI-funded singleminded pursuit of ‘efficiency’ during the last decade. Employing diverse methodologies, it proceeds to provide empirical support for a widening chasm between popular, at times violently expressed, aspirations for justice and democratically deficient reform designed in distant IFI headquarters that is entrusted to the exclusive and unaccountable Pakistani ‘reform club’. Osama Siddique is Associate Professor at Lahore University of Management Sciences. 22 B&W illustrations 9781107636279 485pp PB
44
` 795.00
Rural Politics in India Political Stratification and Governance in West Bengal
Dayabati Roy
This book discusses the forms and dynamics of political processes in rural India with a special emphasis on West Bengal, the nation’s fourthmost populous state. West Bengal’s political distinction stems from its long legacy of a Leftled coalition government for more than thirty years and its land reform initiatives. The book closely looks at how people from different castes, religions, and genders represent themselves in local governments, political parties, and in the social movements in West Bengal. At the same time it addresses some important questions: Is there any new pattern of politics emerging at the margins? How does this pattern of politics correspond with the current discourse of governance? Using ethnographic techniques, it claims to chart new territories by not only examining how rural people see the state, but also conceiving the context by comparing the available theoretical frameworks put forward to explain the political dynamics of rural India.
The International Ambitions of Mao and Nehru National Efficacy Beliefs and the Making of Foreign Policy
Andrew Bingham Kennedy
Andrew Bingham Kennedy teaches international politics at the Crawford School of Economics and Government at the Australian National University.
Dayabati Roy is an independent researcher. She completed her postdoctoral study from the Department of Cross-Cultural and Regional Studies, University of Copenhagen, Denmark. Her research interests include rural politics, postcolonial theories, social movements and governmentality. 9781107042353
289pp
HB
3 B&W illustrations 3 maps 9781107029200 272pp HB ` 895.00
` 895.00
The tactics of the Tamil Tigers have been emulated by militant groups in Palestine, Iraq, Afghanistan, and Somalia. Whether or not the Sri Lankan counterinsurgency campaign can or should be emulated in kind, the comprehensive, insightful coverage of When Counterinsurgency Wins holds vital lessons for strategists and students of security and defense.
This book asks why some governments improve public services more effectively than others. Through the investigation of a new era of administrative reform, in which digital technologies may be used to facilitate citizens’ access to the state, Jennifer Bussell’s analysis provides unanticipated insights into this fundamental question. In contrast to factors such as economic development or electoral competition, this study highlights the importance of access to rents, which can dramatically shape the opportunities and threats of reform to political elites. Drawing on a sub-national analysis of twenty Indian states, a field experiment, statistical modeling, case studies, interviews of citizens, bureaucrats and politicians, and comparative data from South Africa and Brazil, Bussell shows that the extent to which politicians rely on income from petty and grand corruption is closely linked to variation in the timing, management and comprehensiveness of reforms.
Ahmed S. Hashim is Associate Professor in Security Studies at the Rajaratnam School of International Studies at Nanyang Technological University in Singapore.
Jennifer Bussell is an Assistant Professor of Public Affairs in the Lyndon B. Johnson School of Public Affairs at the University of Texas, Austin.
Corruption and Reform in India When Counterinsurgency Wins Sri Lanka’s Defeat of the Tamil Tigers
Ahmed S. Hashim
Why do leaders sometimes challenge, rather than accept, the international structures that surround their states? In The International Ambitions of Mao and Nehru, Andrew Kennedy answers this question through in-depth studies of Chinese foreign policy under Mao Zedong and Indian foreign policy under Jawaharlal Nehru. Drawing on international relations theory and psychological research, Kennedy offers a new theoretical explanation for bold leadership in foreign policy, one that stresses the beliefs that leaders develop about the ‘national efficacy’ of their states. He shows how this approach illuminates several of Mao and Nehru’s most important military and diplomatic decisions, drawing on archival evidence and primary source materials from China, India, the United States and the United Kingdom. A rare blend of theoretical innovation and historical scholarship, The International Ambitions of Mao and Nehru is a fascinating portrait of how foreign policy decisions are made.
Public Services in the Digital Age
When Counterinsurgency Wins traces the development of the counterinsurgency campaign in Sri Lanka, from the early stages of the war to the later adaptations of the Sri Lankan government, leading up to the final campaign. The campaign itself is analyzed in terms of military strategy but is also given political and historical context — critical to comprehending the conditions that give rise to insurgent violence.
9789382993476
280pp
HB
Jennifer Bussell
` 895.00
19 B&W illustrations 34 tables 9781107030343 346pp HB ` 795.00
45
Nepal in Transition From People's War to Fragile Peace
Sebastian von Einsiedel, David M. Malone & Suman Pradhan (eds)
Fates of Political Liberalism in the British Post-Colony
Since emerging in 2006 from a ten-year Maoist insurgency, the 'People's War', Nepal has struggled with the difficult transition from war to peace, from autocracy to democracy, and from an exclusionary and centralized state to a more inclusive and federal one. The present volume, drawing on both international and Nepali scholars and leading practitioners, analyzes the context, dynamics and key players shaping Nepal's ongoing peace process. While the peace process is largely domestically driven, it has been accompanied by wide-ranging international involvement, including initiatives in peacemaking by NGOs, the United Nations and India, which, throughout the process, wielded considerable political influence; significant investments by international donors; and the deployment of a Security Council-mandated UN field mission. This book shines a light on the limits, opportunities and challenges of international efforts to assist Nepal in its quest for peace and stability and offers valuable lessons for similar endeavors elsewhere.
The Politics of the Legal Complex
Terence C. Halliday, Lucien Karpik & Malcolm M. Feeley
Terence C. Halliday is a research professor at the American Bar Foundation and the co-director of the Centre on Law and Globalization, American Bar Foundation and University of Illinois College of Law.
Sebastian von Einsiedel works in the policy planning unit of the UN’s Department of Political Affairs. David M. Malone was appointed as President of the International Development Research Center, Canada in July 2008 for a term of five years. Suman Pradhan is a former Nepali journalist who has written extensively on the struggle to institutionalize democracy in Nepal, as well as on the Maoist conflict.
Lucien Karpik is Professor at the Ecole des Mines de Paris and at the Ecole des Hautes Etudes en Sciences Sociales (CESPRA). Malcolm M. Feeley is a Clair Clements Dean Professor of Jurisprudence in the Social Policy Program at the University of California, Berkeley.
9 B&W illustrations 6 tables 9781107659711 416pp PB ` 445.00
Chinese and Indian Strategic Behavior Growing Power and Alarm
George J. Gilboy & Eric Heginbotham
What explains divergences in political liberalism among new nations that shared the same colonial heritage? This book assembles exciting original essays on former colonies of the British Empire in South Asia, Africa and Southeast Asia that gained independence after World War II. The interdisciplinary country specialists reveal how inherent contradictions within British colonial rule were resolved after independence in contrasting liberal-legal, despotic and volatile political orders. Through studies of the longue durée and particular events, this book presents a theory of political liberalism in the post-colony and develops rich hypotheses on the conditions under which the legal complex, civil society and the state shape alternative postcolonial trajectories around political freedom. This provocative volume presents new perspectives for scholars and students of postcolonialism, political development and the politics of the legal complex, as well as for policy makers and publics who struggle to construct and defend basic legal freedoms.
8 B&W illustrations 5 tables 9781107031975 570pp HB ` 1495.00
This book offers an empirical comparison of Chinese and Indian international strategic behavior. It is the first study of its kind, filling an important gap in the literature on rising Indian and Chinese power and American interests in Asia. The book creates a framework for the systematic and objective assessment of Chinese and Indian strategic behavior in four areas: (1) strategic culture; (2) foreign policy and use of force; (3) military modernization (including defense spending, military doctrine and force modernization); and (4) economic strategies (including international trade and energy competition). The utility of democratic peace theory in predicting Chinese and Indian behavior is also examined. The findings challenge many assumptions underpinning Western expectations of China and India.
Becoming Asia Change and Continuity in Asian International Relations Since World War II
Alice Lyman Miller & Richard Wich
At the conclusion of World War II, Asia was hardly more than a geographic expression. Yet today we recognize Asia as a vibrant and assertive region, fully transformed from the vulnerable nation-states that emerged following the Second World War. The transformation was by no means an inevitable one, but the product of two key themes that have dominated Asia’s international relations since 1945 – the competition between the United States and the Soviet Union to enlist the region’s states as assets in the Cold War, and the struggle of nationalistic Asian leaders to develop the domestic support to maintain power and independence in a dangerous international context.
Becoming Asia provides a comprehensive, systemic account of how these themes played out in Asian affairs during the postwar years, covering not only East Asia, but South and Central Asia as well. In addition to exploring the interplay between nationalism and Cold War bipolarity during the first postwar decades, authors Alice Lyman Miller and Richard Wich chart the rise of largely export-led economies that are increasingly making the region the global center of gravity, and document efforts in the ongoing search for regional integration.
George J. Gilboy is the chief representative of an international energy firm in China. Eric Heginbotham is a Senior Political Scientist at the RAND Corporation and specializes in East Asian political and security affairs. 12 B&W illustrations 3 maps 42 tables 9781107031982 376pp HB ` 795.00 46
Alice Lyman Miller is a research fellow at the Hoover Institution and teaches at Stanford University and the United States Naval Postgraduate School.
Atul Kohli is the David K. E. Bruce Professor of International Affairs and a Professor of Politics at Princeton University.
Richard Wich is a visiting scholar at John Hopkins University’s School of Advanced International Studies.
12 B&W illustrations 7 tables 9781107644441 260pp PB ` 595.00
9789382264101
330pp
HB
` 895.00
Eating Grass Mobilizing Restraint Democracy and Industrial Conflict in Post-Reform South Asia
Emmanuel Teitelbaum
The Making of the Pakistani Bomb
Based on the recent history of industrial conflict and industrial peace in South Asia, Emmanuel Teitelbaum argues that the political exclusion and repression of organized labor commonly witnessed in authoritarian and hybrid regimes has extremely deleterious effects on labor relations and ultimately economic growth. To test his arguments, Teitelbaum draws on an array of data, including his original qualitative interviews and survey evidence from Sri Lanka and three Indian states – Kerala, Maharashtra, and West Bengal. He also analyzes panel data from fifteen Indian states to evaluate the relationship between political competition and worker protest and to study the effects of protective labor legislation on economic performance.
Feroz Hassan Khan
This book tells the compelling story of how and why Pakistan's government, scientists, and military, persevered in the face of a wide array of obstacles to acquire nuclear weapons. It lays out the conditions that sparked the shift from a peaceful quest to acquire nuclear energy into a full-fledged weapons program, details how the nuclear program was organized, reveals the role played by outside powers in nuclear decisions, and explains how Pakistani scientists overcome the many technical hurdles they encountered. Furthermore, the book reveals how international opposition to the program only made it an even more significant issue of national resolve. Brigadier (retired) Feroz Hassan Khan teaches in the Department of National Security Affairs at the Naval Postgraduate School, Monterey. He served with the Pakistani Army for 30 years, where his last assignment was Director, Arms Control and Disarmament Affairs in the Strategic Plans Division.
In Teitelbaum’s view, countries must undergo further political liberalization before they are able to replicate the success of the sophisticated types of growth-enhancing management of industrial protest seen throughout many parts of South Asia.
9789382264620
552pp
HB
` 895.00
Emmanuel Teitelbaum is Assistant Professor of Political Science and International Affairs at George Washington University
Asian Rivalries 9789382264088
Poverty Amid Plenty in the New India Atul Kohli
244pp
HB
` 895.00
Conflict, Escalation, and Limitations on Two-level Games
Sumit Ganguly & William R. Thompson (eds)
India has one of the fastest growing economies on earth. Over the past three decades, socialism has been replaced by pro-business policies as the way forward. And yet, in this ‘new’ India, grinding poverty is still a feature of everyday life. Some 450 million people subsist on less than $1.25 per day and nearly half of India’s children are malnourished. In his latest book, Atul Kohli, a seasoned scholar of Indian politics and economics, blames this discrepancy on the narrow nature of the ruling alliance in India that, in its new-found relationship with business, has prioritized economic growth above all other social and political considerations. In fact, according to Kohli, the resulting inequality has limited the impact of growth on poverty alleviation and the exclusion of such a significant proportion of Indians from the fruits of rapid economic growth is in turn creating an array of new political problems. This thoughtful and challenging book affords an alternative vision of India’s rise in the world that democratic rulers will be forced to come to grips with in the years ahead.
The most typical treatment of international relations is to conceive it as a battle between two antagonistic states volleying back and forth. In reality, interstate relations are often at least two-level games in which decision-makers operate not only in an international environment but also in a competitive domestic context. Given that interstate rivalries are responsible for a disproportionate share of discord in world politics, this book sets out to explain just how these two-level rivalries really work. By reference to specific cases, specialists on Asian rivalries examine three related questions: what is the mix of internal (domestic politics) and external (interstate politics) stimuli in the dynamics of their rivalries; in what types of circumstances do domestic politics become the predominant influence on rivalry dynamics; when domestic politics become predominant, is their effect more likely to lead to the escalation or deescalation of rivalry hostility? By pulling together the threads laid out by each contributor, the editors create a ‘grounded theory’ for interstate rivalries that breaks new ground in international relations theory. Sumit Ganguly holds the Rabindranath Tagore Chair in Indian Cultures and Civilizations at Indiana University in Bloomington.
47
Vortex of Conflict
William R. Thompson is Distinguished Professor and Donald A. Rogers Professor of Political Science at Indiana University in Bloomington. 9789382264095
India Since 1980 Sumit Ganguly & Rahul Mukherji
268pp
HB
U.S. Policy Toward Afghanistan, Pakistan, and Iraq
Dan Caldwell
` 695.00
This book considers the remarkable transformations that have taken place in India since 1980, a period that began with the assassination of the formidable Prime Minister Indira Gandhi. Her death, and that of her son Rajiv seven years later, marked the end of the Nehru-Gandhi era. Although the country remains one of the few democracies in the developing world, many of the policies instigated by these earlier regimes have been swept away to make room for dramatic alterations in the political, economic and social landscape. Sumit Ganguly and Rahul Mukherji, two leading political scientists of South Asia, chart these developments with particular reference to social and political mobilization, the rise of the BJP and its challenge to Nehruvian secularism and the changes to foreign policy that, in combination with its meteoric economic development, have ensured India a significant place on the world stage.
Dan Caldwell is Distinguished Professor of Political Science at Pepperdine University. He is a member of the Council on Foreign Relations and Chair of the Council’s Academic Outreach Initiative. 9788175969278
Sumit Ganguly is Professor of Political Science and the Rabindranath Tagore Chair in Indian Cultures and Civilizations at Indiana University, Bloomington.
Timepass Youth, Class, and the Politics of Waiting in India
Rahul Mukherji is Associate Professor of South Asian studies at the National University of Singapore. 9781107020276
India Since 1950 Society, Politics, Economy and Culture
Christophe Jaffrelot (ed)
200pp
HB
Craig Jeffrey
` 395.00
It is impossible to understand India as a separate entity from its cultural diversity. Hence, cultural overtures underpin all aspects discussed in the book. The glory of the Indian subcontinent is marred by intense communal tensions, particularly between the Hindus and the Muslims. This was a result of partition and the contentious Indo-Pakistan hostility that caused three conflicts in a span of fifty years.
` 895.00
Social and economic changes around the globe have propelled increasing numbers of people into situations of chronic waiting, where promised access to political freedoms, social goods, or economic resources is delayed, often indefinitely. But there have been few efforts to reflect on the significance of “waiting” in the contemporary world.
9788175969261
Christophe Jaffrelot is a French political scientist, specializing in the political and regional issues of South Asia, particularly India and Pakistan. HB
HB
Craig Jeffrey is a Fellow, Tutor, and University Lecturer in Geography at Oxford University.
This invaluable book gives readers an insight on India in all its complexity.
934pp
404pp
Timepass fills this gap by offering a captivating ethnography of the student politics and youth activism that lower middle class young men in India have undertaken in response to pervasive underemployment. It highlights the importance of waiting as a social experience and basis for political mobilization, the micro-politics of class power in north India, and the socio-economic strategies of lower middle classes. The book also explores how this north Indian story relates to practices of waiting occurring in multiple other contexts.
India Since 1950 tracks the dynamic trajectory of contemporary India as much on the political, diplomatic, economic, as on the social and artistic front. The non-alignment of the 1950s brought it close to USSR, but the 21st century ushered in an Indo-American convergence. The New Economic Policy of 1991 saw the states of federal India asserting themselves, while liberalization gave rise to a new middle class.
9788190651011
Vortex of Conflict: U.S. Policy Toward Afghanistan, Pakistan, and Iraq is the first, accessible, one-volume resource for anyone who wishes to understand why and how the U.S. became involved in the two wars – in Iraq and Afghanistan – and in the affairs of Pakistan concurrently. Beginning with a description of the history of the two conflicts within the context of U.S. policies toward Afghanistan, Iraq, and Pakistan – because American policy toward terrorism and Afghanistan cannot be understood without some consideration of Pakistan – the author outlines and analyzes the major issues of the two wars. These include intelligence quality, war plans, postwar reconstruction, inter-agency policymaking, U.S. relations with allies, and the shift from a conventional to counterinsurgency strategy. He concludes by capturing the lessons learned from these two conflicts and points to their application in future conflict.
` 1295.00
FOUNDATION BOOKS/ YATRA BOOKS
48
232pp
HB
` 895.00
South Asia Beyond the Global Financial Crisis
Amitendu Palit (ed)
The Rise of China
The book is an edited volume of different perspectives on the South Asian region and captures the political, social and economic challenges facing the region following the financial crisis and the region’s responses to these challenges.
Implications for India
Harsh V. Pant (ed)
Key features: • Distinguished contributors (Mr. K Shanmugam, Minister for Law and Second Minister of Home Affairs, Singapore; Mr. Mani Shankar Aiyar, Former Cabinet Minister for Petroleum, India; Mr. Sartaj Aziz, Former Finance Minister for Finance, Planning and Economic Affairs, Pakistan; Dr. Iftekhar Ahmed Chowdhury, Senior Research Fellow ISAS & Former Foreign Minister, Bangladesh; and several other distinguished academics and public policy experts) • Wide coverage of issues such as socioeconomic development, conflict resolution, terrorism, political developments, environmental challenges, governance etc. • Regional perspectives as well as individual country analysis (India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka etc.)
This book is an attempt at exploring the multidimensional nature of the rise of China and its implications for India. The contributors in this volume have examined various aspects of China’s rise such as domestic developments, foreign policy agenda, and its position on issues related to India from an Indian perspective. Harsh V. Pant is a Reader in the Department of Defence Studies at King’s College London. 9788175968950
Varieties of Federal Governance
Amitendu Palit is Head (Development & Programmes) and Visiting Senior Research Fellow at the Institute of South Asian Studies (ISAS), National University of Singapore (NUS). 9788175968936
192pp
HB
Major Contemporary Models
Rekha Saxena (ed)
` 695.00
WORLD SCIENTIFIC
Adjudication in Religious Family Laws Cultural Accommodation, Legal Pluralism, and Gender Equality in India
Gopika Solanki
The rise of China as an emerging power and as the most likely challenger to the global preponderance of the US is already having a significant impact across the globe. This phenomenon is being debated and analysed at various levels. In India too, it is generating a lot of excitement. On the one hand, it is considered to be an opportunity and on the other, a challenge.
This book argues that the shared adjudication model in which the state splits its adjudicative authority with religious groups and other societal sources in the regulation of marriage can potentially balance cultural rights and gender equality. In this model the civic and religious sources of legal authority construct, transmit and communicate heterogeneous notions of the conjugal family, gender relations and religious membership within the interstices of state and society. In so doing, they fracture the homogenized religious identities grounded in hierarchical gender relations within the conjugal family. The shared adjudication model facilitates diversity as it allows the construction of hybrid religious identities, creates fissures in ossified group boundaries and provides institutional spaces for ongoing intersocietal dialogue. This pluralized legal sphere, governed by ideologically diverse legal actors, can thus increase gender equality and individual and collective legal mobilization by women effects institutional change.
272pp
HB
` 795.00
Towards the end of the Second World War, there were only four functioning federations in the world – the United States, Switzerland, Canada and Australia. Today, twenty-four countries in the world follow the federal form of government.
Varieties of Federal Governance presents a global analytical survey of contemporary federations. The book highlights distinctive features and contemporary issues in the typology of major federal systems in terms of presidential federations (USA, Switzerland, Brazil, Russia, Pakistan), Commonwealth parliamentary federations (Canada, Australia, India, Malaysia, South Africa), NonCommonwealth parliamentary federations in Afro-Asia (Ethiopia, Nepal), and European parliamentary federations (Germany, Belgium, Spain). The book also includes analyses of prefederal devolutionary models in the UK and Sri Lanka, and supranational federative tendencies in the European Union. Rekha Saxena is Associate Professor in the Department of Political Science, University of Delhi. 9788175967991
Gopika Solanki is assistant professor of political science at Carleton University in Canada. 4 B&W illustrations 4 tables 9781107023895 438pp HB ` 1495.00
49
534pp
HB
` 895.00
Tensions in Rural Bengal Landlords, Planters and Colonial Rule
Chittabrata Palit
serious political changes that challenge the ability of the two states to produce stable and lasting nuclear peace. Thus, this book provides new insights into the domestic politics and organizational interests behind specific nuclear policy choices in South Asia, a critique of narrow realist views of nuclear proliferation, and clear signposting of the dangers of nuclear proliferation in South Asia.
This book is a comprehensive study of the period of agrarian changes in colonial Bengal. It deals with an era which witnessed the first conflict between two alien systems of political economy. The British rule wanted to monetise and commercialise the more or less subsistence economy by various agencies of improvement and by linking it to the international market. But its revenue system, administrative policies, the introduction of indigo planters and tenancy laws failed to transform the agrarian economy through the agency of landlords, planters and rich peasants. This was because of the colonial policy of maximising profits with minimum administration, leaving feudal forces to prevail upon meager experiments in commercial agriculture. It only agitated the economy, creating tension and spurring revolt which finally led to the decline of the zamindari, and resulted in famine and depeasantisation, without any visible improvement.
Scott D. Sagan is Professor of Political Science at Stanford University and Co-Director of Stanford's Center for International Security and Cooperation. 9788175967625
The Tradition of Non-Use of Nuclear Weapons
The book delves into the confrontation between two alien political economies since the advent of colonial rule and its aftermath of tension, resistance and revolt. It illustrates how the contrived policy of converting a petite economy into the capitalist mode of production ultimately died down to a semi-feudal, semi-capitalist equilibrium. Since then it has been caught in the throes of an unfinished transformation. In the process several experiments were attempted by the British rule – permanent settlement of revenue with a landlord class, resumption of rent-free tenures, introduction of indigo planters into the hinterland, regulation of rent and tenancy rights, but all these only led up to agricultural contortions.
T.V. Paul
Inside Nuclear South Asia Scott D. Sagan (ed)
230pp
HB
HB
` 795.00
Since the Hiroshima and Nagasaki attacks, no state has unleashed nuclear weapons. What explains this? According to the author, the answer lies in a prohibition inherent in the tradition of non-use, a time-honored obligation that has been adhered to by all nuclear states thanks to a consensus view that use would have a catastrophic impact on humankind, the environment, and the reputation of the user. The book offers an in-depth analysis of the nuclear policies of the U.S., Russia, China, the UK, France, India, Israel, and Pakistan and assesses the contributions of these states to the rise and persistence of the tradition of nuclear non-use. It examines the influence of the tradition on the behavior of nuclear and nonnuclear states in crises and wars, and explores the tradition's implications for nuclear nonproliferation regimes, deterrence theory, and policy. And it concludes by discussing the future of the tradition in the current global security environment.
Chittabrata Palit is a former Professor of History, Jadavpur University, India. He is presently the Director of Institute of Historical Studies, Kolkata. 9788175968080
291pp
T. V. Paul is James McGill Professor of International Relations, McGill University and Director, University of Montreal-McGill Research Group in International Security.
` 695.00
The relentlessness of the confrontations between India and Pakistan, and the fact that they have more than once escalated into armed conflict, makes Inside Nuclear South Asia a must read for anyone - legislator, policy-maker, analyst, intelligence or military professional, student, or researcher - who wishes to gain a thorough understanding of the spread of nuclear weapons in South Asia and the potential consequences of nuclear proliferation on the subcontinent.
9788175967724
Beginning with an examination of the origins of the nuclear weapons programs in India and Pakistan, it goes on to analyze the consequences of nuclear proliferation on the subcontinent - and provides clear evidence that the presence of nuclear weapons in South Asia has increased the frequency and propensity of low-level violence, further destabilizing the region. Specifically, it demonstrates that nuclear weapons in India and Pakistan have led to 50
330pp
HB
` 695.00
Complex Deterrence Strategy in the Global Age
T. V. Paul, Patrick M. Morgan & James J. Wirtz (eds)
Moving beyond the precepts of traditional deterrence theory, this ground-breaking volume offers insights for the use of deterrence in the modern world, where policy makers may encounter irrational actors, failed states, religious zeal, ambiguous power relationships, and other situations where long-established rules of statecraft do not apply. A distinguished group of contributors here examines issues such as deterrence among the great powers; the problems of regional and nonstate actors; and actors armed with chemical, biological, and nuclear weapons. Complex deterrence will be a valuable resource for anyone facing the considerable challenge of fostering security and peace in the twenty-first century. T. V. Paul is James McGill Professor of International Relations, McGill University and Director, University of Montreal-McGill Research Group in International Security. Patrick M. Morgan is Professor of Political Science and the Tierney Chair in Peace and Conflict Studies at the University of California, Irvine. James J. Wirtz is Dean at the School of International Graduate Studies and Professor of National Security Studies at the Naval Postgraduate School, Monterey. 9788175967816
Understanding Bangladesh S. Mahmud Ali
370pp
HB
China and India in the Age of Globalization Shalendra D . Sharma
Shalendra D. Sharma is a Professor in the Department of Politics at the University of San Francisco where he has taught since 1993. 4 maps 26 tables 9780521198936 336pp HB
` 795.00
Dr Syama Prasad Mookerjee and Indian Politics
Bangladesh, a Muslim majority nation with a population of some 154 million people, receives little notice in the West, other than when political upheaval or natural disasters bring it to our attention. In Understanding Bangladesh, an account of the political and economic experiences of the Bangladeshi state and its people, S. Mahmud Ali seeks to redress that imbalance. His book identifies the key players among Bangladesh's tiny military, political and business elite, explores the attempts to establish their authority in a crowded field, and considers the relative merits of their attempts at nationbuilding. Ali concludes by outlining both the remarkable achievements recorded by this land of unusual narratives, and the elemental challenges its burgeoning populace faces in the years ahead, among which is a resurgent and highly politicized form of militant Islamism.
An Account of an Outstanding Political Leader
Prashanto Kumar Chatterji
S. Mahmud Ali was a researcher at the Royal United Services Institute for Defence Studies, and at King's College, University of London, and has spent over twenty years as a journalist at the BBC World Service. 9781850659983
480pp
HB
The rise of China and India is the story of our times. The unprecedented expansion of their economic and power capabilities raises profound questions for scholars and policymakers. What forces propelled these two Asian giants into global pacesetters, and what does their emergence mean for the United States and the world? With intimate detail, Shalendra D. Sharma’s China and India in the Age of Globalization explores how the interplay of socio-historical, political, and economic forces has transformed these once poor agrarian societies into economic powerhouses. Yet, globalization is hardly a seamless process, as the vagaries and uncertainties of globalization also present risks and challenges. This book examines the challenges both countries face and what each must do to strike the balance between reaping the opportunities and mitigating the risks. For the United States, assisting a rising China to become a responsible global stakeholder and fostering peace and stability in the volatile subcontinent will be paramount in the coming years.
` 795.00
Dr Syama Prasad Mookerjee and Indian Politics: An Account of an Outstanding Political Leader is a pioneering work on the multi-faceted contributions of Dr Syama Prasad Mookerjee to the country. Dr Mookerjee helped to oust the League ministry in Bengal (1941) and install the Progressive Coalition ministry of which he was the Finance Minister. He resigned in 1942 to protest against the Governor's policy of repression against the Quit India movement. As the Working President of the Hindu Mahasabha, he was responsible for its ascendancy in Indian politics from 1940 to 1944. As the Central Industries and Supplies Minister (1947-1950), he framed free India's industrial policy but resigned due to acute differences with Prime Minister Nehru's appeasement policy towards Pakistan. He, together with M.S. Golwalkar of the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh, formed a new political party, the Bharatiya Jan Sangh. Despite Dr Mookerjee's tragic death in 1953, the party drew adherents from all parts of India, and eventually was renamed the Bharatiya Janata Party. There is hardly any scholarly work on this remarkable political figure and statesman. This book, which fills in substantial gaps in one's knowledge of this highly momentous and complicated period of modern Indian history, should prove to be a seminal contribution to the burgeoning body of literature on the subject.
` 1295.00
HURST
51
Dr. Prashanto Kumar Chatterji was Assistant Professor at Presidency College, Calcutta and Professor and Head of the Department of History at Burdwan University, Burdwan. 9788175967267
381pp
HB
Civil Society History and Possibilities
Sudipta Kaviraj & Sunil Khilnani (eds)
` 895.00
Fifteen scholars clarify the concept of ‘civil society’, considering its use in different historical contexts. The volume first analyses the meaning of civil society in Western theoretical traditions, and then considers the theoretical and practical contexts in which it has been invoked in Asia, Africa and Latin America. Suditpa Kaviraj is Reader in the Department of Political Studies, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London.
India’s Foreign Policy The Democracy Dimension
S. D. Muni
India’s Foreign Policy: the Democracy Dimension is a study of India’s responses to the challenge of democracy in other countries before and after its participation in the global democratic initiatives. India’s similar responses in the past have been dictated and defined by its perceived vital strategic and political interests, and this continues to be so. The newly acquired obligations for promoting democracy may have tempered its foreign policy rhetoric and style on the democracy question but it has not, and will not, override India’s critical strategic concerns and interests.
Sunil Khilnani is Professor of Politics in the School of Politics & Sociology, Birkbeck College, University of London.
9788175961081
Politics, Society and Colonialism An Alternative Understanding of Tagore’s Responses
Professor S.D. Muni, Senior Fellow at the Institute of South Asian Studies, Singapore, taught at the Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, India for 33 years. 9788175967137
Speaking Like a State Language and Nationalism in Pakistan
Alyssa Ayres
190pp
HB
Amartya Mukhopadhyay
HB
` 595.00
This well-researched book brings forth Tagore's views on a wide range of aspects of Indian life: civil-social sphere, nation and nationalism, intercommunity relations, gender, industry, and ecology. The relevance of Tagore's work cuts across disciplines and the power of his ideas transcends time.
However, Nirad C. Chaudhuri once predicted that the difficulty in translating Tagore's work would ascertain that in future his work will lie 'like a buried city in the past'. The difficulty of translating him in any of the European or modern Indian languages and his position as a cult figure in India contributed to this gap between adulation and understanding. Amartya Mukhopadhyay probes deep into Tagore's entire oeuvre to bring out critically important ideas and their underpinnings in colonial politics. The author also argues that many of Tagore's views are easily translatable into modern social theoretic concepts through textual strategies and translations of hitherto neglected works. The book shows how the poet is sometimes blinkered by the prism of colonialism, but generally transcends it, to echo or anticipate the voices of greatest social theorists on the most existential issues of our times.
Alyssa Ayres is Director for India and South Asia at McLarty Associates, Washington DC. 230pp
PB
His views on many aspects of politics, society and culture in India are eminently relevant in modern India.
` 495.00
Alyssa Ayres’ fascinating study examines Pakistan’s troubled history by exploring the importance of culture to political legitimacy. Early leaders selected Urdu as the natural symbol of the nation’s great cultural past, but due to its limited base great efforts would be required to make it truly national. This paradox underscores the importance of cultural policies for national identity formation. By comparing Pakistan’s experience with those of India and Indonesia, the author analyzes how their national language policies led to very different outcomes. The lessons of these large multiethnic states offer insights for the understanding of culture, identity, and nationalism throughout the world.
9780521762892
340pp
` 795.00
Amartya Mukhopadhyay is Professor of Political Science at the Calcutta University, Kolkata, and formerly Professor, Political Science and Dean, Arts Faculty, Kalyani University. 9788175967274
52
409pp
HB
` 795.00
The Politics of Extremism in South Asia Deepa M. Ollapally
South Asia is home to a range of extremist groups from the jihadists of Pakistan to the Tamil Tigers of Sri Lanka. In the popular mind, extremism and terrorism are invariably linked to ethnic and religious factors. Yet the dominant history of South Asia is notable for tolerance and co-existence, despite highly plural societies. Deepa Ollapally examines extremist groups in Kashmir, Afghanistan, Northeast India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, and Sri Lanka to offer a fresh perspective on the causes of extremism. What accounts for its rise in societies not historically predisposed to extremism? What determines the winners and losers in the identity struggles in South Asia? What tips the balance between more moderate versus extremist outcomes? The book argues that politics, inter-state, and international relations often play a more important role in the rise of extremism in South Asia than religious identity, poverty, and state repression.
Nation-Building and Foreign Policy in India An Identity-Strategy Conflict
Tobias Engelmeier
Deepa M. Ollapally is Professorial Lecturer, and the Associate Director of the Sigur Center for Asian Studies at the Eliott School of International Affairs at the George Washington University, Washington DC.
9780521749077
1 map 250pp PB
Nation-Building and Foreign Policy in India: An Identity–Strategy Conflict presents an evaluation of Indian foreign policy. It analyses the unusual concern of Indian strategic thinking about political values. The book argues that in Indian foreign policy, there has been a shift from a strict concern for national interest towards idealist considerations. Thus creating what the author calls an ‘idealist inflection’. This inflection does not have its roots in cultural aspects or grand strategy. Instead, it is best understood with reference to the political process of nationbuilding, characterised by the specific choices and decisions taken by the two leading protagonists of the Indian National Movement – Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi and Jawaharlal Nehru. The values they chose to place at the heart of India’s national identity have spilt into the country’s foreign policy. The book then goes on to study the changes in India’s foreign policy and national identity since Nehru’s time until today. Tobias F. Engelmeier is the founder and director of the environmental consulting company, Bridge to India. 9788175966352
312pp
HB
` 895.00
` 495.00
Koran, Kalashnikov Announcements of an impending victory over the Taliban have been repeated ad nauseaum and Laptop The Terrorist in Search of Humanity Militant Islam and Global Politics
Faisal Devji
The Neo-Taliban Insurgency in Afghanistan
Faisal Devji argues that new forms of militancy, such as the actions of al-Qaeda, are informed by the same desire for agency and equality animating humanitarian interventions, such as environmentalism and pacifism. To the militant, victimised Muslims are more than just symbols of ethnic and religious persecution – they represent humanity’s centuries long struggle for legitimacy and agency.
Antonio Giustozzi
In this way Islam is defined more in humanitarian than theological terms. Acts of terror, therefore, are fuelled by the militant’s desire for humanity to become an historical actor on the global stage. Though they have yet to build concrete political institutions, militant movements have formed a kind of global society, and as Devji makes clear, this society pursues the same humanitarian objectives that drive more benevolent groups. Faisal Devji is Associate Professor of History at New School University, New York. 9781850659259
240pp
HB
since the Allied invasion of Afghanistan in 2002, particularly after the Presidential elections of 2004, which were said to have marked the ‘moral and psychological defeat of the Taliban’. In moments of triumphalism, some commentators claimed that ‘reconstruction and development’ had won over the population despite much criticism of the meager distribution of aid, the lack of ‘nation-building’ and corruption among Kabul’s elite. In March 2006, both Afghan and American officials were still claiming, just before a series of ferocious clashes, that ‘the Taliban are no longer able to fight large battles’. Later that year, the mood in the mass media had turned to one of defeatism, even of impending catastrophe. In reality, as early as 2003-5, there was a growing body of evidence that cast doubt on the official interpretation of the conflict. Rather than there having been a ‘2006 surprise’, Giustozzi argues that the Neo-Taliban insurgency had put down strong roots in Afghanistan as early as 2003, a phenomenon he investigates in this timely and thought-provoking book. Antonio Giustozzi is based at the Crisis States Research Centre at the LSE, where he focuses on the political aspects of insurgency and warlordism.
` 1295.00
HURST
9781850658733
274pp HURST
53
PB
` 595.00
Organizations at War In Afghanistan and Beyond
Abdulkader H. Sinno
While popular accounts of warfare, particularly of nontraditional conflicts such as guerilla wars and insurgencies, favor the role of leaders or ideology, social-scientific analyses of these wars focus on aggregate categories such as ethnic groups, religious affiliations, socioeconomic classes, or civilizations. Challenging these constructions, Abdulkader H. Sinno closely examines the fortunes of the various factions in Afghanistan, including the mujahideen and the Taliban, that have been fighting each other and foreign armies since the 1979 Soviet invasion. Focusing on the organization of the combatants, Sinno offers a new understanding of the course and outcome of such conflicts.
Liberal Perspectives for South Asia Rajiva Wijesinha (ed)
Many political parties have implemented liberal policies on an ad hoc basis and without a proper framework to guide them. Not all parties would accept all aspects of a liberal programme, however, in a context in which many parties are seeking an ideology that accords both with the present times and trends, and also with some of the goals they accepted in the past. It is hoped that this volume will provide food for thought and ideas for adoption and incorporation within the party programme. Ranging from erudite expositions of classic liberal thinkers to lively discussions of liberal economic principles put into practice by imaginative entrepreneurs, this volume is essential reading for a region making a swift transition into the contemporary, globalized world.
Employing a wide range of sources, including his own fieldwork in Afghanistan and statistical data on conflicts across the region, Sinno contends that in Afghanistan, the groups that have outperformed and outlasted their opponents have done so because of their successful organization. Each organization’s ability to mobilize effectively, execute strategy, coordinate efforts, manage disunity, and process information depends on how well its structure matches its ability to keep its rivals at bay. Centralised organizations, Sinno finds, are generally more effective than noncentralized ones, but noncentralized ones are more resilient absent a safe haven. Sinno’s organizational theory explains otherwise puzzling behavior found in group conflicts: the longevity of unpopular regimes, the demise of popular movements, and efforts of those who share a common cause to undermine their ideological or ethnic kin. The author argues that the organizational theory applies not only to Afghanistan - where he doubts the effectiveness of American state-building efforts - but also to other ethnic, revolutionary, independence, and secessionist conflicts in North Africa, The Middle East and beyond.
Rajiva Wijesinha is Senior Professor of Languages at Sabaragamuwa University. 9788175966628
Short on Democracy
Abdulkader H. Sinno is Assistant Professor of Political Science and Middle Eastern Studies at Indiana University. 9788175966208
352pp
HB
Liberal Perspectives for South Asia discusses the essentials of the liberal philosophy, while also indicating how appropriate it is in the South Asian context. In the past, the subcontinent was renowned for the skill with which it took up the dominant ideologies of the west and articulated them for the Asian context. In the post-colonial period, the only dominant ideology that was sidetracked by all political parties was liberalism, the ideology that promoted freedom of the individual. The idea of a book about the need for liberalism in the subcontinent was the brainchild of Chanaka Amaratunga, who set up the first avowedly Liberal Party in Sri Lanka.
Issues Facing Indian Political Parties
Arvind Sivaramakrishnan (ed)
` 795.00
255pp
HB
` 895.00
In this collection, ten analysts, including academics and senior journalists, examine selected Indian political parties and related phenomena, providing explanations from a range of perspectives as well as offering possible directions which could help transform India’s formal democracy into a substantive one. The aim has been to provide accessible texts which nevertheless address difficult issues where they arise. Arvind Sivaramakrishnan contributes centrepage articles and specialist book reviews to The Hindu, and has recently published Through a Glass Wall, a collection of his shorter writings.
9788188861040
270pp
HB
IMPRINTONE
54
` 595.00
Declining Sri Lanka Terrorism and Ethnic Conflict: the Legacy of J R Jayewardene (1906-1996)
Rajiva Wijesinha
Declining Sri Lanka is a political history of Sri Lanka which focuses on the reasons for and results of the ethnic violence that has plagued the country over the last quarter century. After an incisive study of the background, it explores in depth the contribution of the J R Jayewardene government (1977-1989), and in particular the international dimension that led to tensions with India. Having dealt with the Indian intervention of 1987 which led to Indian troops battling their former protégés, the Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam, it looks at further developments and the failure of both the Kumaratunga and Wickramesinghe governments to quell violence or provide political solutions. The book ends with a brief analysis of the current government in the context of increasing international concern over both terrorism (as exemplified by the LTTE) and basic human rights (as exemplified by the continuing suffering of Tamil people).
The India-Pakistan Conflict An Enduring Rivalry
T.V. Paul (ed)
T.V. Paul, James McGill Professor of International Relations, McGill University, Montreal.
Rajiva Wijesinha is Professor of Languages at Sabaragamuwa University. 9788175965324
Communalism, Caste and Hindu Nationalism The Violence in Gujarat
Ornit Shani
336pp
PB
9788175963641
India in the World Order Searching for Major-Power Status
Baldev Raj Nayar & T. V. Paul
PB
` 445.00
Two highly regarded scholars come together to examine India’s relationship with the world’s major powers and its own search for a significant role in the international system. Central to the argument is India’s belief that the acquisition of an independent nuclear capability is key to obtaining such status. The book details the major constraints at the international, domestic and perceptual levels that India has faced in this endeavor. It concludes, through a detailed comparison of India’s power capabilities, that India is indeed a rising power, but that significant systemic and domestic changes will be necessary before it can achieve its goal. Baldev Raj Nayar is Emeritus Professor of Political Science at McGill University in Montreal. T.V. Paul, James McGill Professor of International Relations, McGill University, Montreal.
9788175962316
Ornit Shani is Lecturer in Asian Studies at Haifa University.
9780521727532
290pp
` 495.00
Belligerent Hindu nationalism, accompanied by recurring communal violence between Hindus and Muslims, has become a compelling force in Indian politics over the last two decades. Ornit Shani’s book, which examines the rise of communalism, asks why distinct groups of Hindus, deeply divided by caste, mobilised on the basis of unitary Hindu nationalism? And why was the Hindu nationalist rhetoric about the threat from the essentially impoverished Muslim minority so persuasive to the Hindu majority? Shani uses evidence from communal violence in Ahmedabad, the largest and most prosperous city in Gujarat, long considered the ‘laboratory’ of Hindu nationalism, as the basis of her investigations. She argues that, contrary to the currently perceived wisdom, the growth of communalism did not lie in Hindu-Muslim antagonisms alone. It was rather an expression of intensifying tensions among Hindus, nurtured by changes in the relations between castes and associated state policies. The results for the resulting uncertainties among Hindus were frequently displaced onto Muslims, thus enabling caste tensions to develop and deepen communal rivalries.
1 map 230pp PB
The India-Pakistan rivalry remains one of the most enduring and unresolved conflicts of our times. It began with the birth of the two states in 1947, and it has continued ever since, with the periodic resumption of wars and crises. The conflict has affected every dimension of interstate and societal relations between the two countries and, despite occasional peace initiatives, shows no signs of abating. This volume brings together leading experts in international relations theory and comparative politics to explain the persistence of this rivalry. Together they examine a range of topics including regional power distribution, great power politics, territorial divisions, the nuclear weapons factor, and incompatible national identities. Based on their analyses, they offer possible conditions under which the rivalry could be terminated.
` 495.00
55
2 tables 300pp PB
` 595.00
Shopping for Bombs Nuclear Proliferation, Global Insecurity and the Rise and Fall of the A.Q. Khan Network
Gordon Corera
A.Q. Khan was the world’s leading black market dealer in nuclear technology, described by a former CIA Director as ‘at least as dangerous as Osama Bin Laden’. A hero in Pakistan and revered as the Father of the Bomb, Khan built a global clandestine network that sold the most closely guarded nuclear secrets to Iran, North Korea and Libya.
Why Ethnic Parties Succeed Patronage and Ethnic Head Counts in India
Kanchan Chandra
Here for the first time is the riveting, inside story of the rise and fall of A.Q. Khan and his role in the devastating spread of nuclear technology over the last thirty years. Drawing on exclusive interviews with key players in Islamabad, London and Washington, as well as with members of Khan’s own network, BBC journalist Gordon Corera paints a truly unsettling picture of the ultimate arms bazaar. Corera reveals how Khan operated within a world of shadowy deals among rogue states and how his privileged position in Pakistan provided him with the protection to build his unique and deadly business empire. It explains why and how he was able to operate so freely for so many years. Brimming with revelations, the book provides new insight into Iran’s nuclear ambitions and how close Tehran may be to the bomb. In addition, the book contains information on how the CIA and MI6 penetrated Khan’s network, how the US and UK ultimately broke Khan’s ring, and how they persuaded President Musharraf to arrest a national hero. The book also provides the first detailed account of the high-wire dealings with Muammar Gadaffi which led to Libya’s renunciation of nuclear weapons and which played a key role in Khan’s downfall. The spread of nuclear weapons technology around the globe presents the greatest security challenge of our time. Shopping for Bombs presents a unique window into the challenges of stopping a new nuclear arms race, a race which A.Q. Khan himself did more than any other individual to promote.
Kanchan Chandra is an assistant professor in the department of Political Science at MIT. 39 tables 7 maps 9780521608374 368pp PB
Western Realism and International Relations A Non-Western View
Aswini K. Ray
Gordon Corera has been a Security Correspondent for BBC News since June 2004. 9781850658269
304pp
HB
Why do some ethnic parties succeed in attracting the support of their target ethnic groups while others fail? In a world in which ethnic parties flourish in established and emerging democracies alike, understanding the conditions under which such parties succeed or fail is of critical importance to both political scientists and policy makers. Drawing on a study of variation in the performance of ethnic parties in India, this book builds a theory of ethnic party performance in “patronage-democracies.” Chandra shows why voters in such democracies choose between parties by conducting ethnic head counts rather than by comparing policy platforms or ideological positions. Building on these individual microfoundations, she argues that an ethnic party is likely to succeed when it has competitive rules for intraparty advancement and when the size of the group it seeks to mobilize exceeds the threshold of winning or leverage imposed by the electoral system.
` 1295.00
HURST
` 695.00
This book provides an alternative perspective of International Relations from Hiroshima to 9/11. Both its diplomacy and mainstream scholarship are linked by realpolitik, in a vicious circle of retrogressive symbiosis. It simultaneously undermined the UN system of collective security from its origin and the scientific credential of its scholarship. The Cold War that it spawned restricted economic prosperity, political stability, and democratic freedom within its narrow corearea of the United States and Europe at the cost of its vast periphery in the Third World. Its unpredicted collapse extended insecurity across the entire globalised system, including its corearea, as events since 9/11 forcefully underscores. While the new hegemonic system has become globally more insecure for all its citizens, its scholarship is still clueless about the collapse of the bipolar system it created in the midst of the massive confidence-building exercise to stabilize it; it is even less able to creatively respond to its orderly transition. Professor Aswini K. Ray, was Professor of International Relations and Comparative Politics at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, since 1974 till his retirement in 2003. 9788175962187
56
243pp
HB
` 895.00
Democracy and Decentralisation in South Asia and West Africa Participation, Accountability and Performance
Richard C. Crook & James Manor
This book examines whether setting up democratic local councils in four developing countries (Ghana, Cote d’Ivoire, Bangladesh and India) enhances the popularity, responsiveness and effectiveness of administration. The authors make an important contribution to current debates about ‘good governance’, asking whether the poor and disadvantaged benefit from decentralisation.
Architect of Global Jihad The Life of Al-Qaida Strategist Abu Mus’ab al-Suri
Brynjar Lia
Richard C. Crook, University of Glasgow. James Manor, University of Sussex.
95 tables 4 maps 9780521636476 348pp PB
Political Theory and Power 2nd Edition
Sarah Joseph
In Architect of Global Jihad, Brynjar Lia translates two key chapters from al-Suri’s Global Islamic Resistance Call and exposes his methods for maximising the political impact of jihadi violence and building successful, autonomous cells for ‘individualized terrorism.’ Al-Suri’s words have inspired many of today’s militants.
` 895.00
Brynjar Lia is a research professor at the Norwegian Defence Research Establishment (FFI). He was a visiting Fulbright Scholar at Harvard University in 2001-2 and is the author of several books on Islamism and terrorism.
This book draws attention to certain significant changes in the way in which power has been defined and it also examines some of the critical responses which those changes have evoked. The objective is not to try and evolve a universally acceptable and comprehensive definition of power, and of related terms like authority, and influence. The argument of the book is that, that would be an impossible project since social and political theories themselves constitute an intervention into political discourse of a society and they may implicity or explicitly, embody a political perspective. The basic assumptions about society embodied in a theory may be expressed through certain ordering concepts and a particular mode of theorizing.
9781850658566
173pp
HB
525pp
HB
` 995.00
HURST
Political Principles and their Practice in Sri Lanka Rajiva Wijesinha
Sarah Joseph formerly taught Political Science at Lady Shri Ram College, Delhi University. 9788175962033
Despite his alleged capture in Pakistan in late 2005, Abu Mus’ab al-Suri, a Syrian originally known as Mustafa Sethmarian Nasar, remains a potent political and ideological figure. Al-Suri trained a generation of young jihadis at alQaida’s Afghan camps and helped establish the organisation’s European networks. Having gained extensive military experience fighting in the Syrian Islamist insurgency of the early 1980s, he helped to shape al-Qaida’s global strategy in a series of writings, including his influential Global Islamic Resistance Call. In this 1,600 page book, al-Suri outlines a broad strategy for al-Qaida’s younger generation to follow and describes practical ways to implement the theories and tactics of jihadi guerrilla warfare.
This accessible book introduces students to the basic concepts in political science. The first part of the book provides a historical overview of the manner in which various political structures emerged. The second part deals with successive constitutions in Sri Lanka, and their failure to uphold political principles in response to changing political situations. Rajiva Wijesinha is Professor of Languages at Sabaragamuwa University.
` 695.00
9788175962798
57
106pp
PB
` 195.00
Are Other Worlds Possible? Talking New Politics
Jai Sen & Mayuri Saini (eds)
Can the World Social Forum, the authors ask, help us to conceptualise and actualise a new politics? Can this new politics be free from violence? Can the experience and knowledge of great movements such as the movement for the environment, and the women’s movement, contribute to the creation of a new politics? How can such a politics be sustained?
Gandhi: ‘Hind Swaraj’ and Other Writings Centenary Edition
Anthony J. Parel (ed)
Jai Sen is an architect, urban designer and a civil campaigner on dwelling, labour, planning and rights related issues. Mayuri Sen is a development editor.
9788189013271
230pp
PB
` 195.00
ZUBAAN
Hind Swaraj is Mahatma Gandhi’s fundamental work. Not only is it key to understanding his life and thoughts, but also the politics of South Asia in the first half of the twentieth century. Celebrating 100 years since Hind Swaraj was first published in a newspaper, this centenary edition includes a new Preface and Editor’s Introduction, as well as a new chapter on ‘Gandhi and the ‘Four Canonical Aims of Life”. The volume presents a critical edition of the 1910 text of Hind Swaraj, fully annotated and including Gandhi’s own Preface and Foreword (not found in other editions). Anthony J. Parel sets the work in its historical and political contexts and analyses the significance of Gandhi’s experiences in England and South Africa. The second part of the volume contains some of Gandhi’s other writings, including his correspondence with Tolstoy and Nehru. Anthony J. Parel is Emeritus Professor of Political Science at the University of Calgary. 9780521149143
Votes and Violence Electoral Competition and Communal Riots in India
Steven I. Wilkinson
In this book, Steven I. Wilkinson uses newly collected data on Hindu-Muslim riots, socioeconomic factors and competitive politics in India to test his theory that riots are fomented in order to win elections and that governments decide whether to stop them or not based on the likely electoral cost of doing so. He finds that electoral factors account for most of the statelevel variation in Hindu-Muslim riots: explaining for example why riots took place in Gujarat in 2002 but not in many other states where militants tried to foment violence. The general electoral theory he develops for India is extended to Ireland, Malaysia and Romania as Wilkinson shows that similar political factors motivate ethnic violence in many different countries.
Gandhi as Disciple and Mentor Thomas Weber
Steven I. Wilkinson is Assistant Professor of Political Science at Duke University. 9780521672818
310pp
PB
` 695.00
294pp
PB
` 495.00
Thomas Weber’s book comprises a series of biographical reflections about people who influenced Gandhi, and those who were, in turn, influenced by him. While the previous literature has tended to focus on Gandhi’s political legacy, Weber’s book explores the spiritual, social and philosophical resonances of these relationships, and it is with these aspects of the Mahatma’s life in mind, that the author selects his central protagonists. These include friends such as Henry Polak and Hermann Kallenbach, who are not as well known as those usually cited, but who left a deep impression nevertheless, and motivated some of Gandhi’s major life changes. Conversely, the work of luminaries such as E.F. Schumacher and Gene Sharp reveal the Mahatma’s influence in arenas which are not traditionally associated with his thinking. Weber’s book offers new and intriguing insights into the life and thought of one of the most significant figures of the twentieth century. Thomas Weber teaches politics and peace studies at La Trobe University.
State-Directed Development Political Power and Industrialization in the Global Periphery
Atul Kohli
Why have some developing country states been more successful at facilitating industrialization than others? An answer to this question is developed by focusing both on patterns of state construction and intervention aimed at promoting industrialization. Four countries are analyzed in detail - South Korea, Brazil, India, and Nigeria over the twentieth century. The states in these countries varied from cohesive-capitalist (mainly in Korea), through fragmented-multiclass (mainly in India), to neo-patrimonial (mainly in Nigeria). It is argued that cohesive-capitalist states have been most effective at promoting industrialization and neo-patrimonial states the least. The performance of fragmented-multiclass states falls somewhere in the middle.
9788175964327
The Success of India’s Democracy Atul Kohli (ed)
294pp
PB
` 495.00
How has democracy taken root in India in the face of a low-income economy, poverty, illiteracy and ethnic diversity? Leading scholars explore this intriguing anomaly. Themes addressed include politics, ethnicity, federalism, caste, poverty, and Hindu nationalism. This is a tightly conceived volume on a controversial topic for students and generalists. Atul Kohli is Professor of Politics and International Affairs at Princeton University.
Atul Kohli is the David K.E. Bruce Professor of International Affairs at Princeton University. 9780521672825
478pp
PB
9788175961074
` 895.00 58
5 tables 312pp PB
` 395.00
Rethinking the Buddha
RELIGION & PHILOSOPHY Fate and Fortune in the Indian Scriptures Sukumari Bhattacharji
NEW
Early Buddhist Philosophy as Meditative Perception
Fatalism is a philosophical doctrine which states that an individual does not have full control over the events that happen in his life. There is no trace of fatalism in the early Indian literature— Samhitas, Brahmanas and Upanisads; it surged in the succeeding period. This book argues that the predominance of the priestly class after the revival of Brahminism, as an aftermath of the decline of Buddhism, ushered in conspicuous changes in people’s attitude to life. The new modifications helped to entrench fate as a formidable force. It explains that the natural factors which led to the rise of fatalism were observation of the inexorability of death. The author has referred to a splendid array of scriptures ranging from the early and late Vedic literature, Ramayana, Mahabharata to Buddhist and Jain texts, Bible and other old western texts to establish her erudite findings.
Eviatar Shulman
NEW
Eviatar Shulman, Tel Aviv University.
Sukumari Bhattacharji is an eminent Indian Sanskritist. She was a visiting fellow at the University of Cambridge in 1966–67, and Professor of English and Sanskrit at Jadavpur University, Kolkata. Professor Bhattacharji retired from service in 1986. 9789382993889
328pp
HB
9781107525542
` 895.00
The Rational Believer Choices and Decisions in the Madrasas of Pakistan
The Cambridge Companion to The Qur'an Jane Dammen McAuliffe (ed)
NEW
Masooda Bano
As the living scriptural heritage of more than a billion people, the Qur'an (Koran) speaks with a powerful voice. Just as other scriptural religions, Islam has produced a long tradition of interpretation for its holy book. Nevertheless, efforts to introduce the Qur'an and its intellectual heritage to English-speaking audiences have been hampered by the lack of available resources. The Cambridge Companion to the Qur'an seeks to remedy that situation. In a discerning summation of the field, Jane McAuliffe brings together an international team of scholars to explain its complexities. Comprising fourteen chapters, each devoted to a topic of central importance, the book is rich in historical, linguistic and literary detail, while also reflecting the influence of other disciplines.
352pp
PB
221pp
PB
` 395.00
Islamic schools, or madrasas, have been accused of radicalizing Muslims and participating, either actively or passively, in terrorist networks since the events of 9/11. In Pakistan, the 2007 siege by government forces of Islamabad's Red Mosque and its madrasa complex, whose imam and students staged an armed resistance against the state for its support of the "war on terror," reinforced concerns about madrasas' role in regional and global jihad. By 2006 madrasas registered with Pakistan's five regulatory boards for religious schools enrolled over one million male and 200,000 female students. In The Rational Believer, Masooda Bano draws on rich interview, ethnographic, and survey data, as well as fieldwork conducted in madrasas throughout the country to explore the network of Pakistani madrasas. She maps the choices and decisions confronted by students, teachers, parents, and clerics and explains why available choices make participation in jihad appear at times a viable course of action.
Jane Dammen McAuliffe, Georgetown University, Washington DC. 9781107461673
A cornerstone of Buddhist philosophy, the doctrine of the four noble truths maintains that life is replete with suffering, desire is the cause of suffering, nirvana is the end of suffering, and the way to nirvana is the eightfold noble path. Although the attribution of this seminal doctrine to the historical Buddha is ubiquitous, Rethinking the Buddha demonstrates through a careful examination of early Buddhist texts that he did not envision them in this way. Shulman traces the development of what we now call the four noble truths, which in fact originated as observations to be cultivated during deep meditation. The early texts reveal that other central Buddhist doctrines, such as dependentorigination and selflessness, similarly derived from meditative observations. This book challenges the conventional view that the Buddha's teachings represent universal themes of human existence, allowing for a fresh, compelling explanation of the Buddhist theory of liberation.
Masooda Bano is University Lecturer at Oxford Department of International Development and Research Fellow at Wolfson College, University of Oxford.
` 495.00
28 B & W illustrations 27 maps 9789382264880 272pp HB ` 895.00
59
Hinduism and the Ethics of Warfare in South Asia From Antiquity to the Present
Kaushik Roy
This book challenges the view, common among Western scholars, that precolonial India lacked a tradition of military philosophy. It traces the evolution of theories of warfare in India from the dawn of civilization, focusing on the debate between Dharmayuddha (Just War) and Kutayuddha (Unjust War) within Hindu philosophy. This debate centers around four questions: What is war? What justifies it? How should it be waged? And what are its potential repercussions? This body of literature provides evidence of the historical evolution of strategic thought in the Indian subcontinent that has heretofore been neglected by modern historians. Further, it provides a counterpoint to scholarship in political science that engages solely with Western theories in its analysis of independent India’s philosophy of warfare. Ultimately, a better understanding of the legacy of ancient India’s strategic theorizing will enable more accurate analysis of modern India’s military and nuclear policies.
Islamic Reform in South Asia Filippo Osella & Caroline Osella (eds)
Kaushik Roy is a Reader in History at Jadavpur University in Kolkata, India, and Senior Researcher at the Centre for the Study of Civil War at the Peace Research Institute, Oslo, Norway. 9781107043855
Modern Islamic Thought in a Radical Age Religious Authority and Internal Criticism
Muhammad Qasim Zaman
240pp
HB
Filippo Osella is Reader in Social Anthropology at University of Sussex. Caroline Osella is Reader in Anthropology with reference to South Asia at School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London.
` 995.00
9781107031753
Among traditionally educated scholars in the Islamic world there is much disagreement on the crises that afflict modern Muslim societies and how best to deal with them, and the debates have grown more urgent since 9/11. Through an analysis of the work of Muhammad Rashid Rida and Yusuf al-Qaradawi in the Arab Middle East and a number of scholars belonging to the Deobandi orientation in colonial and contemporary South Asia, this book examines some of the most important issues facing the Muslim world since the late nineteenth century. These include the challenges to the binding claims of a long-established scholarly consensus, evolving conceptions of the common good, and discourses on religious education, the legal rights of women, social and economic justice and violence and terrorism. This wideranging study by a leading scholar provides the depth and the comparative perspective necessary for an understanding of the ferment that characterizes contemporary Islam.
Islamic Societies to the Nineteenth Century A Global History
Ira M. Lapidus
Muhammad Qasim Zaman is Robert H. Niehaus’77 Professor of Near Eastern Studies and Religion at Princeton University.
9781107619180
1 map 372pp PB
The authors in this volume discuss contemporary Islamic reformism in South Asia in some of its diverse historical orientations and geographical expressions. ‘Reformism’ is particularly troublesome as a term, in that it covers broad trends stretching back for more than two hundred years. Still, ‘reformism’ can be useful as a term in helping contributors to insist upon recognition of the differences between projects of revival and renewal and such contemporary obsessions as ‘political Islam’, ‘Islamic fundamentalism’ and so on. Urging a more nuanced examination of all forms of reformism and their reception in practice, the contributions here powerfully demonstrate the historical and geographical specificities of reform projects. In doing so, they challenge prevailing perspectives in which substantially different traditions of reform are lumped together into one reified category (often carelessly shorthanded as ‘wah’habism’) and branded as extremist – if not altogether demonised as terrorist.
538pp
HB ` 995.00
First published in 1988, Ira Lapidus’ A History of Islamic Societies has become a classic in the field, enlightening students, scholars, and others with a thirst for knowledge about one of the world’s great civilizations. This book, based on fully revised and updated parts one and two of this monumental work, describes the transformations of Islamic societies from their beginning in the seventh century, through their diffusion across the globe, into the challenges of the nineteenth century. The story focuses on the organization of families and tribes, religious groups and states, showing how they were transformed by their interactions with other religious and political communities. The book concludes with the European commercial and imperial interventions that initiated a new set of transformations in the Islamic world, and the onset of the modern era. Organized in narrative sections for the history of each major region, with innovative, analytic summary introductions and conclusions, this book is a unique endeavour. Ira M. Lapidus is Professor Emeritus of History at the University of California, Berkeley. 28 B&W illustrations 27 maps 15 tables 9781107619135 788pp PB ` 995.00
` 895.00
60
Elements of Tibetan Buddhism Richard E. Farkas
The mysteries of Tibetan Buddhism have fascinated people for centuries. This book is aimed at those who have an interest in the rituals, traditions, practices, and little-known facts and culture of Tibetan Buddhism.
Community and Consensus in Islam Muslim Representation in Colonial India, 1860-1947
Among the many elements one will find in this book are: what makes up a person’s practice; what the eight auspicious symbols mean; what etiquette should be followed while in a shrine room or temple setting; who are the major Tibetan Buddhist deities; what do Tibetan names mean; what are the major Tibetan holidays; what are some good movies to watch about Tibetan Buddhism.
Farzana Shaikh
In this masterful study, the configurations of colonial politics in India are set against the backdrop of tensions between two contrasting intellectual traditions – the Islamic and the liberal-democratic – to show how their different assumptions about the proper ends of political action sharpened the opposition between diverse constitutional positions that led to Partition. Today it stands as a vital contribution to the debate about this momentous event.
Richard E. Farkas is a practising Tibetan Buddhist and a student of the culture of Tibet. 9789382993445
The Good Muslim Reflections on Classical Islamic Law and Theology
Mona Siddiqui
296pp
PB
` 495.00
Farzana Shaikh is an Associate Fellow of the Royal Institute of International Affairs (Chatham House) in London.
In this unusual, thought-provoking, and beautifully written book, Mona Siddiqui reflects upon key themes in Islamic law or theology. She has selected these topics, which range through discussions about friendship, divorce, drunkenness, love, slavery, and ritual slaughter, in part because they are of particular interest to her, and in part because they reveal fascinating insights into Islamic ethics and the way in which arguments developed in medieval scholarly discourse. These pre-modern religious works contained a richness of thought, hesitation, and speculation on a wide range of topics, which are socially relevant but also presented intellectual challenges to the scholars for whom God’s revelation could be understood in diverse ways. These subjects of course remain very relevant today, both for practicing Muslims and for scholars of Islamic law and religious studies, and the book shows just how these debates resonate in contemporary Islamic thought. Mona Siddiqui is an astute and articulate interpreter who relays complex ideas about the Islamic tradition with great clarity. These are important attributes for a book which, as the author acknowledges, charts her own journey through the classical texts and reflects upon how the principles expounded there have guided her own thinking and impacted on her teaching and research.
9788188861132
240pp
PB
288pp
HB
` 750.00
IMPRINTONE
Shia Women Muslim Faith and Practice
Diane D’Souza
This book sets out to examine the gendered expressions of Shia Muslim faith. How do contemporary women construct and experience their religious lives? How does gender impact Shia piety? In this intriguing study, the author critically analyses the world of women’s religious expression, helping us to better understand not only the ritual lives of Shia women, but Muslim faith and practice in general. The author argues that most research and writing on Shia Islam reflects male expressions and beliefs. Men have dominated the formation of knowledge within the Shia religious hierarchy, as well as the study of Shia Islam within the fields of Religious Studies and Islamic Studies. In contrast, the author takes women’s lives and beliefs as her starting point, and uncovers powerful female expressions which dynamically shape Shia Muslim religious life. Diane D’Souza helps us discover a vibrant women-centred narrative underpinning Shia faith. Whether by bringing to life female personalities which profoundly shaped religious history, illuminating the dynamic female leadership within today’s religious rituals, or uncovering the fascinating development of a women-only shrine, this book provides a richer, more complete understanding of Shia Islam.
Mona Siddiqui is Professor of Islamic and Interreligious Studies at the Divinity School, University of Edinburgh. 9781107610699
Community and Consensus in Islam, first published in 1989, represented a bold attempt to introduce the role of ideas in the interpretation of Indo-Muslim politics between 1860 and the Partition of India in 1947. It questioned the widely held view at the time that Indian Muslim politics of the period could be explained by reference to pragmatic interests alone. Instead, Farzana Shaikh argued that the influence of ideas rooted in Islamic tradition must form a crucial dimension of any wellgrounded explanation of the determinants of Indo-Muslim political practice.
` 595.00
Diane D’Souza is a scholar of Islamic and Gender Studies and a specialist in Conflict Transformation and Peacebuilding. 97888189884741 445pp ZUBAAN
61
HB
` 695.00
Azadi’s Daughter Journey of a Liberal Muslim
Seema Mustafa
Azadi’s Daughter is both a fascinating account of an intrepid liberal Muslim woman’s personal journey and a political commentary on a secular way of life. Even as it highlights the dominant concerns of Indian Muslims - Security, Employment, Education, Housing - it also underlines their abiding faith in Indian democracy and its pluralistic ethos.
The Spirit of Hindu Law Donald R. Davis, Jr.
The book should set at rest the lazy assumptions about Indian Muslim women in particular. As Zoya Hasan notes in her foreword: “The reader must be prepared to have old assumptions defied and prejudices turned on its head.” Seema Mustafa is a senior journalist and commentator. She lives in New Delhi. 9788188861156
199pp
PB
` 395.00
IMPRINTONE
Law is too often perceived solely as state-based rules and institutions that provide a rational alternative to religious rites and ancestral customs. The Spirit of Hindu Law uses the Hindu legal tradition as a heuristic tool to question this view and reveal the close linkage between law and religion. Emphasizing the household, the family, and everyday relationships as additional social locations of law, it contends that law itself can be understood as a theology of ordinary life. An introduction to traditional Hindu law and jurisprudence, this book is structured around key legal concepts such as the sources of law and authority, the laws of persons and things, procedure, punishment and legal practice. It combines investigation of key themes from Sanskrit legal texts with discussion of Hindu theology and ethics, as well as thorough examination of broader comparative issues in law and religion. Donald R. Davis, Jr. is Associate Professor in the Department of Languages and Cultures of Asia, University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Hinduism and Law An Introduction
Timothy Lubin, Donald R. Davis, Jr. & Jayanth K. Krishnan (eds)
Covering the earliest Sanskrit rulebooks through to the codification of ‘Hindu law’ in modern times, this interdisciplinary volume examines the interactions between Hinduism and the law. The authors present the major transformations to India’s legal system in both the colonial and post colonial periods and their relation to recent changes in Hinduism. Thematic studies show how law and Hinduism relate and interact in areas such as ritual, logic, politics, and literature, offering a broad coverage of South Asia’s contributions to religion and law at the intersection of society, politics and culture. In doing so, the authors build on previous treatments of Hindu law as a purely text-based tradition, and in the process, provide a fascinating account of an often neglected social and political history.
9781107005617
Islam in a Globalised World Negotiating Faultlines
Mushirul Hasan (ed)
Islam is the world's fastest growing religion and the second largest after Christianity. There are an estimated 1.57 billion followers of Islam spread across the globe accounting for one out of every four persons and representing diverse social and cultural traditions.
This volume, edited by Mushirul Hasan - one of India's most distinguished historians and commentators - seeks to fill this gap by bringing together a range of scholarly views on Islam in the context of a rapidly globalizing world.
Donald R. Davis, Jr., is Associate Professor in the Department of Languages and Cultures in Asia at the University of Wisconsin, Madison.
What is the impact of globalization on Islam and Muslim identity? How Muslims, especially Muslim minority communities in different parts of the world, are responding to globalization? And how it is changing their perceptions of their own identity and their worldview? In his introduction Professor Hasan argues that these are "important questions that touch deep-seated chords of feelings". "Today, more and more social scientists are engaged in 'understanding' Islam and 'observing' Muslim societies within historically informed social contexts. With onethird of the world's Muslims now living as members of a minority, they are busy exploring their responses to globalization, westernization, and the impact of living in a minority. To what extent does globalization cause the old traditional points of reference to disappear? To what extent
Jayanth K. Krishnan is Professor of Law and the Charles L. Whistler Faculty Fellow at Indiana University, Bloomington, Maurer School of Law. 1 map 320pp HB
` 795.00
Yet, surprisingly, little is known about them and their contribution to the communities they live in either as native citizens or immigrants. This lack of awareness, partly a result of paucity of writing on the subject, has created an image of Islam and Muslims that is often grossly distorted.
Timothy Lubin is Professor in the Department of Religion, and Lecturer in Law and Religion in the School of Law at Washington and Lee University.
9781107012493
7 tables 206pp HB
` 895.00
62
it reawakens passionate affirmations of identity that often verges on withdrawal and selfexclusion? These questions can still arouse interest in our colleges and universities," he writes.This book is an important contribution to the debate on modern Islam and attempts to answer the all-important question: where does it go from here?
Hew McLeod has been called the Father of Sikh History for the extensive work he has done on the religion and its history. His writing has played an enormous role in creating awareness about Sikhism as an independent and unique religion and way of life. 9788190666879
Mushirul Hasan is an ICSSR National Fellow and Professor at the Council for Social Development, New Delhi. 9788188861088
480pp
HB
Sharia
` 850.00
Theory, Practice, Transformations
IMPRINTONE
Wael B. Hallaq
The Origins of Yoga and Tantra Indic Religions to the Thirteenth Century
Geoffrey Samuel
Yoga, tantra and other forms of Asian meditation are practised in modernized forms throughout the world today, but most introductions to Hinduism or Buddhism tell only part of the story of how they developed. This book is an interpretation of the history of Indic religions up to around 1200 CE, with particular focus on the development of yogic and tantric traditions. It assesses how much we really know about this period, and asks what sense we can make of the evolution of yogic and tantric practices, which were to become such central and important features of the Indic religious scene. Its originality lies in seeking to understand these traditions in terms of the total social and religious context of South Asian society during this period, including the religious practices of the general population with their close engagement with family, gender, economic life and other pragmatic concerns.
432pp
PB
New Edition
Hew McLeod
` 350.00
In recent years, Islamic law, or Shari’a, has been appropriated as a tool of modernity in the Muslim world and in the West and has become highly politicised in consequence. Wael Hallaq’s magisterial overview of Shari’a sets the record straight by examining the doctrines and practices of Islamic law within the context of its history, and by showing how it functioned within pre-modern Islamic societies as a moral imperative. In so doing, Hallaq takes the reader on an epic journey tracing the history of Islamic law from its beginnings in seventh-century Arabia, through its development and transformation under the Ottomans, and across lands as diverse as India, Africa and South-East Asia, to the present. In a remarkably fluent narrative, the author unravels the complexities of his subject to reveal a love and deep knowledge of the law which will inform, engage and challenge the reader.
9780521180337
` 595.00
An Introduction to Islamic Law Wael B. Hallaq
Sikhism
PB
Wael B. Hallaq is James McGill Professor in Islamic Law in the Institute of Islamic Studies at McGill University.
Geoffrey Samuel is Professorial Fellow at the School of Religious and Theological Studies at Cardiff University. 9781107678972
380pp
YODA PRESS
'McLeod has done more for Sikh history than anyone now alive. In fact, if there is a Father of Sikh History, it is Hew Mcleod.'
Rukun Advani, The Hindu 'It is because of a few writers, and Hew McLeod above all, that the world has any inkling of Sikhism as an independent religion, with a unique, universal and timeless world view. He brought Sikhism to Western academia.'
Jaideep Sarin, Thaindian News 'Hew was renowned for his openness and his readiness to answer any question and to read any manuscript. This generosity, together with his precocious embrace of email, placed him at the centre of an international scholarly community.'
624pp
PB
` 795.00
The study of Islamic law can be a forbidding prospect for those entering the field for the first time. Wael Hallaq, a leading scholar and practitioner of Islamic law, guides students through the intricacies of the subject in this absorbing introduction. The first half of the book is devoted to a discussion of Islamic law in its pre-modern natural habitat. The second part explains how the law was transformed and ultimately dismantled during the colonial period. In the final chapters, the author charts recent developments and the struggles of the Islamists to negotiate changes which have seen the law emerge as a primarily textual entity focused on fixed punishments and ritual requirements. The book, which includes a chronology, a glossary of key terms, and lists of further reading, will be the first stop for those who wish to understand the fundamentals of Islamic law, its practices and history. Wael B. Hallaq is James McGill Professor in Islamic Law in the Institute of Islamic Studies at McGill University. 9780521127943
Tony Ballantyne, The Guardian 63
208pp
PB
` 395.00
iMuslims Rewiring the House of Islam
Gary R. Bunt
The internet has profoundly shaped how Muslims perceive Islam, and how Islamic societies and networks are evolving and shifting within the twenty-first century. While these electronic interfaces appear new and innovative in terms of how the media is applied, much of their content has a basis in classical Islamic concepts, with an historical resonance that can be traced back to the time of Prophet Muhammad.
with London, and the social and political conditions that shaped this realignment. Marc van Grondelle (PhD, Univeristy of Utrecht) works for a major international oil company. 9781850659822
The Borders of Islam Exploring Samuel Huntington’s Faultlines, from Al-Andalus to the Virtual Ummah
Stig Jarle Hansen, Atle Mesoy & Tuncay Kardas (eds)
Cyber Islamic environments have exposed Muslims to radical and new influences beyond the traditional spheres of knowledge and authority, including through social networking sites and the blogosphere. Gary Bunt also explores how the internet has dramatically influenced jihadi-oriented campaigns by networks such as al-Qaeda, and how it has revolutionized the propagation of new forms of Islamic activism and radicalization. He concludes by determining the way forward for the articulation of diverse understandings of Islam online, and how Muslim networks will be further shaped through their relationships with the internet.
HB
` 995.00
HURST
The Ismailis in the Colonial Era Modernity, Empire and Islam, 1839-1969
Marc van Grondelle
` 795.00
In his seminal work The Clash of Civilisations, Harvard professor Samuel P. Huntington claimed that conflict between cultural blocs, or civilizations, will dominate the future. More controversially he predicted that future conflicts will occur on the borders between Western and Islamic civilisations. The statements of Osama Bin Laden seem to support his views: “This battle is not between al-Qaeda and the US,” he said in October 2001, “This is a battle of Muslims against the Global Crusaders.” This specially commissioned set of essays sets out to examine critically the border zones of Islamic civilisation, be they geographical, cultural or virtual. The contributors explore the local dynamics in these zones to test whether they support or contradict Huntington’s thesis of an emerging global confrontation between Islamic civilisation and its neighbours, be they Christian, Hindu, Buddhist or godless. Among the borders discussed are those where Muslims are the majority (Afghanistan, Bosnia, Chechnya, Ethiopia, Indonesia, Somalia, Pakistan, Turkey), those with very large Muslim minorities (Philippines, Nigeria, India) and those where new faultlines have been created, either through migration (France, the United Kingdom, the United States, Spain) or technology (the Internet). A common thread running through the book is whether the rise of international Salafi jihadism can be traced to countries on the faultline between the Islamic and the non-Islamic world.
Gary R. Bunt is Senior Lecturer in Islamic Studies at the University of Wales, Lampeter. 374pp
HB
HURST
“I-Muslims” explores how these transformations and influences play out in diverse cyber Islamic environments, and how they are responding to shifts in technology and society. This book discusses how, in some contexts, the application of the internet has had an overarching transformational effect on how Muslims practice Islam, how forms of Islam are represented to the wider world, and how Muslim societies perceive themselves and their peers.
9781850659518
156pp
From the early nineteenth century onwards the Nizari Ismailis were transformed from a minor and obscure sect surrounded by ill-informed historical legend, into a small but highly organized temporal and religious movement with global political and economic influence. Much of this remarkable change in fortune can be traced to the hitherto little-known diplomatic interaction between the British Empire, and later the British Commonwealth, and the Nizari Ismailis, from 1839 to 1969. Marc van Grondelle’s book, based on painstaking archival research, examines the processes and interactions which led to the modernization and successful co-optation by the British government of this comparatively small branch of Shi’a Islam. The author poses several key questions regarding the wider developing relationship between movements in contemporary Islam and ‘The West’. In these increasingly polarized times, his discussion of the effective co-optation of a Muslim group to the mutual benefit of both the former and British foreign and colonial policy is timely and suggestive. He investigates the processes and actions that shaped the Islamilis’ relationship
The contributors conclude by arguing that many of the border regions of Islamic civilisation are influenced by mechanisms far more complex than those highlighted in The Clash of Civilisations, suggesting that poverty and institutional failure, both often the result of war, tend to heighten religious awareness and practice, but that the effects of these phenomena differ from those suggested by Huntington. Stig Jarle Hansen, a specialist in Islamic philosophy and in political Islam in Somalia, is currently a Senior Researcher at the NIBR Institute in Oslo, Norway. Atle Mesoy is a researcher in political Islam. Tuncay Kardas teaches at Sakarya University where he specializes in Turkish security, political theory and Islam. 9781850659723
396pp HURST
64
HB
` 995.00
Breaking the Monolith Essays, Articles and Columns on Islam, India, Terror and Other Things That Annoy Me
Ziauddin Sardar
Ziauddin Sardar is one of the world’s leading Muslim intellectuals and author of more than forty books on science, religion and contemporary culture. Breaking the Monolith, a collection of his essays and articles published in western journals, involves issues of terrorism and representation, the arrogance of American power, the dumbing power of mass culture, and of monolithic thought, in all its guises, from East and West. And, inevitably, they deal with the loss of innocence, with Islam and South Asia, and the collective failure of imagination.
The Blackwell Companion to Hinduism Gavin D. Flood (ed)
Part One, The Sphere of Islam sets the parameters. We cannot ignore a brutal fact, Sardar says: “In the war on terror that shrouds the globe, the terrorists are Muslim which gives credence to that oft-repeated cliché, ‘all Muslims are not terrorists, but all terrorists happen to be Muslims’”. What is the picture of Islam in the common mind? “ The spectre of al-Qaeda, its savagery and declared intentions to world domination; Taliban and their barbarity; suicide bombers fighting ‘a jihad’; the mad Mullah hellbent on seizing power and using all means to justify his ends; colonels and generals legitimizing their illegitimate political authority to create an Islamic state”. The picture that emerges is a creed knee-deep in obscurantism and terrorism, decay and darkness, with violence and extremism as its hallmarks.
Gavin D. Flood, University of Stirling. 9788126516292
Islam and the Ahmadiyya Jama’at History, Belief, Practice
Simon Ross Valentine
` 795.00
This book is the first scholarly appraisal of the teachings, beliefs and lifestyle of the Ahmadiyya Jama’at, an Islamic reform group founded in nineteenth–century India that has millions of followers worldwide. To the great annoyance of mainstream Muslims the Ahmadi claim that there can be prophecy after the prophet Muhammad, albeit lesser prophets, a controversial belief that has led to their fierce persecution, especially in South Asia, where the government of Pakistan has declared them to be non-Muslims.
Following an account of the life of Mirza Ghulam Ahmad, the movement’s founder, Valentine discusses the history of the Ahmadi, their proselytisation strategies, the role of mosques and madrasas, the position of women and the Ahmadi doctrine of peaceful jihad.
Ziauddin Sardar, writer, broadcaster and cultural critic, is Visiting Professor, the School of Arts, City University, London. HB
PB
The author also explores other major claims of the Ahmadi, among them that Jesus, instead of dying on the cross, as Christians believe, or ascending in to heaven as mainstream Muslims teach, escaped from the Romans and finally settled and died in Srinagar, the capital of Kashmir, where his alleged tomb is located.
The world is now too complex, too interconnected, too globalised to be divided into ‘black’ and ‘white’: ‘the abode of Islam’ and ‘the abode of unbelief’. The overall message is break the monolith wherever it comes from.
464pp
616pp
BLACKWELL
Why has Islam passed its “sell-by” date, Sardar asks? “Because it has been kept ‘refrigerated’ for too long. And I say this as a believer! It seems to me that believers have become empty vessels who accept anything that is poured into them by religious scholars in the name of Islam, without question and without criticism”. If Islam is out of sync with the contemporary world, America rides roughshod because of its brutal power, reinforced by neoliberal novelists and writers who see American free liberalism as the best of all possible worlds.
9788188861057
This volume presents the most recent scholarly thinking about Hinduism in an accessible way. It provides a forum for the best scholars in the world to make their views and research available to a wider audience. While comprehensively covering the textual tradition of Hinduism, the volume also includes material on Hindu folk religions and stresses the importance of region in analyzing Hinduism. In doing so, it reflects the current move away from essentialist understandings of Hinduism and towards traditionally and regionally specific studies. The Companion as a whole spans the entire field of Hindu studies and is divided into four coherent sections: theoretical issues, textual traditions, theologies, and Hindu society and politics.
Simon Ross Valentine is an Associate Lecturer at Bradford University.
` 995.00
9781850659167
IMPRINTONE
284pp HURST
65
HB
` 895.00
Gandhi’s Philosophy and the Quest for Harmony Anthony J. Parel
Anthony Parel affords an entirely new perspective on the philosophy of Mahatma Gandhi. He explores how Gandhi connected the spiritual with the temporal. As Parel points out ‘being more things than one’ is a good description of Gandhi and, with these words in mind, he shows how Gandhi, drawing on the Indian time-honoured theory of the purusharthas or ‘the aims of life’, fitted his ethical, political, aesthetic and religious ideas together. In this way Gandhi challenged the notion which prevailed in Indian society that a rift existed between the secular and the spiritual, the political and the contemplative life. Parel’s revealing and insightful book shows how farreaching were the effects of Gandhi’s practical philosophy on Indian thought generally and how these have survived into the present.
An Introduction to Hinduism Gavin D. Flood
This book provides a much-needed thematic and historical introduction to Hinduism, the religion of the majority of people in India. Dr. Flood traces the development of Hindu traditions from ancient origins and the major deities to the modern world. Hinduism is discussed as both a global religion and a form of nationalism. Emphasis is given to the tantric traditions, which have been so influential; to Hindu ritual, more fundamental than belief or doctrine; and to Dravidian influences. Some debates within contemporary scholarship are introduced. Gavin D. Flood, University of Stirling. 25 half-tones 7 figures 2 maps 9788175960282 341pp PB ` 495.00
Anthony J. Parel is Emeritus Professor of Political Science at the University of Calgary. 9780521727488
244pp
PB
An Introduction to Islam
` 495.00
2nd Edition
David Waines
Following Muhammad Rethinking Islam in the Contemporary World
Carl W. Ernst
David Waines is Professor of Islamic Studies, Department of Religious Studies, Lancaster University.
Renowned Islamicist Carl Ernst offers in this book a sympathetic yet reasoned and analytical view of the Islamic religious tradition and the contemporary issues that Muslims face. He introduces the reader to the profound spiritual and intellectual resources of Islam while clarifying debate and diversity within the tradition. Writing from within the framework of religious studies and the historical context he describes how Protestant definitions of religion and anti-Muslim prejudice have affected views of Islam in Europe and America. He also discusses the contemporary importance of Islam in both its traditional settings and its new locations and provides a context for understanding extremist movements like fundamentalism. Ernst concludes with an overview of critical debates on gender and veiling, state politics, and science and religion.
9788175961890
An Introduction to Buddhism Teachings, History and Practices 2nd Edition
Peter Harvey
Carl W. Ernst is W.R. Kenan Professor of Religious Studies at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 9789380403120
269pp
PB
For this revised and updated Second Edition, David Waines has added a long section tackling head-on the issues arising from Islam’s place in the changing world order at the turn of the new millennium. This new section offers thoughtprovoking reflections on the place of religion in the current conflicts.
` 350.00
YODA PRESS
368pp
PB
` 495.00
In this new edition of the best-selling Introduction to Buddhism, Peter Harvey provides a comprehensive introduction to the development of the Buddhist tradition in both Asia and the West. Extensively revised and fully updated, this new edition draws on recent scholarship in the field, exploring the tensions and continuities between the different forms of Buddhism. Harvey critiques and corrects some common misconceptions and mistranslations, and discusses key concepts that have often been over-simplified and over-generalised. The volume includes detailed references to scriptures and secondary literature, an updated bibliography and a section on web resources. Key terms are given in Pali and Sanskrit, and Tibetan words are transliterated in the most easily pronounceable form, making this is a truly accessible account. Peter Harvey is Emeritus Professor of Buddhist Studies at the University of Sunderland. 17 B&W illustrations 2 maps 11 tables 9781107669703 548pp PB ` 695.00
66
Hinduism and Modernity David Smith
This innovative book offers a dynamic analysis of Hinduism in the perspective of Western notions of modernity. After reviewing definitions of modernity and Hinduism and looking at modernity in India, the author considers Hinduism in relation to Islam and the West. The second half of the book presents key aspects of Hinduism, ancient and modern, in the light of their contrast with modernity.
Population Ageing in India
This study creates a holistic research base by looking at the demographics of the ageing population and reviewing existing studies.
G. Giridhar, K. M. Sathyanarayana, Sanjay Kumar, K. S. James & Moneer Alam (eds)
Giridhar is former Director, UNFPA – CST, Bangkok, and UNFPA Representative in Thailand. K. M. Sathyanarayana is National Programme Officer, Population and Development, United Nations Population Fund, New Delhi.
David Smith is Reader in Indian Religions at Lancaster University.
9788126516285
262pp
PB
Sanjay Kumar is National Programme Officer, Monitoring and Evaluation, United Nations Population Fund, New Delhi. K. S. James is Professor, Population Research Centre, Institute for Social and Economic Change, Bangalore.
` 495.00
BLACKWELL
NEW
SOCIOLOGY & ANTHROPOLOGY Mapping Social Exclusion in India Caste, Religion and Borderlands
Paramjit S. Judge (ed)
NEW
9781107073326
Mapping Social Exclusion in India assesses the problem of defining exclusion, the need for its contextualization and establishes a relationship between social exclusion, deprivation and discrimination. It studies the distinctive character of Indian society and system marked with the existence of exclusionary practices and structures on the basis of caste. The usage of the concept of exclusion is more inclusive than any other competing concepts of discrimination or deprivation, though these concepts are interchangeably used to denote it. It is, therefore, important to conceptualize exclusion and, in the process, come across different shades of its interpretations.
Patronage as Politics in South Asia Anastasia Piliavsky (ed)
The social phenomenon of exclusion that mars societies globally is studied by various scholars who put together their diverse research, studies, perceptions and ideas and, most importantly, their years of expertise to focus on a central theme of social exclusion in Indian society. This cohesive volume highlights the causal link between discrimination and exploitation. The contributors study the role of the state as an interventionist force and look into the mobilization strategy as a reaction to exclusion. They take a critical look at the reservation policy and argue that state intervention creates certain new forms of exclusion.
NEW Citizenship and Identity in the Age of Surveillance Pramod K. Nayar
Paramjit S. Judge is Professor, Department of Sociology, Guru Nanak Dev University, Amritsar, India. 9781107056091
298pp
HB
Moneer Alam is Professor of Economic Demography, Population Research Centre, Institute of Economic Growth, Delhi.
` 895.00
NEW 67
252pp
HB
` 795.00
This book studies patronage in South Asia to seek a better understanding of the vernacular workings of this political form. Anastasia Piliavsky is Zukerman Fellow in Social Anthropology, King’s College, Cambridge, UK. She studied Social Anthropology at Boston and Oxford Universities and has previously done research in Russia and Mongolia.
9781107056084
486pp
HB
` 895.00
Citizenship and Identity in the Age of Surveillance is a study of cultures of surveillance, from CCTV to genetic data-gathering and the new forms of subjectivity and citizenship that are forged in such cultures. It studies data, bodies and space as domains within which this subjectivity of the vulnerable individual emerges. The author studies diverse surveillance mechanisms like biometrics, biobanks and online searches. With a belief that it is almost impossible to separate surveillance discourses from safety discourses, the author looks at the insecure society as a surveillance society and the ‘insecurity subjects’ who willingly accept surveillance and even participate in it. It looks at surveillance as entertainment by bringing into focus popular shows like Big Boss and the insidious surveillance of practices like loyalty cards.
The book also sees a shift within cultures of surveillance where it is also a mode of engagement with the world enabling trust, accountability and eventually a responsible humanitarianism, in what the book terms ‘witness citizenship’.
People and Life on the Chars of South Asia Dancing with the River
Kuntala Lahiri-Dutt & Gopa Samanta
Pramod K. Nayar teaches at the Department of English, University of Hyderabad, India. 9781107080584
Disability, Education and Employment in Developing Countries From Charity to Investment
Kamal Lamichhane
240pp
HB
` 595.00
Disability, Education and Employment in Developing Countries challenges common assumptions about people with disabilities and advocates the need for an immediate paradigm shift. It is based on the premise that human capital such as education and employment are the most important factors for inclusion and economic empowerment of the disabled, and their accessibility not only improves their livelihood, but also brightens the prospects of their poor families, and of the society as a whole.
NEW
With this book, Kuntala Lahiri-Dutt and Gopa Samanta offer an intimate glimpse into the microcosmic world of ‘hybrid environments’. Focusing on chars – the part-land, part-water, low-lying sandy masses that exist within the riverbeds in the floodplains of lower Bengal – the authors show how, both as real-life examples and as metaphors, chars straddle the conventional categories of land and water, and how people who live on them fluctuate between legitimacy and illegitimacy. The result, a study of human habitation in the nebulous space between land and water, charts a new way of thinking about land, people, and people’s ways of life. Kuntala Lahiri-Dutt is a senior fellow in resource management in the Asia-Pacific Program at the College of Asia and the Pacific, Australian National University. Her research focuses, on understanding the poor, experiencing agrarian and social changes. Gopa Samanta is an associate professor in geography at the University of Burdwan. 9789382993780
294pp
HB
The question of why people with disabilities are unable to obtain education despite significantly higher returns is answered through understanding disabilities, models of disabilities, equality of opportunity and disability in context of poverty.
NEW
Witches, Tea Plantations, and Lives of Migrant Laborers in India
This unique interdisciplinary effort brings together perspectives of disability studies, education, economics, social science, philosophy, public policy and development studies, and is supported by critical case studies of developing countries like India, Nepal, Bangladesh, Cambodia and Philippines.
Soma Chaudhuri
Kamal Lamichhane is a research associate of Japan International Cooperation Agency’s Research Institute, Tokyo, Japan. 9781107064065
286pp
HB
` 795.00
NEW
Bringing together a holistic theoretical perspective drawing from sociology, anthropology, and postcolonial history, the author argues that witchcraft accusations among the adivasi worker communities in the tea plantations of West Bengal are a protest against the plantation management. Thus the witchcraft accusations are not as 'exotic and primitive rituals of a backward' adivasi community during times of stress, but rather as a powerful protest organized by a marginalized community against its oppressors. The book also illuminates how witchcraft accusations should be interpreted within the backdrop of labor-planters relationship, characterized by rigidity of power, patronage, and social distance. Soma Chaudhuri is assistant professor in the Department of Sociology and School of Criminal Justice at Michigan State University. Her research focuses on violence social movements, gender and witch hunts. Some of her current projects include looking at various strategies by social movement actors to combat domestic violence in India. 9789382993452
68
` 895.00
210pp
HB
` 895.00
Subalternity, Exclusion and Social Change in India Ashok K. Pankaj & Ajit K. Pandey (eds)
The essays in this volume capture ideology, knowledge and power as forces of subaltern reproduction in Indian society, and map the dominant trajectories of emancipation and assertion adopted by different subaltern social groups. Contributors show how subalterns are negotiating emancipation amidst continued oppression, subjugation and atrocities.
Hindi is Our Ground, English is Our Sky Education, Language, and Social Class in Contemporary India
Chaise LaDousa
Ashok K. Pankaj is Professor at the Council for Social Development, New Delhi. Ajit K. Pandey is Professor of sociology at the Banaras Hindu University (BHU).
NEW
9789382993247
387pp
HB
` 895.00
NEW
This book presents a number of stories about the musical practice in specific regions in the Central Himalayas. The author describes people Listening to History and and the sounds they produce and attempts to Music in the imagine those sounds in ways that reflect Uttarakhand Himalayas histories, conventional attitudes, geographical Andrew Alter spaces and mythical worlds.
Mountainous Sound Spaces
Empire Calling Administering Colonial Australasia and India
Ralph Crane, Anna Johnston & C. Vijayasree (eds)
9789382993322
198pp
HB
Chaise LaDousa teaches at Hamilton College in Clinton, New York. His research focuses on language and culture, particularly on the ways in which institutions serve as loci for cultural production. 9789382993964
Andrew Alter teaches in the Department of Media, Music, Communication and Cultural Studies at Macquarie University, Sydney, Australia.
NEW
A sea of change has occurred in the Indian economy in the last three decades, spurring the desire to learn English. Most scholars and media venues have focused on English exclusively for its ties to processes of globalization and the rise of new employment opportunities. The pursuit of class mobility, however, involves Hindi as much as English in the vast Hindi-Belt of northern India. Schools are institutions on which class mobility depends, and they are divided by Hindi and English in the rubric of ‘medium’, the primary language of pedagogy. This book demonstrates that the school division allows for different visions of what it means to belong to the nation and what is central and peripheral in the nation. It also shows how the language– medium division reverberates unevenly and unequally through the nation, and that schools illustrate the tensions brought on by economic liberalization and middle-class status.
` 595.00
236pp
PB
` 450.00
The essays gathered together in this book explore the roles of the men and women who served the British Empire in Australasia and India, and those who were subject to their administration. As these essays demonstrate, administrative arrangements involve complex cross-cultural relationships in colonial spaces, often through radically unequal and racially based power relations. Colonial administration involves diverse domains of practice – the Civil Service, schools and universities, missions, domestic realms, justice systems – and many forms of activities, including managing and organising; financing and accounting; monitoring and measuring; ordering and supplying; writing and implementing policies. In the two parts of this book, the authors – from India, Australia, New Zealand, and Britain – examine the ways colonial administrations accumulated and managed information and knowledge about the places and peoples under their jurisdiction. The administration of colonial spaces was neither a simple nor a unilinear project, and the essays in this book will contribute to key debates about imperial history. Ralph Crane is Professor of English at the University of Tasmania, Australia. He has published widely on colonial and postcolonial fictions, including scholarly editions of four Anglo-Indian novels.
69
Life on the Ganga
Anna Johnston is ARC Queen Elizabeth II Fellow in English at the University of Tasmania. She is the author of books and articles on missionary writing and empire, and colonial and postcolonial travel writing.
Boatmen and the Ritual Economy of Banaras
Assa Doron
C. Vijayasree was Professor of English at Osmania University. 9789382264767
194pp
HB
` 695.00
In Phone Clones, Kiran Mirchandani explores the experiences of the men and women who Authenticity Work in the work in Indian call centers through one hundred Transnational Service interviews with workers in Bangalore, Delhi, and Economy Pune. As capital crosses national borders, Kiran Mirchandani colonial histories and racial hierarchies become inextricably intertwined. As a result, call center workers in India need to imagine themselves in the eyes of their Western clients – to represent themselves both as foreign workers who do not threaten Western jobs and as being ‘just like’ their customers in the West. In conversation with Western clients, Indian customer service agents proclaim their legitimacy, an effort Mirchandani calls ‘authenticity work’, which involves establishing familiarity in light of expectations of difference. In their daily interactions with customers, managers and trainers, Indian call center workers reflect a complex interplay of colonial histories, gender practices, class relations, and national interests.
Phone Clones
Assa Doron is ARC Future Fellow in Anthropology and Director of the South Asia Research Institute at Australian National University. 9789382264545
Gender in South Asia Social Imagination and Constructed Realities
Subhadra Mitra Channa
Kiran Mirchandani is Associate Professor at Ontario Institute for Studies in Education, University of Toronto. 9789382264866
Disquieting Gifts Humanitarianism in New Delhi
Erica Bornstein
188pp
HB
` 795.00
There are many studies focusing on the outcomes of humanitarian work, but the impulses that inspire people to engage in the first place receive less attention. In this book, the author investigates specific cases of people engaged in humanitarian work to reveal different perceptions of assistance to strangers versus assistance to kin, how the impulse to give to others in distress is tempered by its regulation, suspicions about recipient suitability, and why the figure of the orphan is so valuable in humanitarian discourse.
HB
HB
` 795.00
This book is an examination of gender in South Asia and its intersection with other social variables like caste and class. It spans a wide canvas in terms of different social classes, ranging from elite to Dalit women of India, and takes material from ancient texts and modern media, literature and ethnographic materials forming a historical discourse.
Subhadra Mitra Channa is a Professor at Department of Anthropology, University of Delhi. 9781107043619
Erica Bornstein teaches Anthropology at University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee, USA. 232pp
262pp
The author critically looks at several pervasive and popular theories such as nature/ culture, public/ private and gender seen as performative and fluid rather than essentialized and fixed. There is also an appraisal of what feminism means in the Indian context and the crosscultural construction of patriarchy that varies in its manifestations across time and space. The readers are taken on a journey that shows how gender can only be understood in its social and historical context and as a dynamic and performative concept that emerges out of both collective imaginations and social realities. The use of descriptive and narrative style makes the book readable and enjoyable to both academic and non-academic readers.
This book takes a close look at people working on humanitarian projects in New Delhi and addresses several issues – why they engage in philanthropic work, what ‘humanitarianism’ means to them, and the ethical and political tangles they encounter.
9789382264637
This intriguing anthropological study investigates how the boatmen of Banaras have repositioned themselves within the traditional social organization and used their privileged position on the river to contest upper-caste and state domination. The author examines the evolution of the boatmen community, drawing on a variety of sources to illuminate the cultural politics of social and economic inequality in contemporary India. Life on the Ganga: Boatmen and the Ritual Economy of Banaras offers insight into recent debates about the cultural and historical forms of social practice and resistance at the juncture between tradition and the global economy.
` 895.00 70
238pp
HB
` 795.00
The Practice of War More needs to be understood about the ways of
Violent Belongings The 1947 Partition of India resulted in the death
Production, Reproduction and Communication of Armed Violence
Partition, Gender, and National Culture in Postcolonial India
Aparna Rao, Michael Bollig & Monika Bock (eds)
war and its effects. What implications does war have for people, their lived-in communities and larger political systems; how do they cope and adjust in war situations and how do they deal with the changed world that they inhabit once peace is declared? Through a series of essays that move from looking at the nature of violence to the peace processes that follow it, this important book provides some answers to these questions. It discusses and examines social, economic and cultural practices connected to and generated by violent combat through a cross-cultural perspective. The book also analyses new dimensions of social interaction, such as the internet, which now provide a bridge between local concerns and global networks and are fundamentally altering the practices of war. The editors present new empirical material and open theoretical dimensions on the intricate relation between war, society and culture.
Kavita Daiya
The late Aparna Rao spent many years doing ethnographic fieldwork among numerous rural and semi-rural communities in Afghanistan, Kashmir and in western India, and published several books and papers based on her research. Michael Bollig is Professor of Social and Cultural Anthropology at the University of Cologne.
Kavita Daiya is Associate Professor of English at the George Washington University in Washington, DC.
Monika Böck is a Social Anthropologist, affiliated with the University of Cologne. 9789382993179
370pp
HB
of two million people and the displacement of sixteen million more. It continues to haunt popular consciousness and memory, and makes its presence felt in South Asian literature and cinema. Its legacy is palpable not only in discourses about the place of religion in India, but also in the historical interpretation of justice and minority belongings, and in the tensionridden struggle over the production of secular national culture in the subcontinent. In Violent Belongings, Kavita Daiya examines South Asian ethnic violence and related mass migration in and after 1947 through its representation in postcolonial Indian and, more broadly, global South Asian literature and culture. In doing so she makes a nuanced study of the relation between culture and violence, and the questions about belonging that trouble nations and nationalisms today. By investigating such texts as Khushwant Singh’s Train to Pakistan, Salman Rushdie’s Shalimar the Clown and Jhumpa Lahiri’s The Interpreter of Maladies, alongside the writings of Mahatma Gandhi, Bollywood cinema and diasporic films like Deepa Mehta’s Earth, Daiya illuminates the cultural and political negotiation of postcolonial migration, nationality and violence in transnational public negotiation of postcolonial migration, nationality and violence in transnational public spheres.
` 995.00
9789380403021
272pp
PB
` 450.00
YODA PRESS
Abortion in Asia Local Dilemmas, Global Politics
Andrea Whittaker (ed)
Gender, Conflict and Peace in Kashmir
The issue of abortion forces a confrontation with the effects of poverty and economic inequalities, local moral worlds, and the cultural and social perceptions of the female body, gender, and reproduction. Based on extensive original field research, this provocative collection presents case studies from India, Thailand, Cambodia, Burma, Vietnam, Bangladesh and Indonesia. It includes powerful insight into the conditions and hard choices faced by women and the circumstances surrounding unplanned pregnancies. It explores the connections among poverty, violence, barriers to access, and the politics and strategies involved in abortion law reform. The contributors analyze these issues within the broader conflicts surrounding women’s status, gender roles, religion, nationalism and modernity, as well as the global politics of reproductive health.
Invisible Stakeholders
Seema Shekhawat
Andrea Whittaker is Associate Professor in the School of Population Health, University of Queensland, Australia. 9789382993155
270pp
HB
This book demonstrates that gender is a key component of conflict and peace discourse. The marginalization of women in conflict and peace is all pervasive. Kashmir is a mirror image of this global scenario. Kashmiri women aided the militant movement in significant ways though they did not take part in direct combat. They played key roles to sustain and nourish the movement - as protestors, protectors and motivators, and facilitators. Their experiences of participation in the conflict, however, remain subdued by the dominant masculinist discourse. Kashmiri women are excluded from the militancy discourse as contributors as well as from peacemaking discourse as stakeholders. The study interrogates theory and practice of women's participation in conflict and argues that changed gender-roles during conflict do not necessarily revolutionize socially ascribed norms. The book also examines the experiences of women in sustaining conflict to make a case for their due place in negotiating formal peace. Seema Shekhawat is senior research fellow at Peace and Conflict Studies Centre, Kathmandu, Nepal. She worked at the University of Mumbai and University of Jammu, India as a research faculty.
` 895.00
9781107041875 71
196pp
HB
` 795.00
Shorelines Space and Rights in South India
Ajantha Subramanian
In 1997, after a clerical sanction prohibited them from fishing for a week, a group of Catholic fishers from a village on India’s southwestern coast took their church to court. They called on the state to recognize them as custodians of the local sea, protect their right to regulate trawling, and reject the church’s intermediary role.
Bansi Ghevde is a committed land rights activist with Lok Dhara and specialist on the legal rights of the Adivasis in India. Dnyaneshwar Patil is the Director of SOBTI, a community-based organization in Pali, Maharashtra founded in 1992, to engage Katkari youth and enhance organizational capacities.
In Shorelines, Ajantha Subramanian argues that the fishers’ struggle requires a rethinking of Indian democracy, citizenship, and environmentalism. Rather than see these fishers as nonmoderns inhabiting a bounded cultural world or as moderns wholly captured by the logic of state power, she illustrates how they constitute themselves as political subjects. In particular, she shows how they produced new geographies — of regionalism, common property, alternative technology, and fisher citizenship — that underpinned claims to rights, thus using space as an instrument of justice. Moving beyond the romantic myth of selfcontained, natural-resource-dependent populations, this work reveals the charged political maneuvers between subalterns and sovereigns in South Asia.
9789382264538
A New Anthropology of Islam John Bowen
In rich historical and ethnographic detail, Shorelines illuminates postcolonial rights politics as the product of particular histories of caste, religion, and development, allowing us to see how democracy is always “provincial.”
258pp
HB
` 795.00
In this powerful, but accessible new study, John Bowen draws on a full range of work in social anthropology to present Islam in ways that emphasise its constitutive practices, from praying and learning to judging and political organising. Starting at the heart of Islam revelation and learning in Arabic lands - Bowen shows how Muslims have adapted Islamic texts and traditions to ideas and conditions in the societies in which they live. Returning to key case studies in Asia, Africa and Western Europe, to explore each major domain of Islamic religious and social life, Bowen also considers the theoretical advances in social anthropology that have come out of the study of Islam. John R. Bowen is the Dunbar-Van Cleve Professor in Arts and Sciences at Washington University in St. Louis.
Ajantha Subramanian is Associate Professor of Anthropology and of Social Studies at Harvard University.
9781107615755
230pp
PB
` 495.00
2 tables 7 illustrations 1 map 9789380403175 320pp PB ` 495.00 YODA PRESS
Wandering with Sadhus Ascetics in the Hindu Himalayas
The book engages readers in a process of Katkari Land Rights and reflection on what it means to do research ‘with’ people rather than ‘on’ people, by recounting a Research-in Action collaborative inquiry with the Katkari, formerly Daniel Buckles, called ‘Criminal Tribe’ and so-called ‘Primitive Rajeev Khedkar, with Tribal Group’ in Maharashtra, India. Bansi Ghevde & The book is designed to help readers learn Dnyaneshwar Patil about participatory action research progressively and with a strong narrative grounded in issues facing Adivasi populations in South Asia and the real-life dilemmas of engaged research. As such it is accessible to both graduate and undergraduate students in many disciplines. This includes all of the standard social science departments teaching methods and promoting field-based research.
Fighting Eviction
Sondra L. Hausner
Daniel Buckles is an Adjunct Research Professor at Carleton University, Ottawa, Canada.
In this moving ethnographic portrait of Hindu renouncers – sadhus or ascetics – in northern India and Nepal, Sondra L. Hausner considers a paradox that shapes their lives: while ostensibly defined by their solitary spiritual practice, the stripping away of social commitments, and their break with family and community, renouncers in fact regularly interact with each other and with “householder” society. They form a distinctive, alternative community with its own internal structure, one that is not located in any single space. Highly mobile and dispersed across the subcontinent, its members are regularly brought together through pilgrimage circuits on festival cycles. Drawing on many years of fieldwork, Hausner presents intimate portraits of individual sadhus as she examines the shared views of space, time, and the body that create the ground of everyday experience. It is written with an extraordinary blend of empathy, compassion, and anthropological insight. Sondra L. Hausner is University Lecturer in the Study of Religion at Oxford University.
Rajeev Khedkar served as the Director of the Academy of Development Science (ADS), a non-governmental organisation working with Adivasi and Dalit communities in western Maharashtra.
9788175968929
72
266pp
PB
` 495.00
The Emerging Dimensions of SAARC S.D. Muni (ed)
With the dawn of the twenty-first century, South Asian region has undergone radical transformation. It has witnessed a strong democratic sweep. Most of the South Asian economies have registered impressive growth trajectories. Some of its countries have also emerged as the hub of global terrorism. The international community has become far more involved in South Asian affairs due to the nuclearisation of the region. SAARC cannot but keep pace with the changing regional dynamics. It has moved ahead on its economic agenda and expanded its reach not only by adding new members (Afghanistan) but also by opening itself to the participation of many other countries, including China, Iran and the US, as Observers.
significance in the contemporary contexts of migration - both continuing and emerging - and bring out a systematic, regular and futuristic source of information and analysis on international mobility of people involving India. A modest attempt today, it is hoped that the Report will help us build upon the available data sources, and also identify and generate new avenues.
The Emerging Dimensions of SAARC is an attempt to look at the changing dynamics of South Asia and to learn whether SAARC will take regional cooperation and integration in their various dimensions closer to reality. S.D.Muni, the editor of this volume has compiled essays contributed by eminent academics and analysts, not only from most of the SAARC countries, but also from those joined as Observers. Besides looking at the trade and economic dimension of SAARC, these essays discuss the security, political and cultural aspects of regional cooperation among the South Asian countries.
JAWAHARLAL NEHRU UNIVERSITY
Binod Khadria is Professor of Economics at the Zakir Husain Centre for Educational Studies, School of Social Sciences, Jawaharlal Nehru University. 9788190978002
India Migration Report 2010-2011 The Americas
Binod Khadria (ed)
S.D.Muni, a Visiting Research Professor at the Institute of South Asian Studies, Singapore, taught for over thirty years at the Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. 9788175967458
India Migration Report 2009 Past, Present and The Future Outlook
Binod Khadria (ed)
322pp
HB
` 695.00
162pp
PB
` 995.00
India Migration Report 2010–2011: The Americas discusses historical and contemporary migration between India and the American continents. For more than half-a-century, India has been one of the largest source countries of migrants to the US and Canada. A majority of Indian diaspora population in the US and Canada is highly educated and affluent. They hold important positions in the economic and socio-political set-up of these two countries. In contrast, the Indians in South America and the Caribbean are not so highly-skilled, educated or affluent. A significant proportion of them had migrated much earlier as low-skilled workers for plantations in the colonies. This report is an attempt to examine Indian migration to the two American continents following diverse trajectories. Besides providing an overview of migration from India, the report also traces immigration of foreigners and return migration of Indians from the American continents to India. The focus of India Migration Report 2010–2011 is on putting together available information on issues involving various migration patterns and analyzing the major factors and policies that shape them.
India has the distinction of being recognized as an important country of origin of migrants in many receiving countries of the world. India also receives a large number of immigrants, mostly originating from its neighbouring countries in Asia and some from other countries as well. However, despite having significant stakes in international migration of human resources the issue of mobility has largely remained a neglected area in the academic and policy circles in India. Hardly any regular and comprehensive institutional mechanism for collecting, maintaining and disseminating systematic information on international migration exists in India excepting a few individual initiatives here and there. It is only in the closing decades of the 20th century that migration has started drawing greater attention of stakeholders in policy sphere, in academia and the civil society in India. In this context, publication of this first India Migration Report aims to make a small beginning towards bridging a vital gap. The 2009 Report provides an overview of migration from India to the major destination countries as well as immigration to India. The focus of the report is to put together issues and concerns of
Binod Khadria is professor of Economics at the Zakir Husain Centre for Educational Studies, School of Social Sciences, Jawaharlal Nehru University, Delhi. 35 B&W illustrations 111 tables 9781107681033 166pp PB ` 995.00
73
My Favourite Levi-Strauss Dipankar Gupta (ed)
‘A Hero of Our Time’ Susan Sontag
The Court Chronicle of the Kings of Manipur
‘Claude Lévi-Strauss was one of the dominating postwar influences in French intellectual life and the leading exponent of Structuralism in the social sciences; his work inspired a school of academic followers in the 1960s and 1970s in disciplines ranging from music to literary criticism.’ The Telegraph
The Cheitharon Kumpapa Vol. 3, 1843-1892 CE
Saroj Nalini Arambam Parratt
‘Claude Lévi-Strauss' revolutionary studies of what was once called 'primitive man' transformed Western understanding of the nature of culture, custom and civilization. His legacy is imposing. Mythologiques, his fourvolume work about the structure of native mythology in the Americas, attempts nothing less than an interpretation of the world of culture and custom, shaped by analysis of several hundred myths of little-known tribes and traditions. The volumes, The Raw and the Cooked, From Honey to Ashes, The Origin of Table Manners and The Naked Man, published from 1964 to 1971, challenge the reader with their complex interweaving of theme and detail.’ New York Times
The three volumes contain an English translation of the work along with a copy of the original Manipuri script (Meetei Mayek). Explanatory notes and a glossary of frequently-used Manipuri terms complement the text. Saroj Nalini Arambam Parratt was Honorary Professor at the University of Manipur, and Honorary Research Fellow at the Institute for Textual Scholarship and Electronic Editing, University of Birmingham, UK. 9789382264552
‘...one of the preeminent anthropologists of the 20th century whose erudite, often mindbendingly labored studies of indigenous Brazilian tribes led to influential theories about human behavior and culture...’ The Washington Post
Collaborative Learning in Practice Examples from Natural Resource Management in Asia
Dipankar Gupta taught sociology and social anthropology at Jawaharlal Nehru University for about 30 years, from January 1980 to July 2009 when he took early retirement. 9789380403137
172pp
PB
Ronnie Vernooy (ed)
` 295.00
YODA PRESS
The Court Chronicle of the Kings of Manipur The Cheitharon Kumpapa Vol. 2, 1764-1843 CE
Saroj Nalini Arambam Parratt
The Cheitharon Kumpapa is the court chronicle of the kings of the state of Manipur, a small, formerly independent state situated on the northeastern border of India with Myanmar. The Cheitharon Kumpapa records events from the founding of the ruling dynasty in 33 CE until the abolition of the monarchy and subsequent merger of the state with India in 1949. The document is probably the oldest chronicle of the region, written on handmade Meetei (Manipuri) paper made from bark of trees, in locally made ink, with a quill or a bamboo pen. All in all it comprises more than a thousand leaves.
HB
HB
` 995.00
This book presents novel approaches to collaborative learning by drawing on research and practical experiences from China, South Asia, and Southeast Asia. The case studies show how local communities learn from challenges in managing natural resources through joint efforts with researchers and other actors. They demonstrate the merits of learning strategies that use a variety of methods that are grounded in the local context that involves facilitators monitored from the outset. It creates a strong environment of collaboration and dynamic process management. The book shows that learning strategies that are both innovative and collaborative can lead to sounder rural development.
9788175967120
Saroj Nalini Arambam Parratt was Honorary Professor at the University of Manipur, and Honorary Research Fellow at the Institute for Textual Scholarship and Electronic Editing, University of Birmingham, UK. 297pp
462pp
Ronnie Vernooy is Senior Programme Specialist at the International Development Research Centre in Ottawa, Canada, and Adjunct Professor at the College of Humanities and Development of China Agricultural University in Beijing.
The Cheitharon Kumpapa Volume 1 (2005, ISBN 978-04-1534-430-5) covered the period between 33–1763 CE. This volume continues the translation of the chronicle up until 1843 CE. It also includes a facsimile of the original text in Meetei Mayek, the archaic Manipuri script, with a glossary for Manipuri and other loan words.
9788175966383
The Court Chronicle of the Kings of Manipur records events from the foundation of the ruling dynasty in 33 CE. This dynasty continued until the abolition of the monarchy and subsequent merger of the state with India in 1949. The Cheitharon Kumpapa Vol. 1 chronicles the history of Manipur from 33 to 1763 CE, and Vol. 2 from 1764 to 1843 CE. This third and final volume continues the discussion until 1891 when the legitimate kingship came to an end as a result of conflict with the British.
` 795.00 74
193pp
HB
` 695.00
Asian Voices in a Postcolonial Age Vietnam, India and Beyond
Susan Bayly
This study of intellectuals and their cosmopolitan life trajectories is based on anthropological and historical research in Vietnam and India, two great Asian societies with contrasting experiences of empire, decolonisation and the rise and fall of the twentieth-century socialist world system. Building on the author’s longstanding research experience in India and on remarkable family narratives collected during fieldwork in northern Vietnam, the book deals with epic events and complex social transformations from a perspective that emphasizes the personal and the familial. Its central theme is the extraordinary mobility of intelligentsia lives. The author explores the role of the intellectual in the economic, social and cultural transformation of the post-colonial world through in-depth ethnographic fieldwork methods. In identifying parallels and contrasts between Hanoi’s ‘socialist moderns’ and the family and career experiences of their Indian counterparts, the book makes a distinctive contribution to the study of colonial, socialist and post-socialist Asia.
Monk, Householder, and Tantric Priest Newar Buddhism and its Hierarchy of Ritual
David N. Gellner
David N. Gellner, University of Oxford. 9788185618135
Susan Bayly is Reader in Historical Anthropology in the Department of Social Anthropology, Cambridge University, and a Fellow of Christ’s College, Cambridge.
Muslim Portraits Everyday Lives in India
Mukulika Banerjee (ed) 9780521516808
Struggling with History Islam and Cosmopolitanism in the Western Indian Ocean
Kai Kresse & Edward Simpson (eds)
294pp
HB
` 895.00
This volume compares and contrasts anthropological and historical approaches to the study of the Indian Ocean by focusing on the vexed nature of ‘cosmopolitanism’. The chapters contribute to current debates on the nature of cosmopolitanism, the comparative study of Muslim societies, and the study of colonial and post-colonial contexts. There are few books in the market that combine serious interdisciplinary scholarship and regional ethnographic expertise with comparable ambition. Kai Kresse is Lecturer in Anthropology at the University of St Andrews and Research Fellow at the Zentrum Moderner Orient in Berlin. Edward Simpson is Lecturer in Anthropology at Goldsmith College and ESRC Research Fellow.
9781850658795
399pp
HB
Many misconceptions circulate in the West about Tantric religion, whether Buddhist or Hindu, mainly because scholars have relied exclusively on textual sources. Here, for the first time, is an account of how Tantric Buddhism works in practice. Monk, Householder and Tantric Priest is a detailed ethnography of the Mahayana and vajrayana (Tantric) Buddhism of the Newars of the Kathmandu valley, Nepal. It describes the way of life of and social organization of the Hindu-Buddhist city of Lalitpur, the relationship of Buddhism to Hinduism, and the place of religion and ritual in the life of Newar Buddhists. The study of the Newars has wider implications for it allows us to grasp how Buddhism works and worked in its original context of caste and Hindu kingship.
456pp
PB
` 595.00
In this captivating new volume, 13 anthropologists present a set of vivid portraits of Muslims in India today. Each of the contributors has had a long-term research interest in Muslim societies in India, but in these essays they profile one single individual whom they have met in the course of their research and whose story they found compelling. The subjects of this volume live in different parts of India, like Bhuj, the mountains of Kashmir, Hyderabad, Androth Island, and Lucknow, they speak different languages, eat different foods, are engaged in various kinds of work, but are all Muslim. Zooming in on individuals who have normally stood cheek-by-jowl with hundreds of others in a large canvas, these portraits focus attention on them in a separate frame, revealing their stories, predicaments, and realities, the aspirations they nurture and the impediments they overcome to attempt to achieve these. In doing so, they highlight the sheer diversity which lies hidden under the seemingly homogenous category of the Indian Muslim, and shatter stereotypes. Intimately told and stripped of jargon, yet nuanced and incisive, this is a valuable addition to the corpus of books on the Muslim community in contemporary India. Mukulika Banerjee is Reader in Social Anthropology, University College London. 9788190618625
` 895.00
164pp
PB
YODA PRESS
HURST
75
` 250.00
Women in Prison An Insight into Captivity and Crime
Suvarna Cherukuri
Women in Prison takes a look at the multiple specificities that bring women into the prison system. Drawing on empirical sources and original research, and relying primarily on interviews of women inmates, this book explores the contexts of female crime and punishment in India and looks at gendered disciplinary mechanisms that are used to control women inmates. The work invokes not only a sense of history in understanding women’s crimes and imprisonment, but also engages in a critical dialogue in terms of gender, caste, culture and sexuality. Unique in its analysis of the lives of women prisoners within social and legal contexts, the book is a major contribution to international literature on women’s offences and their experience of imprisonment.
The Untouchables Subordination, Poverty and the State in Modern India
Oliver Mendelsohn & Marika Vicziany
Oliver Mendelsohn, La Trobe University, Victoria. Marika Vicziany, Monash University, Victoria.
Suvarna Cherukuri is Assistant Professor of Sociology at Siena College, New York. 9788175965478
157pp
HB
9788175960749
Democracy and Violence in South Asia
Jonathan Spencer
An Analysis of Business, Government and Social Development Approaches to Empowerment
In recent years anthropology has rediscovered its interest in politics. Building on the findings of this research, this book offers a new way of analysing the relationship between culture and politics, with special attention to democracy, nationalism, the state and political violence. Beginning with scenes from an unruly early 1980s election campaign in Sri Lanka, it covers issues from rural policing in north India to slum housing in Delhi, presenting arguments about secularism and pluralism, and the ambiguous energies released by electoral democracy across the subcontinent. It ends by discussing feminist peace activists in Sri Lanka, struggling to sustain a window of shared humanity after two decades of war. Bringing together and linking the themes of democracy, identity and conflict, this important new study shows how anthropology can take a central role in understanding other people’s politics, especially the issues that seem to have divided the world since 9/11.
Usha Jumani
218pp
PB
` 695.00
Empowerment is an integral element of a democratic system. The maturity of a democracy is directly related to the level of empowerment its citizens and institutions experience. The term ‘empowerment’ is used in different contexts and this book addresses this problem through a comparative analysis of three major organisational systems - business, government and social development. The book presents a new conceptual framework for understanding the process of empowerment. It combines case studies specially for this volume, with secondary data and the author’s first hand experience of working with development organisations. Usha Jumani is a Fellow of the Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad with specialization in Organisation Development.
9788175963177
Hindu Kingship and Polity in Precolonial India
Jonathan Spencer is Professor of Anthropology of South Asia at the University of Edinburgh. 9780521722124
2 tables 307pp PB
` 395.00
Empowering Society Anthropology, Politics and the State
In a compelling account of the lives of those at the bottom of Indian society, the authors explore the construction of the Untouchables as a social and political category, the historical background which led to such a definition, and their position in India today. The authors argue that, despite efforts to ameliorate their condition, a considerable edifice of discrimination persists. The book promises to make a major contribution to the social and economic debates on poverty, while its wide-ranging perspectives will ensure a readership from across the disciplines.
` 495.00
Norbert Peabody
263pp
HB
` 595.00
Through the analysis of eighteenth- and early nineteenth-century texts on the Hindu Kingdom of Kota in Rajasthan, Norbert Peabody explores the ways in which historical consciousness, or memory, is culturally constructed and how this consciousness informs social experience. By building on the premise that no society receives the past in a transparent, universal and objective way, he unravels how the past in Kota has been fashioned. In this way, he suggests that different societies not only establish different co-ordinates of value in their constructions of the past, but also that the very processes of social and political transformation differ from society to society. Norbert Peabody is the Graduate Officer in Research at the Centre of South Asian Studies, University of Cambridge. 9 half-tones 5 figures 2 maps 9788175963665 206pp HB ` 695.00
76
Seeking Bauls of Bengal Jeanne Openshaw
Handbook of Indian Psychology
Bauls are known as wandering minstrels and mystics in India and Bangladesh. Jeanne Openshaw uses her fieldwork, and oral and manuscript texts, to chart the rise of their present iconic status. Hers is a challenging and comprehensive approach to a spiritual and creative people.
K. Ramakrishna Rao, Anand C. Paranjpe & Ajit K. Dalal (eds)
Jeanne Openshaw is Lecturer in Religious Studies at the University of Edinburgh.
9788175962057
9 half-tones 304pp PB
` 595.00
The Handbook of Indian Psychology is an attempt to explore the concepts, methods and models of psychology systematically from the above perspective. The Handbook is the result of the collective efforts of more than thirty leading international scholars with interdisciplinary backgrounds. In thirty-one chapters, the authors depict the nuances of classical Indian thought, discuss their relevance to contemporary concerns, and draw out the implications and applications for teaching, research and practice of psychology.
PSYCHOLOGY Development of Geocentric Spatial Language and Cognition An Eco-cultural Perspective
Pierre R. Dasen & Ramesh C.Mishra
Egocentric spatial language uses coordinates in relation to our body to talk about small-scale space (‘put the knife on the right of the plate and the fork on the left’), while geocentric spatial language uses geographic coordinates (‘put the knife to the east, and the fork to the west’). How do children learn to use geocentric language? And why do geocentric spatial references sound strange in English when they are standard practice in other languages? This book studies child development in Bali, India, Nepal, and Switzerland and explores how children learn to use a geocentric frame both when speaking and performing non-verbal cognitive tasks (such as remembering locations and directions). The authors examine how these skills develop with age, look at the socio-cultural context in which the learning takes place, and explore the ecological, cultural, social, and linguistic conditions that favor the use of a geocentric frame of reference.
K. Ramakrishna Rao is currently Chairman of the Indian Council of Philosophical Research and President of the Institute for Human Science and Service, Vishakhapatnam. Anand C. Paranjpe is the Emeritus Professor of Psychology at the Simon Fraser University in Canada. Ajit K. Dalal is the Professor of Psychology at the University of Allahabad. 9788175966024
Pierre R. Dasen is Professor Emeritus in the Faculty of Psychology and Educational Sciences at the University of Geneva, Switzerland. Ramesh C. Mishra is Professor in the Department of Psychology at the Banaras Hindu University, Varanasi, India. 9781107008335
408pp
HB
Indian psychology is a distinct psychological tradition rooted in the native Indian ethos. It manifests in the multitude of practices prevailing in the Indian subcontinent for centuries. Unlike the mainstream psychology, Indian psychology is not overwhelmingly materialist-reductionist in character. It goes beyond the conventional thirdperson forms of observation to include the study of first-person phenomena such as subjective experience in its various manifestations and associated cognitive phenomena. It does not exclude the investigation of extraordinary states of consciousness and exceptional human abilities. The quintessence of Indian nature is its synthetic stance that results in a magical bridging of dichotomies such as natural and supernatural, secular and sacred, and transactional and transcendental. The result is a psychology that is practical, positive, holistic and inclusive.
` 995.00
77
668pp
HB
` 1495.00
WILDLIFE The Asian Elephant in Captivity A Field Study
Fred Kurt & Marion E. Garai
EDUCATION
Today, one out of three Asian elephants lives in captivity. Although captive elephants have existed since 3,500 years, they have never been domesticated. During the last few decades the life of the captive elephants brought to temples, cities and tourist resorts have become more miserable than it was while they lived in jungle camps. In order to improve the situation, the living conditions of captive elephants must be changed fundamentally, i.e. they should lead a life under more natural conditions. The lack of fundamental knowledge about wild elephants induces anthropocentric actions and argumentation, but is of little help to the captive elephants.
Politics of Minority Educational Institutions Law and Reality in the Subcontinent
Tahir Mahmood (ed)
This book provides data on ecology and behaviour of captive elephants in relation to their wild conspecifics. They stem from a recent research project of the authors and their coworkers in Sri Lanka and also from a number of their studies on wild and captive elephants in Sri Lanka, South India, Myanmar and South Africa as well as in several European zoos and circuses. Aspects of social behaviour, reproduction and musth as well as stereotypical behaviour, sleep and tool-use of wild and captive elephants are described. Finally, recommendations on how to improve the living conditions of captive elephants are also added.
Tahir Mahmood is a reputed legal scholar. 9788188861033
Gods in Chains Rhea Ghosh
HB
The Boatman A Memoir of Same-Sex Love
John Burbidge
` 895.00
The book hopes to highlight the conditions of captive elephants, as they are currently used and kept in India. Initially started as an informal documentation, Gods in Chains later expanded to become a ‘handbook of sorts’, for anyone wanting to know more of the reality behind the veil of glamour and majesty of the captive pachyderm, especially in temple rituals and festival processions. The often troubled and complex relationship with their only companion, the ‘mahout’, is also a story of pathos and heartbreak for a deeply social and communityminded animal.
NEW
239pp
HB
` 495.00
The six years Burbidge spent in India in the 1980s as a community development volunteer changed him in many ways, but one stands out from all the rest. It led him to confront a deeply personal secret – his attraction to his own sex. After taking the plunge with masseurs on a Bombay beach, he found himself on a rollercoaster ride of sexual adventuring that went from abstinence to addiction in two actionpacked years. A complicating factor in his journey of self-discovery was the tightly knit community in which he lived and worked, with its highly regimented schedule and minimal privacy that forced him to live a double life. There was also his fraught relationship with his mother. Written with honesty, passion and great personal integrity, The Boatman is a bold and fascinating account of the challenges, frustrations and fulfilment of finding love and selfhood in India. It is also an intense and intimate exploration of city life as we don’t often know it. Revealing his love affair for India and his deep attraction for its young men, John’s story shows us how, when we dare to immerse ourselves in culture radically different from our own, we may discover parts of ourselves we never knew existed. John Burbidge was communications director for an international NGO engaged in community and organizational development for many years, before becoming an independent writer/editor. He lives with his husband in Washington State, USA.
Rhea Ghosh has travelled extensively in India and Africa visiting animal sanctuaries and welfare organisations. 9788175962859
HB
GENDER STUDIES
Dr. Marion E. Garai is the founder of the Elephant Management & Owners AssociationEMOA - in South Africa and has been its Chairperson for the past 12 years. She is also the Chairperson of the Space for Elephants Foundation (SEF) since 2005. 360pp
304pp
IMPRINTONE
Dr. Fred Kurt is involved in the First European Elephant Management School and the European Elephant Group.
9788175963580
The right of the minorities to establish and administer educational institutions of their choice guaranteed by the Constitution of India has from the very beginning been entangled in a labyrinth of political vicissitudes and changing judicial attitudes. The resulting uncertainties in this matter have had the effect of perpetuating tremendous inequalities in respect of literacy and education between various sections of the Indian citizenry. This anthology examines in depth the constantly changing rulebook and the persisting realities relating to the educational rights and institutions of the minorities. Having its focus on India, with a view to providing a comparative perspective it includes some articles and inputs on trends in Pakistan, Bangladesh, UK and USA.
` 1295.00
9789382579007
240pp
HB
YODA PRESS
78
` 350.00
We Also Made History Women in the Ambedkarite Movement
Urmila Pawar & Meenashi Moon
Originally published in Marathi in 1989, this contemporary classic details the history of women’s participation in Dr. B. R. Ambedkar’s Dalit movement for the first time. Focusing on the involvement of women in various Dalit struggles since the early twentieth century, the book goes on to consider the social conditions of Dalit women’s lives, daily religious practices and material rules, the practice of ritual prositution, and women’s issues. Drawing on diverse sources including periodicals, records of meetings, and personal correspondence, the later half of the book is composed of interviews with Dalit women activists from the 1930s. These firs-hand accounts from more than forty Dalit women make the book an invaluable resource for students of caste, gender, and politics in India. A rich store of material for historians of the Dalit movement and gender studies in India, We also Made History remains a fundamental text of the modern women’s movement.
Cartographies of Empowerment The Mahila Samakhya Story Vimala Ramachandran & Kameshwari Jandhyala (eds)
The writers explore broad gender issues grounded within the field experience of Mahila Samakhya, providing insights into the workings of the programme at different levels, its conceptual challenges, strategic choices, the opportunities and pitfalls of partnership with government and above all the willingness of poor women to come together voluntarily to address and overcome gender barriers.
Urmila Pawar, Marathi writer who has published several short story collections. Meenakshi Moon, close associate of B. R. Ambedkar. 9789383074938
698pp
PB
Vimala Ramachandran is currently National Fellow at the National University for Educational Planning and Administration (NUEPA), New Delhi.
` 795.00
ZUBAAN
Landscapes of Fear Understanding Impunity in India
Patrick Hoenig & Navsharan Singh (eds)
Kameshwari Jandhyala, Director with ERU Consultants Pvt. Ltd., has had a long association with Mahila Samakhya as Director in Andhra Pradesh, member of the national team and subsequently as member of the National Resource Group.
Drawing on the findings of a comparative research project, this volume tackles a set of intricate questions about the workings of impunity in India. Why does the world’s largest democracy condone systematic violations of human rights in its periphery? How do victims of abuse and survivors of sexual violence end up being denied justice? What do those on the margins – those with the wrong sex, wrong identity markers, wrong political leanings – tell us about violence by state and non-state actors?
9789381017210
Negotiating Adolescence in Rural Bangladesh A Journey through School, Love and Marriage
Nicoletta Del Franco
Patrick Hoenig has been Visiting Professor at the Academy of International Studies, Jamia Millia Islamia, New Delhi from 2006 to 2012. Navsharan Singh is a feminist researcher and is associated with democratic rights movements in India. 9789383074938
714pp
PB
520pp
HB
` 695.00
ZUBAAN
Bringing together senior academics, civil society leaders and fresh voices from the regions, the volume offers analysis – contextual, structural and gendered – and breaks new conceptual ground on the underbelly of ‘India Shining’. The volume contains testimonies that were collected during fieldwork in four Indian states.
NEW
Mahila Samakhya is as much a story of a government programme for women’s education and empowerment, as it is of the celebration of the struggles of poor women for their rights. Spread across eight states and more than 150 districts in India, the Mahila Samakhya programme grew out of a unique partnership between the women’s movement and the government. In this collection of essays, concerned scholars from different parts of India chart Mahila Samakhya’s fascinating journey of setting up poor women’s collectives and women’s agency in establishing an equal space and voice in the public domain – a radical departure from the more common approaches of organizing women around economic concerns.
Negotiating Adolescence in Rural Bangladesh interrogates the experience of being young and becoming adult in rural Bangladesh, in a context of profound processes of socio economic change. Throughout South Asia, new educational opportunities and an increase in the age at which girls and boys get married are opening new spaces for young people to live the passage to adulthood. This book documents and describes the everyday reality of this changing gendered transition for young people in a rural area of South West Bangladesh. It focuses on three main areas that are central to young people’s experience: those of college and student life, friendships and relationships with those of the same sex and across sexes, and marriage and the issues involved in the choice of a marriage partner. Nicoletta Del Franco is a researcher with a long-term engagement in Bangladesh where she has worked with NGOs since 1994.
` 795.00
ZUBAAN
9789381017173
290pp ZUBAAN
79
HB
` 595.00
Transgressing Boundaries The Songs of Shenkottai Avudai Akkal
Kanchana Nataranjan
Neelam Kumar is a Scientist at the National Institute of Science, Technology and Development Studies.
Shenkottai Sri Avudai Akkal, a remarkable eighteenth-century woman saint from Tamil Nadu, was a self-realised advaitin who sang passionately about the ecstasy of spiritual union with the Absolute.
9788175969254
A desolate and stigmatized Brahmin child-widow, she was initiated into Vedanta by the great master Tiruvisainallur Shridhara Venkatesa Ayyawal. Her songs, a radical elision of the metaphysical sublime and personal devotion, are narrated through existential tropes sourced from daily life, and also offer a powerful critique of the oppressive orthodox socio-religious practices of that period.
Patrons of Women Literacy Projects and Gender Development in Rural Nepal
Composed in simple, colloquial Tamil, and bringing hope and solace to women in general and widows in particular for almost three centuries, these songs by Avudai Akkal were preserved within the oral tradition by Brahmin women of Tirunellveli district who sang them on all occasions. The songs were documented in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries and have appeared in many Tamil publications. They appear in English translation for the first time in this book. Each song is accompanied by annotations and themed essays.
Esther Hertzog
Kanchana Natarajan teaches Indian Philosophy at the Department of Philosophy, University of Delhi. 9789381017166
380pp
HB
Studies across Cultures
Neelam Kumar (ed)
HB
` 1295.00
Assuming that women's empowerment would accelerate the pace of social change in rural Nepal, the World Bank urged the Nepali government to undertake a Gender Activities Project within an ongoing long-term waterengineering scheme. The author, an anthropologist specializing in bureaucratic organizations and gender studies, was hired to monitor the project. Analyzing her own experience as a practicing development expert, she shows how the project intended to benefit women, through teaching them literary and agricultural skills, fails to provide them with any of the promised resources. Going beyond the conventional analysis that positions aid givers vis-à-vis powerless victimized recipients, she draws attention to the complexity of the process and the active role played by the Nepalese rural women who pursue their own interests and aspirations within this unequal world. Esther Hertzog is a Social Anthropologist at Beit Berl Academic College, Israel. Her research focuses on bureaucracy and gender relations. She has been involved in feminist activities for more than twenty years and founded a women's NGO, two women's parties, and the Women's Parliament.
` 695.00
ZUBAAN
Gender and Science
354pp
Science has been gender biased for centuries across cultural contexts. Different ideological constructions of gender through different eras have restricted women’s access to science. The twentieth century, especially its second half, witnessed certain important changes in terms of women’s status in society. Gender and Science: Studies across Cultures includes essays by leading academics and researchers from different parts of the world, who discuss gender and science in their society and explore the relevance of gender theories. The book is divided into two broad sections. The first section provides conceptual reflections on gendered science and the second section examines the gender-science relationship using examples from various cultural contexts.
9789382264613
New Lamps for Old? Gender Paradoxes of Political Decentralisation in Kerala
J. Devika & Binitha V. Thampi
This unique volume tries to answer several important questions such as these: • Could science become free from gender biases? • Could gender and science issues go beyond race, class, colonization and social and geographical distinctions? • Are gender and science relations universal as assumed by the ‘ethos of science’ or vary with the culture?
278pp
HB
` 795.00
Based on large number of interviews with women politicians of many generations and women who have entered the three-tier Panchyati Raj institutions since the mid–1990s in Kerala, this book tries to initiate fresh debate on the impact of the large-scale induction of women into the institutions of local selfgovernment in India. The state of Kerala has been hailed as a success story in accommodating gender concerns in local level planning and political decentralization; this conclusion has been based on relatively simple evaluative exercises that ask whether women of diverse backgrounds have gained entry into formal institutions of governance or not. This book seeks to place political decentralization and its possibilities for women within its historical and contemporary contexts. Against the popular assumption that the liberal feminist promise made by the State will be delivered, say, once the noxious influence of male relatives is removed, the book points to the
The book also tries to strike a balance between analyses of the gender dimension of science itself and the role of the wider social, economic and cultural factors. 80
multiple social forces that shape possibilities and hindrances for women, and reshape gender divisions in the political field. The book thus pays attention to women in both local governance and politics. Secondly, it examines how women have utilized, extended, and survived within or subverted these spaces.
Contesting Nation Gendered Violence in South Asia: Notes on the Postcolonial Present
Angana P. Chatterji & Lubna Nazir Chaudhry (eds)
At a time when there is a move to reserve fifty per cent of the seats at the local level for women and there is, simultaneously, considerable skepticism about reservations for women in Parliament, this book offers reflections on both local governance and high politics. J. Devika teaches and researches at the Centre for Development Studies, Thiruvanathapuram, Kerala. Binitha V. Thampi is Assistant Professor at IIT Chennai. 9789381017180
288pp
HB
` 595.00
ZUBAAN
The Fear That Stalks Gender-Based Violence in Public Spaces
Sara Pilot & Lora Prabhu (eds)
Angana P. Chatterji is the Co-founder of the International People’s Tribunal on Human Rights and Justice, Kashmir
What are the underlying causes and consequences of gender-based violence in public spaces? What are its costs in terms of economic losses to society? Who defines what comprises the ‘public’, and why is it that physical spaces meant for the public often end up being the preserve only of men – barred not only to women, but also to the poor, to transgender people, and all those who do not fit the straightjacket of ‘normalcy’? in this book, scholars from different disciplines and activists from the women’s movement come together to explore the causes, nature and implications of gender-based violence in public spaces. They locate gender-based violence within the politics and dynamics of public space, and draw our attention to the commonalities between diverse forms of violence such as sexual harassment, sexual assault, moral policing, ‘honour’ killing, acid throwing, witch hunting, parading naked, tonsuring, rape and homicide.
Lubna Nazir Chaudhry is Associate Professor, Women’s Studies and Human Development at State University of New York, Binghamton 9788189013370
South Asian Feminisms Ania Loomba & Ritty A. Lukose (eds)
` 695.00
During the past forty years, South Asia has been the location and the focus of dynamic, important feminist scholarship and activism. In this collection of essays, prominent feminist scholars and activists build on that work to confront pressing new challenges for feminist theorising and practice.
Their essays attest to the diversity and specificity of South Asian locations and feminist concerns, while also demonstrating how feminist engagements in the region can enrich and advance feminist theorising globally.
Lora Prabhu is the Director & Co-founder of CEQUIN. PB
HB
Examining recent feminist interventions in India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, and Bangladesh, they address feminist responses to religious fundamentalism and secularism; globalisation, labour, and migration; militarisation and state repression; public representations of sexuality; and the politics of sex work.
Sarah Pilot is the Chairperson & Co-founder of the Centre for Equity and Inclusion (CEQUIN).
250pp
432pp ZUBAAN
The essays draw attention to the continuum between ‘public’ and ‘private’, and to the costs of gender-based violence for societies worldwide. The writers offer suggestions for policy changes that can help address these pervasive problems for both women and men.
9789383074723
An innovative collection of essays on events and dynamics across South Asia, this volume addresses how violence marks the present in wars of direct and indirect conquest. Anticolonial struggles that achieved independence to form postcolonial nation-states have consolidated themselves through prodigious violence that defines and disfigures communities and futures. This book examines the very borders such brutality enshrines and its intimate inscriptions upon bodies and memories, examining the performance of gendered violence through the spectacular and in everyday life, through wars, nationalisms and displacements. Women in and of South Asia offer inspired, gendered and contested histories of the discontinuous present, excavating nationmaking and its intersections with projects of militarisation and cultural assertion, modernisation and globalisation, noting how Gujarat, post-9/11 mobilisations, and the war on Afghanistan and Iraq by Empire, signify the rapidity with which brutal events continue to encompass lives and cultures globally.
Ania Loomba is the Catherine Bryson Professor of English at the University of Pennsylvania.
` 495.00
Ritty A. Lukose is Associate Professor at the Gallatin School of Individualized Study at New York University.
ZUBAAN
9789381017807
430pp ZUBAAN
81
HB
` 695.00
An Indian Portia Selected Writings of Cornelia Sorabji 1866 to 1954
Kusoom Vadgama (ed)
Law like Love
Cornelia Sorabji was a social reformer, an author and the first woman to practise law in India and Britain. By the time poor sight ended her work in India she had helped many hundreds of wives, widows and orphans. She also successfully organized a League for Infant Welfare, Maternity and District Nursing.
Queer Perspectives on Law
Arvind Narrain & Alok Gupta (eds)
Her writings provide a priceless and fascinating documentation of one of India’s most outstanding women in nineteenth and twentieth century India and Britain. Her noble career and valuable archives have left behind a heritage to the people of India and their causes. Her really extraordinary life of dedication to public service, evident from her writing and ceaseless hard work, deserves to be acknowledged and publicized. This book achieves both. Kusoom Vadgama is a trustee of the ASHA Centre – an international centre working for peace and understanding. 9788189884765
702pp
HB
` 1200.00
ZUBAAN
With the landmark Delhi High Court victory in July 2009, sexuality and the law entered mainstream, legal and public discourse in India inviting both celebration and resistance. While the July judgement effectively decriminalizes consensual sex among homosexuals, it is more fundamentally an affirmation of the right to love. It challenges both legal and queer histories and begins new conversations on the intersections between bodies, politics, activism, sexuality, identity and law. What does the judgement signify? Does it achieve an integration and mainstreaming or can it enable a wider engagement with social structures? What are the tasks and limits confronting queer politics today? Where do same-sex marriages stand in this scenario? What about extra-legal issues like love, vulnerability, family and one’s own sense of dignity? Critical and reflective, and sometimes even playful and irreverent, this unique and comprehensive collection of essays brings the structures and institutions of law alive, making them shine with relevance in the contemporary moment. Arvind Narrain and Alok Gupta are members of Alternative Law Forum, a collective of lawyers who believe in a political practice of law.
Nine Degrees of Justice New Perspectives on Violence Against Women in India
Bishakha Datta (ed)
From an early focus on rape, dowry and sati, feminist struggles against violence on women in India have traversed a wide terrain to include issues that were invisible in the1980s. In Nine Degrees of Justice, second- and third-generation feminists share their perceptions on violence against women through a series of thoughtprovoking essays that establish that justice for women has not even reached double digit figures (hence nine degrees).
9789380403144
Our Lives, Our Words Telling Aravani Lifestories
Has using the law led to justice for women who face violence? What does ‘justice’ mean for an individual survivor? How can we address violence in public spaces and cyberspace without demonizing either? How do women in armed conflict move from being victims to actors? How can we start to speak about lesbian suicides and violence among women loving women? How do we ensure that women have a ‘right to choose’ when love is seen as a crime? Is prostitution a form of violence against women? What is the violence of stigma? And who is a ‘woman’ deserving representation from the women’s movement?
A Revathi
Bishakha Datta is a non-fiction writer and documentary filmmaker. 9788189884505
364pp
HB
648pp
PB
` 650.00
YODA PRESS
Aravanis or hijras have long been the invisible yet hyper-visible subjects of a societal gaze that reduces them to stereotype. Imagined as often as looked at or talked about, simultaneously revered and cursed, they have, in the process, been refused individual histories, lives and identities, even selves. Yet the community continues to challenge and subvert this view, persistently refusing to allow itself to be shamed or victimized. Some of the greatest recent victories in this ongoing battle for rights have been won in Tamil Nadu, where the government first began to recognise many of the rights of the hijra community. The stories in this volume chronicle, in their own words, the lives of many of the aravanis who were part of this groundbreaking change. These landmark narratives - chronicles of pain and courage, of despair and triumph - are amongst the first accounts of hijra lives to be produced entirely by the members of the community themselves. A. Revathi is an activist and spokesperson for the rights of the aravani community in India.
` 695.00
ZUBAAN
9789380403069
92pp
PB
YODA PRESS
82
` 150.00
Dalit Women Speak Out Caste, Class and Gender Violence in India
Aloysius Irudayam S. J., Jayshree P. Mangubhai & Joel G. Lee
What I Am Today, I Won't Remain Tomorrow
The right to equality regardless of gender and caste is fundamental in India. Yet even the Indian government has acknowledged that institutional forces arrayed against this right are powerful – and, what’s more, that they shape people’s mindsets in a way that encourages them to accept pervasive gender and caste inequality. This is nowhere more apparent than within the caste-segregated localities where Dalit women live.
Conversations With Survivors of Abuse
Nighat M. Gandhi
This volume presents an analytical overview of the complexities of systemic violence that Dalit women face, through an analysis of five hundred narratives by Dalit women from four states. The book joins analysis to excerpts of these narratives, which are then used to illustrate wider trends and patterns, with the goal of bringing attention, and understanding, to the plight of these women. Aloysius Irudayam S.J. is the Programme Director of the Research, Advocacy and Human Rights Education Department in the Institute of Development, Education, Action and Studies (IDEAS). Jayshree P. Mangubhai has been working as Research and Human Rights Associate in the Institute of Development, Education, Action and Studies (IDEAS).
Nighat M. Gandhi is the author of Ghalib at Dusk (2009). She is a Mental Health Counsellor based in Allahabad.
Joel G. Lee was a researcher in the Indian Institute of Dalit Studies, and is currently pursuing graduate studies at Columbia University, New York. 9789386074761 9788189884697
465pp 465pp
PB HB
9788190666831
` 545.00 ` 695.00
Missing: Half the Story Journalism as if Gender Matters
Essays on Women and Media
K. Durga Bhavani & C. Vijayasree (eds)
Kalpana Sharma (ed)
Woman as Spectator and Spectacle: Essays on Women and Media brings together several critical readings on the correlations between media and women’s issues. Based on the papers presented at a National Seminar on ‘Women in/ and Media’ conducted at Osmania University, Hyderabad, this volume deals with issues ranging from the portrayal of women in media to the need for a definitive gender policy for the media.
Toilets, trees and gender? Can there be a connection? Is there a gender angle to a business story? Is gender in politics only about how many women get elected to Parliament?
These are not the questions journalists usually ask when they set out to do their jobs as reporters, sub-editors, photographers or editors. Yet, by not asking, are they missing out on something, perhaps half the story? This is the question this book, edited and written by journalists, for journalists and the lay public interested in media, raises. Through examples from the media, and from their own experience, the contributors explain the concept of gendersensitive journalism and look at a series of subjects that journalists have to cover - sexual assault, environment, development, business, politics, health, disasters, conflict - and set out a simple way of integrating a gendered lens into day-to-day journalism. Written in a nonacademic, accessible style, this book is possibly the first of its kind in India - one that attempts to inject a gender perspective into journalism. Kalpana Sharma is an independent journalist, columnist and media consultant based in Mumbai.
Prof. C. Vijaysree is a Professor in the Department of English, Osmania University, Hyderabad. HB
` 225.00
Why do more women die in natural disasters?
Prof. K. Durga Bhavani is a Professor in the Department of English, Osmania University, Hyderabad.
120pp
PB
Is osteoporosis a women's disease?
The volume explores the role of women both as objects of media representation as well as the producers and consumers of it. The articles interweave the regional and linguistic readings of media texts with global feminist media criticism. Through this, the ramifications of media globalization on women’s issues are analyzed, thus giving voice to specific local developments and their impact on women and media.
9788175967687
164pp
YODA PRESS
ZUBAAN
Woman as Spectator and Spectacle
In conversation with eight women who survived lives of abuse, Nighat M. Gandhi draws attention to the unexpected fact that despite years of suffering, many abuse survivors can and do live enhanced lives and experience personal growth. Once these eight women find the sources of help which enable them to leave the abusive situations they are in, there are significant changes in the women's thoughts, beliefs, and behaviour with respect to gender-based violence. Refreshingly, these eight women are unanimous in their refusal to return to their previously abusive families. They value their newfound independence much more than their previously socially-approved, limiting roles and duties as wives, daughters-in-law and daughters. Most of them report a greater degree of satisfaction and well-being with the new lives they have built. Nighat reflects upon her own 'privileged' status as an educated middle-class woman living in a small town in North India as she records these poignant and empowering encounters with valiant women who confirm that women are thriving and discovering the joys of building new lives when old ones have let them down.
9788189884833
` 695.00
316pp ZUBAAN
83
PB
` 395.00
The Peripheral Centre Voices from India's Northeast
Preeti Gill (ed)
Paradoxes of Empowerment
When Thangjam Manorama was arrested and killed by the Assam Rifles in July 2004 in Manipur, it unleashed a protest the likes of which no one had witnessed before. In some ways, this was one of the triggers for this collection - to provide a space to women and men from the Northeast to tell us about the issues that confronted them daily, to talk about the pressures, the insecurities, the uncertainties confronting them in an area that has been facing low intensity warfare for decades. It is now many years since that incident but it is an image that has stayed in the mind, transformed into an icon of protest in the popular imagination.
Development, Gender and Governance in Neoliberal India
Aradhana Sharma
Aradhana Sharma takes up these questions, focusing on the work of an innovative women's programme called Mahila Samakhya, that is part governmental and part non-governmental and strives to empower those rural Indian women who have been pushed aside. Detailing the awkward ideological articulations and paradoxical outcomes of this unique activistcum-government organisation, Paradoxes of Empowerment fosters a deeper understanding of development and politics in contemporary India.
The anger and the frustrations of the Manipuri women who staged that dramatic protest have in many ways been vindicated. In fact, each essay in this book brings to mind that troubling image, each contributor points to the Manipuri women, holding them up as a flag of rebellion, of protest. Each essay questions issues of nation, identity, of what makes the people of the Northeast so alienated from the 'mainstream.' Many of the contributors are writers, academics or activists from the Northeast but there are many who are, like the editor, 'outsiders.'
Aradhana Sharma is assistant professor of anthropology and feminist studies at Wesleyan University.
This anthology seeks to address the issues and concerns that have emerged as a result of the last three decades (and more) of conflict and violence that has besieged the seven states of India's Northeast. These conflicts have been intense and protracted and have had devastating and long-term effects on local communities. All the articles in this volume are intensely personal responses to what is happening in the Northeast, to the changes and faultlines that are causing enormous rifts in the region. The essays, first person accounts and interviews presents a picture of what it means to live in the 'Northeast'.
9788189884840
408pp
HB
300pp
HB
` 595.00
ZUBAAN
Wish You Were Here Memories of a Gay Life
Sunil Gupta
Preeti Gill is an editor with Zubaan. 9788189013059
Celebratory news features about India's thriving middle-class tells only part of the story of the country's recent economic rise, frequently glossing over the 300 million Indians who live on the margins and struggle to survive under economic liberalization. How do these, cast out of their country's successes, perceive and respond to their position and mobilize against disempowerment?
` 595.00
ZUBAAN
Part of the first rank of a creative ‘migrant’ generation which became increasingly visible on the global visual art scene in the 1980s, Sunil Gupta welds together a new language of aesthetics, art, and politics in his work. Wish You Were Here is more than just a memoir of a life, it is a journey through the creation of a new visual vocabulary that transformed words like diaspora, sexuality, sex, migration, home, AIDS, and disease into images that revealed and provoked other ways of seeing and understanding. Documenting how the intimate and the personal became political in places as different and as similar as Delhi, London, San Francisco and Tilonia, it is a fiercely contemporary work which will define new directions in Indian visual art as well as in ongoing debates about difference and sexuality. Sunil Gupta, renowned contemporary photographer of Indian origin and Canadian citizenship, divides his time between London and Delhi.
9788190666800
4 colour book 120pp HB YODA PRESS
84
` 995.00
Because I Have a Voice Queer Politics in India
Arvind Narrain & Gautam Bhan (eds)
To speak of sexuality, and of same-sex love in particular, in India today is simultaneously an act of political assertion, celebration, defiance and fear. Indeed, in times when the issue of queer sexuality is beginning to find more space in popular representation, as seen in recent Bollywood films and the mainstream media, this groundbreaking collection of writings states boldly and clearly that queer lives and politics are inextricably linked with each other. The words of this anthology are those of the queer community itself, spoken in their own voice, as one and yet as individuals, each of whom has a story to tell, and a view to share.
States of Trauma Gender and Violence in South Asia
Piya Chatterjee, Manali Desai & Parama Roy (eds)
States of Trauma seeks to examine this terrain by staging a set of questions. How are we to think about the moral charge that accrues to violence? What is the relationship between violence and non-violence? In considering the moral and affective economy of violence, how may we speak of the seductions of the idioms and practices of militarism and sexualized violence for women? How are these seductions/ pleasures distinct from those proffered to men, if indeed they are distinct?
Arvind Narain, Alternative Legal Forum. Gautam Bhan is an activist for queer and gender rights, and is based in Delhi. 9788190227223
288pp
PB
` 325.00
YODA PRESS
A Little Book on Men Rahul Roy Fully illustrated by Anupama Chatterjee & Sherna Dastur
Over the last few years there has been an increasing interest in studying masculinities in the south Asian region. Masculinities, the gender system that makes men, remains the least researched pool of darkness of the south Asian reality. We certainly know the obvious — the visible, hegemonic masculinity that bristles and valorously displays its wares but what about various other masculinities, those that remain silent, pushed under and unrecognised. What is the story of these masculinities? How do these masculinities relate with each other? Are they locked in some form of permanent conflict? Why are some forms of masculinity more assertive and more public? How do these masculinities impact on gender relations? Are various forms of masculinities definite, unbreakable, permanent or do they evolve, decay, change and transform with time? This graphic book, a mixed-media production comprising drawings, photographs, text and video frames attempts to frame these questions in a creative and reader-friendly mode.
These are some of the many questions that the essays here – that range from addressing the gendered violence of 1947 to the subalternization of the ‘bandit queen’ Phoolan Devi – seek to address. Piya Chatterjee is Associate Professor of Women’s Studies at the University of California, Riverside. Manali Desai is Lecturer in Sociology at the London School of Economics. Parama Roy is Associate Professor of English at the University of California, Davis. 9788189884116
Codes of Misconduct Regulating Prostitution in Late Colonial Bombay
Ashwini Tambe
Rahul Roy is an independent documentary film maker. 72pp
PB
350pp
HB
` 595.00
ZUBAAN
Drawing on popular culture, socialisation charts used in schools, poetry, personal stories and documentary footage, the book brings together main theories, key concepts and empirical research on masculinities.
9788190363488
In the last couple of decades, violence as an analytic category has loomed large in the historical, literary, and anthropological scholarship of South Asia. The challenge of thinking violence in its gendered incarnations fully and in all its complexity is not only theoretical or critical but also irreducibly ethical and political, given the proliferation of civil wars, pogroms and riots, fundamentalist movements, insurgencies and counterinsurgencies, and new technologies of violence and injury. All of these simultaneously feature and help constitute gendered actors and gendered scripts of violence.
` 225.00
YODA PRESS
This remarkable study focuses on the relationship between forms of prostitution, discourses on law making, and law enforcement practices. Across the 19th and early 20th centuries, the colonial government in Bombay city formulated laws on prostitution that were enormously repetitive. Activities such as soliciting men, pimping and procuring women and girls for prostitution were banned in identical ways in multiple eras. Across the same hundred years, commercial sex grew vast in scale, and Bombay became a node in a transnational sex trade circuit. This book argues that while the expansion of Bombay’s sex trade over the past century might suggest that laws were simply ineffectual, law making was instead a productive process that sustained particular forms of prostitution. In examining this dimension of colonial governance, Tambe evaluates the uses and limits of Foucault’s approach to law and sexuality.
85
politics that inform the choices of the authors to be translated? What is the agency of the translators, and of the archivist, in these cultural productions? What is the role of women translators? These are some of the questions that this book explores.
Ashwini Tambe is Assistant Professor of Women’s Studies and History at the University of Toronto. 9788189884420
180pp
HB
` 395.00
ZUBAAN
Genderscapes Revisioning Natural Resource Management
Sumi Krishna
The book contains insightful essays by some of the best translation scholars in India with an indepth Introduction and an essay by the wellknown writer Ambai on her experience of being translated.
Why does gender bias persist in natural resource management policies and programmes, despite increasing recognition of rural and tribal women’s contribution to conservation and sustainability? Examining this question from the perspective of an academic and a practitioner, Sumi Krishna looks at diverse areas including the socialization of attitudes, the shaping of community ideologies, and the construction of disciplines and research methodologies.
N Kamala is Professor of French at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi and specializes in translation studies. 9788189884680 190pp
Macroeconomics and Gender
Eschewing both conventional and ecofeminist approaches, she advances the novel concept of ‘genderscapes’ to reflect the totality of women’s lifeworlds and revisions natural resource management in complex landscapes. Rich case studies unravel the caring practices of forestdwellers, women’s knowledge of biodiversity, their responsibility for farming and food production. This book probes the instrumental approach of large official programmes that exploit women under the guise of empowerment, as also the potential and limitations of NGO interventions. With fresh insights into policymaking and institutional practices, Sumi Krishna argues that women’s economic and livelihood needs cannot be separated from their sociopolitical interests, and that resource management cannot be transformed without collective struggles for social and gender justice.
Ritu Dewan & K. Seeta Prabhu (eds)
PB
` 595.00
ZUBAAN
Translating Women While women’s language, women’s writings, and Indian Interventions
N Kamala (ed)
` 395.00
It is now widely recognized that gender analysis has both challenged and enriched many of the standard assumptions and concepts that inform economic analysis of different kinds, whether to do with paid work or unpaid work, peasant studies, care labour and many other areas. Despite this, changes in economic policies have been few and far between, and most do not translate into women-friendly economic policies. Nor have the important contributions of women’s studies research to the field of economics – standardly seen as a male discipline – been given its due importance or recognition. This collection of essays by some of the best known academics and practitioners in the fields of economics, women’s studies and development, examine a wide range of areas in which women’s studies has made crucial contributions. They look at the market, the money economy, at development policies, at water rights and at macroeconomic methodologies, in order to address the question of why gender matters. Together they bring new insights and new approaches to the question of how a gender analysis of macroeconomic policies needs to be given wider acceptance and to be integrated into policy and planning.
Sumi Krishna has been President of the Indian Association for Women’s Studies. 97893830574754 476pp
HB
ZUBAAN
Ritu Dewan heads the Centre for Women’s Studies, Department of Economics at the University of Mumbai.
women’s views about the world we live in have all been the focus of much debate and study, this book explores the translation of these experiences and these writings in the context of India, with its multifaceted, multilingual character. If women’s language is different from the patriarchal language that forms the basis of communication in most language communities, what has been the impact of writings from the women’s perspective and how have these writings been translated?
K. Seeta Prabhu works with United Nations Development Programme, India. 9788189884512
242pp ZUBAAN
Indian women writers have been translated into English in the Indian context as well as into other western languages. What are the linguistic and cultural specificities of these literary productions? What is foregrounded and what is erased in these translations? What are the
86
HB
` 595.00
Democratization and Women’s Grassroots Movements Jill M. Bystydzienski & Joti Sekhon (eds)
Waves in the Hinterland
The fall of communist regimes in Eastern Europe and of dictatorships in Latin America brought new attention to democratic movements worldwide. Most interest focused on national activities, electoral politics and the expansion of capitalist markets, and though much has been written about social movements, the connections between women’s grassroots organizations and democratization have been neglected. This book explores how these movements contribute to the expansion of public and private spaces and democratic processes. The sixteen case studies highlight women’s grassroots movements in India, Hong Kong, Singapore, Eritrea, South Africa, Syria, Egypt, El Salvador, Honduras, Poland, Russia, Belgium, Ireland, Canada, the United States (Appalachia), and Australia. They reveal the connections between local political and social action and the growth of democratic processes at state, regional and global levels. The book illustrates how community-based actions, programmes and organizations that empower women contribute to the creation of a civil society and thus enhance democracy.
the journey of a newspaper
Farah Naqvi
Waves in the Hinterland takes you on a journey through women’s lives in feudal Bundelkhand, on dusty pot-holed roads, through caste prejudice, water shortages, police stations, polling booths, and the world of small-town journalism to tell the story of these two unusual newspapers and the women who made them happen. In 1996, Mahila Dakiya won the Chameli Devi Jain Award for excellence in journalism. Khabar Lahariya won the Chameli Devi Jain Award in 2004. Farah Naqvi is a writer, activist and consultant based in Delhi, working on gender rights, minority rights and media-related issues.
Jill M. Bystydzienski is Director of Women’s Studies and Professor of Sociology at Iowa State University.
9788189884567
450pp
HB
Visible Histories Disappearing Women
` 350.00
ZUBAAN
Individuals, Householders, Citizens Family Planning in Kerala
J. Devika
Producing Muslim Womanhood in Late Colonial Bengal
The creation of widespread public consent for family planning in Kerala, which ensured the non-coercive implementation of birth control in Malayali society, has been regarded as no less a jewel in the crown of the ‘Kerala Model’ of social development.
Mahua Sarkar
Mahua Sarkar examines how Muslim women in colonial Bengal came to be more marginalized in nationalist discourse than their Hindu counterparts. She considers how their nearinvisibility, except as victims, underpins the construction of the ideal citizen-subject in late colonial India. She argues that the nationcentredness of history as a discipline, and the intellectual politics of liberal feminism, have together contributed to the production of Muslim women as the oppressed, mute, and invisible ‘other’ of the normative modern Indian subject.
9788189884437
336pp ZUBAAN
J. Devika teaches and researches at the Centre for Development Studies, Thiruvananthapuram, Kerala. HB
` 395.00
Mahua Sarkar is Associate Professor of Sociology, Women’s Studies and Asian and Asian American Studies at Binghampton University, USA.
Devika’s study adds to the new interdisciplinary work on questions traditionally considered native to demography. It employs some of the insights of economists and demographers on Kerala’s demographic transition as entry points for critical historical inquiry into questions of gender and power in contemporary Kerala.
232pp
PB
Drawing on extensive archival research and oral histories, Sarkar traces Muslim women as they surface and disappear in colonial, Hindu, nationalist and liberal Muslim writings. This compelling study concludes by tracing the complex links between past constructions of Muslim women, current representations, and the violence against them in contemporary India.
Individuals, Householders, Citizens reconstructs the history of the generation of such assent to produce a critical examination of this crucial aspect of social development in Kerala. It participates in the ongoing feminist critique of the Kerala Model, seeking to unravel the particular ways in which people were interpellated into the discourse of Family Planning.
9788189884475
168pp
ZUBAAN/ NIRANTAR
Joti Sekhon is Professor of Sociology at Greensboro College, where she is also the coordinator of the International Studies Programme. 9788186706541
Khabar Lahariya, an eight-page newspaper published every fortnight since 2002 from Uttar Pradesh’s Chitrakoot district, covers the news that mainstream media forgot. It is brought out by an all-women team. Most of them are Dalit. Some of them, barely literate. Before Khabar Lahariya these women had also published Mahila Dakiya, a single-page broadsheet from 1993 to 2000.
` 495.00
ZUBAAN
87
HB
` 595.00
Nuns, Yoginis, Saints and Singers Women’s Renunciation in South Asia
Meena Khandelwal, Sondra L. Hausner & Ann Grodzins Gold (eds)
Organising Empire
Vividly showcasing new ethnographic research on extraordinary South Asian women who have abandoned worldly life for spiritual pursuits, the contributors to this collection offer feminist insights into Jain, Buddhist, Hindu, Baud and Bon ascetic traditions. With intimate narratives documenting contemporary women’s experiences, contributors explore the lives of women who have renounced involvements such as sex, financial security, kin, and the pursuit of beauty, in favour of higher religious and spiritual ideals. The authors consider the hardships endured by women committed to religious paths more commonly taken by men and warn against any easy romanticization of these women’s lives. At the same time, the book offers a refreshing antidote to the relentless image of South Asian women as dependent on male kin and defined by their sexual and procreative roles.
Individualism, Collective Agency & India
Purnima Bose
Meena Khandelwal is Assistant Professor of Anthropology and Women’s Studies at the University of Iowa.
From a historically grounded, feminist perspective, Bose offers four case studies, each of which illuminates a distinct individualizing rhetorical strategy. She looks at the parliamentary debates on the Amritsar Massacre of 1919, in which several hundred unarmed Indian protestors were killed; Margaret Cousin’s firsthand account of feminist organizing in Ireland and India; Kalpana Dutt’s memoir of the Bengali terrorist movement of the 1930s, which was modeled in part on Irish anti-colonial activity; and the popular histories generated by ex-colonial officials and their wives.
Sondra L. Hausner is a Lecturer in Anthropology at Oxford. Ann Grodzins Gold is Professor of Religion and Anthropology and Director of the South Asian Centre at Syracuse University. 9788189884345
392pp
HB
Organizing Empire critically examines how concepts of individualism functioned to support and resist British imperialism in India. Through readings of British colonial and Indian nationalist narratives that emerged in parliamentary debates, popular colonial histories, newsletters, memoirs, biographies, and novels, Purnima Bose investigates the ramifications of reducing collective activism to individual intentions. Paying particular attention to the construction of gender, she shows that ideas of individualism rhetorically and theoretically bind colonials, feminists, nationalists, and neocolonials to one another. She demonstrates how reliance on ideas of the individual - as scapegoat or hero enabled colonial and neocolonial powers to deny the violence that they perpetrated. At the same time, she shows how analyses of the role of the individual provide a window into the dynamics and limitations of state formations and feminist and nationalist resistance movements.
` 595.00
ZUBAAN
Purnima Bose is Associate Professor of English at Indiana University.
With Respect to Sex Negotiating Hijra Identity in South India
Gayatri Reddy
In an important, intimate, rich and eminently readable ethnography, Gayatri Reddy creates a portrait of a community of hijras in Hyderabad that suggests that one cannot see hijras simply through the lens of gender and sexual difference because that is not how hijras understand themselves. Tracing their presence from an era of Hyderabadi royal patronage to the shifting social and cultural landscapes of modernity and nationalism and finally to contemporary neoliberalism, Reddy shows the ever-changing, complicated and multi-faceted matrix of class, caste, religion, and regional identities and practices that underlie hijra understandings of both their identity and their difference. At stake, she says, are questions of nationalism, citizenship, identity, religion, class, sex, and economics.
9788189884017
328pp
PB
HB
` 495.00
ZUBAAN
Specters of Mother India The Global Restructuring of an Empire
Mrinalini Sinha
Gayatri Reddy is assistant professor of anthropology and gender and women’s studies at the University of Illinois at Chicago. 9788190363464
289pp
A huge international controversy followed the 1927 publication of Mother India, an expose written by American journalist Katherine Mayo. Mother India provided graphic details of a variety of social ills in India, especially those related to the status of women and to the particular plight of the country’s child wives. The book was translated into more than a dozen languages, and it was reviewed in virtually every major publication on five continents. Mrinalini Sinha traces the controversy surrounding Mother India, explaining how the uproar became a catalyst for far-reaching changes, including a reconfiguration of the relationship between the political and social spheres in colonial India. Mrinalini Sinha is Associate Professor of History and Women’s Studies at Penn State University.
` 395.00
YODA PRESS
9788189884000
372pp ZUBAAN
88
HB
` 595.00
Marketing Reproduction Political Rhetoric and Gender Policy in India
Rachel Simon-Kumar
At one level, Marketing Reproduction deconstructs the Reproductive and Child Health policy (RCH) revealing the layers of meaning embedded in the state’s gender rhetoric. But Simon-Kumar’s analysis grapples with wider contemporary issues – the construction of women, citizenship and reproduction in neoliberal India, and the de-politicisation of feminism as gender is mainstreamed into the state.
Knowing Our Rights Women, Family, Laws and Customs in the Muslim World
Women Living Under Muslim Laws
Rachel Simon-Kumar is a policy researcher in the New Zealand public sector and lectures at the School of Government, Victoria University, Wellington, New Zealand.
9788189013028
270pp
HB
Knowing Our Rights is designed as a tool for activists engaged in lobbying and advocacy related to Muslim women’s rights within the family, at the policy level and in communities. It covers twenty-six topics relevant to marriage and divorce, including the status of children (paternity and adoption) and child custody and guardianship. It is unique in providing a userfriendly, cross-comparative analysis of the diversities and commonalities of laws and customs across the Muslim world. Women Living Under Muslim Laws (WLUML) is an international support network, formed in 1984, in response to situations that required urgent action, related to Islam, laws and women.
` 395.00
9788186706695
ZUBAAN
Flowing Upstream Empowering Women Through Water Management Initiatives in India
Sara Ahmad (ed)
The History of Doing An Illustrated Account of Movements for Women’s Rights and Feminism in India, 1800-1990
Radha Kumar
Sara Ahmad is presently based in Ahmedabad where she works closely with a number of NGOs on gender-inclusive, rights-based approaches to livelihood security. 272pp
PB
` 650.00
ZUBAAN
The case studies illustrate that the process of negotiating change of ‘flowing upstream’ is indeed messy, complicated and complex. Emerging insights while located in a specific socio-economic, political and cultural context provide a menu of essential but not necessarily sufficient, ingredients towards a strategy for mainstreaming gender and equity rights in water management. Together, the cases raise important questions on the social construction of water policy in India, the gendered structure of facilitating organizations, networking and the role of learning in developing accountable and socially inclusive governance mechanisms for managing our natural resources.
9788175962620
360pp
HB
A thematic history of the women’s movement in India both before and after independence, this book covers the period from the nineteenth century to the present day. It looks at how women’s issues were raised, initially by men and as part of the movements for social reform, and then with the involvement of women in the nationalist movement, by women themselves. Using photographs, old and new documents, excerpts from letters, books and informal writings, the author documents the growing involvement of women and the formation of the early women’s organizations; she examines the foregrounding of the ‘women’s issue’ during the reform and nationalist movements and its subsequent disappearance from the agenda of public debate until the post independence period of the Sixties and Seventies when it surfaces again. Radha Kumar is Senior Fellow and Director of the project on Ethnic Conflict, Partition and PostConflict Reconstruction at the Council on Foreign Relations, New York.
` 595.00
FOUNDATION BOOKS/ CENTRE FOR ENVIRONMENT EDUCATION
9788185107769
204pp
PB
` 495.00
ZUBAAN
The Unheard Scream Reproductive Health and Women’s Lives in India
Mohan Rao (ed)
This revelatory collection of essays by journalists explores a range of issues - from the quinacrine sterilization scandal, to the rip-off that is the assisted reproduction industry, to the declining age of marriage among Muslim girls in Malabar. Winners of the Panos Reproductive Health Media Fellowship, these journalists reveal how issues in women’s health are deeply imbricated in the lives of Indian women.
Poster Women A Visual History of the Women’s Movement in India
Mohan Rao teaches at the Centre of Social Medicine and Community Health, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.
9788189884536 9788186706701
320pp 320pp
PB HB
` 350.00 ` 400.00
Poster Women is an archive of over 1500 posters from the Indian Women’s Movement, collected over an 18 month period from all over India. Put together by Zubaan, this unique archive demonstrates the dynamism, richness and variety of this important movement. Spanning the period from the 70s to the present day, the collection is divided into a number of key campaigns that cover areas such as violence, health, political participation, the environment, religion and communalism, literacy, rights and marginalization. Also included are posters on different themes such as the use of the goddess metaphor, or the marking of particular days that are important to the movement. The collection has been sourced from over 200 groups all over the country. 9788189013813
ZUBAAN
146pp ZUBAAN
89
PB
` 695.00
Speech and Silence Literary Journeys by Gujarati Women
Rita Kothari (ed)
This anthology is not only about what Gujarati women speak, but also what they don’t. In a state that registers increasing cases of violence against women, what kind of truths does its literature embody?
Matrilineal Communities, Patriarchal Realities
If malestream writing in Gujarat seldom mirrors its everyday truths, do the women risk unpleasantness? Kothari’s introduction builds upon such premises and leads the reader to a trajectory of women writers from the beginning of the twentieth century to the present day, starting with the journal entries of a dancer at the end of the nineteenth century, to the journal entries of an academic woman at the end of the twentieth century. The wide range of stories and fictional excerpts show how Gujarati women inhabit their fictional worlds.
Kanchana N. Ruwanpura
Rita Kothari teaches at St. Xavier’s College, Ahmedabad. 9788186706985
300pp
PB
Kanchana N. Ruwanpura, is an Assistant Professor at Hobart & William Smith Colleges, USA and will soon be taking up an appointment as Lecturer at the School of Geography, University of Southampton, England.
` 195.00
ZUBAAN
Atlas of Women and Men in India Saraswati Raju, Peter J. Atkins, Naresh Kumar & Janet G. Townsend (eds)
In rejecting falsely homogenizing accounts of women’s lives, feminist economists have, in recent years, unlocked the multiple ways in which gendered relations of dominance and subordination are maintained. One of the key differences they have turned their attention to is ethnicity. This study of Muslim, Sinhala and Tamil households, in Sri Lanka examines both the commonality of patriarchal structures and economic problems in such households, as well as the differences created by the ethnicities that divide them. The author looks at the nature and reliability of kinship support for female heads and the reciprocal obligations in terms of female propriety and conventional conduct extracted from female heads. She questions development policies premised on the patriarchal household and argues for a recognition of diversity and complexity.
9788189013042
This compilation of almost 100 maps is put together using data from the 1991 Census of India. The Atlas maps a regional geography of women and men, using indicators as diverse as literacy, education, voting patterns, cultural groupings, fertility rates, workforce participation etc. The aim is to provide information based on Census data which can help demonstrate the diversity of women’s lives in India, and to provide it in such a way that readers/users can link one set of facts with another, to look at what kinds of patterns emerge.
253pp
HB
` 395.00
ZUBAAN
Playing with Fire Feminist Thought and Activism Through Seven Lives in India
Sangtin Writers: Anupamlata, Ramsheela, Reshma Ansari, Richa Nagar, Richa Singh, Shashi Vaish, Shashibala, Surbala & Vibha Bajpayee
In foregrounding women, the Atlas poses – implicitly – some key questions: how are knowledge and information constructed and communicated? Why has geography, for example, been so silent on the contribution of women to society? What kind of layers of knowledge and information do we need to unpeel before we arrive at some information about the silent contributors - women. Saraswati Raju is Associate Professor of Social Geography based at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.
Playing with Fire is a chorus where nine voices from varied socio-political locations selfreflexively merge themselves to articulate the nuanced intersections of caste, class, gender, religion and socio-spacial location, and their centrality in understanding women’s empowerment, NGO activism, and the politics of knowledge production. Seven of these voices belong to Anupamlata, Ramsheela, Reshma Ansari, Shashibala, Shashi Vaish, Surbala and Vibha Bajpayee – village level NGO activists from diverse caste and religious backgrounds, who have worked as mobilizers in seventy villages of Sitapur district in India. These women form an alliance with each other; with Richa Singh, a district-level NGO activist; and with Richa Nagar, a teacher at the University of Minnesota to highlight key moments of a collective intellectual and political journey.
Peter Atkins is a geographer based at Durham University. Naresh Kumar is an expert in computer cartography based at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.
9788189013684
ZUBAAN
Janet Townsend is a geographer based at Durham University. 9788185107943
131pp
HB
214pp
` 1200.00
ZUBAAN
90
HB
` 395.00
India’s Rise as a Space Power
CULTURE STUDIES
U. R. Rao
Reception of English Cultural Responses in Telugu Documents
M. Sridhar
Reception of English: Cultural Responses in Telugu Documents is a collection of various text types written in English by Telugu writers along with English translations of Telugu texts. The documents included in this collection span over two hundred years of the Telugu-English interface with the earliest dating back to 1825 and the most recent to 2006 and cover a wide range of selections from autobiography, personal/ historical essays, official reports, creative writing and criticism. This study attempts to record the responses of the Telugu people to the British – their rule, the introduction of the study of English, English manners, English culture, etc. Unlike most academic enterprises that study the interface between Indian languages and English that tend to focus on the influence of English on Indian languages, the documents compiled here represent different degrees of accommodation, incorporation and rejection of colonial culture.
U. R. Rao is Chairman, Governing Council of the Physical Research Laboratory, Ahmedabad. 9789382993483
M. Sridhar teaches English at the University of Hyderabad. 9788175965928
142pp
HB
India Science and Technology Volume 2
` 595.00
CSIR NISTADS
SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY & ENVIRONMENT Water in the Coming Decades Policy and Governance Issues in India
Kamta Prasad
NEW
India has a surface and ground water irrigation potential of nearly 100 million hectares, which has made it a country with the largest irrigated area in the world. This book deals with the policy and governance issues in relation to management as well as development of water resources in India. Taking a holistic approach, it makes a critical review of the state of the art concerning most of the important aspects of the water sector and comes forward with practical suggestions to improve the system further. The perspective of this book is mainly social, economic and institutional and not technological.
HB
HB
` 695.00
In the modern globalized world, the economic development of a country is premised on its ability to develop, adapt and harness its potential to innovate. Most of the governments in developing and emerging economies, including India, are proactive in initiating policies that would promote a culture of innovation. India: Science & Technology, Volume 2 intends to identify the nature and extent of innovative activities in the country and the lacunae in the innovation support mechanism. It also suggests suitable S&T interventions in the policy matrix in order that India could come to the forefront in innovation activities. The book discusses following themes: • S&T and Human Resources • Innovation Support System • S&T and Industry • S&T Outputs and Patents • Rural Development and S&T Strategies
Salient features • Analysis of scenario of S&T education in India • Analysis of organizational arrangement for promotion of technological innovation • Facets of innovation activities in the realm of manufacturing and service sector • Nature of innovation activities in MSME sector • Intensity of knowledge creation and utilization • S&T strategy for poverty alleviation • S&T strategies for agri/farm-based livelihoods • S&T strategies for non-farm/rural industrial development
Kamta Prasad is chairman at the Institute for Resource Management and Economic Development, Delhi. 446pp
228pp
While the content and approach of these themes differs, innovation occupies the centre stage in each of these themes.
While the book focuses on India, the issues discussed and their implications are relevant to a greater part of the world, specially the developing world. The book would be useful for researchers, administrators, policy-makers and those interested in water resources in India and elsewhere.
9789382993698
With the successful launch of indigenous satellites and spacecrafts including Chandryaan-1, India has achieved its stature as a space power. This book describes the journey of space research in India and its evolution from a nascent republic to a respectable name in the field of space science. It documents in detail the development of India’s first spacecraft Aryabhata and the subsequent remote sensing and communications satellites. It also provides an account of the development of Satellite Launch Vehicles (SLVs) and associated technologies, namely propulsion, material sciences, rocket launching stations and cryogenics technology. Written with great lucidity by one of the premier space scientists of India, it is an ideal read for those interested in the history of India’s emergence as a space power.
CSIR–NISTADS was set up by CSIR in 1981 to undertake research on policy, policy advisory and provide research support to national S&T agencies on science, technology, society and innovation challenges. Over the years, CSIR– NISTADS has emerged as the pioneering research organization in the realms of S&T policy research.
` 895.00
9789382264743 91
600pp
PB
` 3950.00
India Science and Technology Volume 3
CSIR–NISTADS
NEW
Petroleum Pipelines
Policy-makers often come across the question of how progress and investment in science, technology and innovation (STI) can increase employment and upgrade skills and knowledge base in India. The paradox is that while STI has the potential to invent new avenues of economic growth sometimes even with increasing returns, the general forces unleashed by STI displace labour and automate a large part of human skills and knowledge. Such a paradox has a great impact on a country like India which is struggling with the ever-increasing pressure of labour force, unemployment and economic inequality. It is to be noted that the 12th Five Year Plan has made inclusive growth concomitant of employment generation and skill development a top priority.
A Handbook for Onshore Oil and Gas Pipelines
Sanjoy Chanda
This book introduces readers to the field of petroleum pipelines, describes the salient features of a pipeline and discusses how this system is superior to other modes of petroleum transportation. It provides a brief account on different types of fluids transported through pipelines and highlights their properties that affect pipeline design. The book details the actual design of a pipeline – from route selection, hydraulic, mechanical and other aspects of design and engineering. It also describes the operation and maintenance procedures required in the pipeline system to run at a level of efficiency equivalent to its design efficiency.
In this context, India: Science and Technology, Volume 3 focuses on the state of affairs in India through the lens of employment generation, upgradation of skills and several dimensions of the Indian science, technology and innovation (STI). Similar to the earlier reports, the book is organised into four themes: (a) S&T Human Resources, (b) S&T and Industry, (c) S&T Outputs and (d) Rural India: S&T for Skills and Employment. While the content and approach of the four themes differ from each other, employment and skill development and its interlinkage with science, technology and innovation are the important focal points of discussion.
Key features • Covers design and engineering of pipelines • Discusses deployment of personnel and construction equipment • Deals with pre-commissioning and commissioning of pipelines • Examines corrosion of steel pipelines running underground • Describes in detail the operation and maintenance procedures
CSIR–NISTADS was set up by CSIR in 1981 to undertake research on policy, policy advisory and provide research support to national S&T agencies on science, technology, society and innovation challenges. Over the years, CSIR– NISTADS has emerged as the pioneering research organization in the realm of S&T policy research. 9789384463045
600pp
PB
Petroleum pipelines ensure the sustained availability of petroleum products all across the country. Pipelines transport petroleum products in a safe and efficient manner from refineries to demand areas. They also transport crude oil from import terminals as well as domestic sources to the inland refineries. India, being a developing nation, has a large network of petroleum pipelines. Economic growth and expansion of infrastructure in this country offer opportunities to better utilize the existing pipeline network. The construction of new pipelines extends this network further.
Sanjoy Chanda is an independent consultant in the field of pipeline engineering. His professional career spans over 45 years.
` 4000.00
9789382264583
92
238pp
HB
` 895.00
Environmental Valuation in South Asia A. K. Enamul Haque, M. N. Murty & Priya Shyamsundar (eds)
The volume includes chapters that address the tsunami’s geo-environmental impact on coastal ecosystems and groundwater systems. There are also other chapters that offer socio-cultural perspectives on religious power relations in South India and suggest ways to improve the government agencies’ response systems for natural disasters.
Environmental Valuation in South Asia is about understanding the value of environmental services in South Asia. The book provides an overview of different environmental problems in South Asia and examines how economic valuation techniques can be used to assess these problems. It offers robust evidence of the economic benefits of resource conservation and identifies costs associated with a decline in environmental quality as South Asian economies grow. It brings together multiple case studies on valuation undertaken by economists and environmental scientists from Bangladesh, India, Pakistan, Nepal and Sri Lanka under the aegis of the South Asian Network for Development and Environmental Economics (SANDEE).
Pradyumna P. Karan is the University Research Professor in the Department of Geography, University of Kentucky. S Subbiah is the Professor Emeritus of Geography and Director of the Centre for Japanese Studies and Research at the University of Madras, India.
A unique feature of the book is its exposition of the use of environmental and economic data and analytical techniques under circumstances where data are difficult to obtain. This book addresses the challenges of valuing environmental changes that are unique to developing countries. Each chapter starts with a description of an environmental problem and the valuation strategy used, followed by a discussion of estimation methods and results.
9788175968998
Crustal Evolution and Metallogeny in India Sanjib Chandra Sarkar & Anupendu Gupta
A. K. Enamul Haque is Professor of Economics at United International University, Dhaka, Bangladesh.
Priya Shyamsundar is Program Director for the South Asian Network for Environment and Development Economics, Kathmandu, Nepal.
The Indian Ocean Tsunami The Global Response to a Natural Disaster
Pradyumna P. Karan & Shanmugam P. Subbiah (eds)
505pp
HB
HB
` 895.00
Crustal Evolution means the changes that the Earth’s crust has gone through the geologic past as the effects of changes in the mantle-crust system, the atmosphere, the hydrosphere and the biosphere. Metallogeny is the genesis of metallic mineral deposits. Both the terms are used in the book in their conventional sense, but in the context of India. The book is the first of its kind to document in detail the nature, origin and evolution of Indian mineral deposits in the context of local and regional geology. The latter incorporates an evolutionary history of the mantle-crust system, the atmosphere, the hydrosphere and the biosphere and interactions thereof. The uniqueness of the book lies in that it combines both metallogeny and crustal evolution that were otherwise treated as stand-alone topics.
M. N. Murty specializes in Public Economics and Environmental and Resource Economics. He is a retired Professor from the Institute of Economic Growth, New Delhi, India.
9781107007147
322pp
` 895.00
The book synthesises crustal evolution in India, and discusses metallogeny in that context. The exhaustive chapters carry numerous and detailed case studies describing the distribution and occurrence of ores and provides an up-todate review of all these, keeping in view the world scenario. Throughout the book, the text is supported by a large number of photographs, figures, maps and tables.
On December 26, 2004, a massive tsunami triggered by an underwater earthquake struck the coasts of Thailand, Indonesia, Sri Lanka, and certain other countries along the Indian Ocean. With casualties as far away as Africa, the aftermath was overwhelming: ships could be spotted miles inland; cars floated in the ocean; legions of the unidentified dead – an estimated 225,000 – were buried in mass graves; relief organizations struggled to reach rural areas and provide adequate aid for survivors.
Sanjib Chandra Sarkar retired as Head, Department of Geological Sciences, Jadavpur University, India. Anupendu Gupta retired as Deputy Director General of Geological Survey of India, a premier geological body.
Shortly after this disaster, researchers from around the world travelled to the region’s most devastated areas, observing and documenting the impact of the tsunami. ‘The Indian Ocean Tsunami: The Global Response to a Natural Disaster’ offers the first analysis of the response and recovery effort. Editors Pradyumna P. Karan and S. Subbiah, employing an interdisciplinary approach, have assembled an international team of top geographers, geologists, anthropologists, and political scientists to study the environmental, economic, and political effects of the 2004 Indian Ocean tsunami.
375 illustrations/ graphs/half-tones 9781107007154 914pp HB ` 1950.00
93
Water Governance Water Governance in Motion: Towards Socially and Environmentally Sustainable Water Laws in Motion focuses on the work undertaken by International Towards Socially and Environmentally Sustainable Water Laws
Dr Philippe Cullet, Dr Alix Gowlland-Gualtieri, Roopa Madhav & Dr Usha Ramanathan (eds)
Himalayan Degradation Colonial Forestry and Environmental Change in India
Environmental Law Research Centre IELRC on water law reforms in India. It seeks to provide a broader understanding of the conceptual framework informing existing water law and ongoing reforms.
Dhirendra Datt Dangwal
The book is divided into two parts. The first part critically analyses the context of international law for water reforms and the second part discusses the multifaceted aspects of water sector reforms in India. It assembles in one volume the contributions made by a broad range of scholars working on various law and policy issues arising in the context of water sector reforms in India. The contributions have been specifically selected in order to address the wide range of issues including water distribution to households, irrigation, industrial use and wastewater treatment. These questions are dealt with from a range of perspectives including human rights, environment, agriculture, development and trade.
The introduction of ‘scientific forestry’ in the late nineteenth century transformed forests into a profitable resource for commercial purposes. Forests were overexploited, which resulted in wider ecological changes in the Himalaya. Underlining the centrality of forests and mountain resources to the livelihood and culture of the people of Uttarakhand, the book subjects the notion of sustainable management of forests to close scrutiny. Dhirendra Datt Dangwal is currently an Assistant Professor in the Department of History, Himachal Pradesh University, Shimla.
Dr Phillippe Cullet is a Reader in Law at the School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London.
9788175966314
Dr Alix Gowlland-Gualtieri is a Research Fellow at IELRC. Roopa Madhav worked on the Indo-Swiss water law research partnership from 2006 to 2008.
Forest Policy and Ecological Change
Dr Usha Ramanathan is an internationally recognized expert on law and poverty. 9788175966345
On Disasters in India Anu Kapur
570pp
HB
Hyderabad State in Colonial India
` 895.00
S. Abdul Thaha
On Disasters in India is a comprehensive compilation of extensive research on disasters in India. It unfolds the pitfalls in research so far and insists on a fresh paradigm in the methodology for accessing research on disasters. The book reconstructs a researchscape and examines the three time periods of study of disasters, namely, the phase of awareness, indifference and recognition. The narrative is built across the colonial, independence and post-globalisation years.
Anu Kapur is Associate Professor of Geography, Delhi School of Economics, University of Delhi. 406pp
HB
336p
HB
` 695.00
Forest Policy and Ecological Change: Hyderabad State in Colonial India is an attempt to highlight the history of forestry in colonial India in the context of the Nizam’s Dominions, popularly called the Hyderabad State. The ownership of forests by the State through administrative authority and its monopoly over the commercial exploitation of forest resources were central to the history of state forestry in the Hyderabad State. Since the government categorized forests into reserved, protected and open forests, the main objective for the forest administration was to conserve the existing forests and exploit them systematically. As in other parts of colonial India, state management of forest resources marked a watershed in the Hyderabad State as well. It was from the second half of the nineteenth century, under the influence of the British, that the State evolved a sustained policy of regulation and exploitation of forest tracts. This new policy of forest management came in the way of people’s access to the forest and its natural resources. This book explains how the State managed the pressures between the conservation of forests on the one hand and commercial exploitation on the other due to agrarian expansion and introduction of railways.
The 4004 references, located, classified and collated figuratively and categorically in the book, form the groundwork for any research pertaining to disasters in India.
9788175966222
Himalayan Degradation: Colonial Forestry and Environmental Change in India questions the recent trend of treating environmental and agrarian concerns as two separate domains. In this aspect, the book goes beyond the existing framework of environmental history that focuses only on the study of state policies and debates over redefining rights and examining protests. The author makes a careful study of the larger rural economy, emphasising the changing significance of pastoralism, trade and foraging in the life of the common people. He links forest degradation and environmental change to socioeconomic transformation.
S. Abdul Thaha is one of the founding directors of Glocal Research and Consultancy Services, a Hyderabad based research and service company that specializes in the study of social development issues. He teaches at the Centre for the Study of Social Exclusion and Inclusive Policy at Maulana Azad National Urdu University, Hyderabad.
` 995.00
9788175966321 94
174pp
HB
` 895.00
Sustainable Development at Risk Ignoring the Past
Joseph H. Hulse
Forest Ecology in India
Over the past half century, the idea of sustainable development has evolved and rooted itself in the lexicon on international development. But what is it, really? Are development agencies truly committed to longterm sustainable solutions to development issues? Are we learning from our past successes and failures? This book takes an historical perspective on these questions.
Colonial Maharashtra 1850-1950
Neena Ambre Rao
The analysis begins with the Atlantic Charter, the creation of the United Nations; its family of agencies, and the international development banks. It reviews recommendations from international commissions and conferences, from World Bank and UNDP development reports. It comments on governmental policies, human and industrial actions detrimental to the planet’s environment and natural resources. It studies the patterns by which biotechnologies essential to human survival and health have progressed over the past 6,000 years, and the consequences of uncontrolled urban growth on food and health security.
392pp
HB
Neena Ambre Rao has taught at various colleges in India and has held faculty position in the Environmental Studies Department, Naropa University Boulder, Colorado, USA.
` 695.00 9788175965492
FOUNDATION BOOKS/ IDRC
Knowledge Systems and Natural Resources Management, Policy and Institutions in Nepal
Hemant R. Ojha, Netra P. Timsina, Ram B. Chhetri & Krishna P. Paudel (eds)
Knowledge Systems and Natural Resources is a unique collection of case studies from Nepal. It provides rich and incisive insights into critical social processes and deliberative governance. The book challenges the dichotomy between traditional and scientific knowledge. It proposes to differentiate among systems of knowledge on the basis of political standing of social actors engaged in natural resource governance. It further proposes that change in governance hinges on how the diverse systems of knowledge come into deliberative interface and to what extent the unequal distribution of power and knowledge resources in society constrain the process of deliberation.
Dew Harvest Girja Sharan
` 895.00
107pp
PB
` 295.00
FOUNDATION BOOKS/ CENTRE FOR ENVIRONMENT EDUCATION
Ram B. Chhetri, Associate Professor, Tribhuvan University, Nepal. Krishna P. Paudel, founding member of Forest Action Nepal and Environmental Resources Institute (ERI). HB
HB
Kutch region is arid and chronically short of drinking water and due to its closeness to the Arabian Sea coast, dewfall occurs here frequently. Dew is atmospheric water vapour condensing on a surface cooled by radiative cooling at night. Dew water is potable. Dew harvest offers an opportunity to supplement drinking water supply and with that in view we launched R&D work to develop harvesting mechanisms. This monograph describes the outcome and the experience.
9788175963269
Netra P. Timsina, Coordinator of Transformative Learning, Forest Action Nepal.
186pp
284pp
Girja Sharan Ph.D (Cornell) Cummins Foundation – IIMA Laboratory for Environmental Technology in Arid Areas, Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad.
Hemant R. Ojha, founding member of Forest Action Nepal, an NGO governed by Nepali citizens and Founding Editor of Journal of Forest and Livelihood.
9788175965638
This work is a culmination of extensive analysis of secondary sources and numerous archival primary sources including vernacular material hitherto unexamined from the perspective of Environmental History. It traces the evolution of political, socio-cultural and religious attitudes and administrative policies that had an impact on the forest ecology of Maharashtra. The study goes beyond a chronological narrative of events and it adopts a fresh approach where it examines the impact of the forest policies and subsequent responses from the tribals, peasants and artisans. It looks at landmark events and struggles that shaped the resistance to the new environmental and forest laws as well as the spillover of these developments into the anticolonial struggles of the early twentieth century.
Professor Joseph H. Hulse is currently Visiting Professor at the University of Manchester, the Central Food Technological Research Institute in Mysore, India and the M. S. Swaminathan Research Foundation in Tamil Nadu, India. 9788175965218
Forest Ecology in India: Colonial Maharashtra 1850–1950 takes a look at the human interactions that have shaped up the ecosystem specifically of Maharashtra, under the British colonial rule.
` 695.00
FOUNDATION BOOKS/ IDRC
95
Indigenous Knowledge of Farming in North Malabar Dr. K.M. Sreekumar, Dr. C. Thamban & Dr. M. Govindan
It is now widely recognized that agriculture can benefit when indigenous technical knowledge of farmers or ITK is reclaimed and integrated with modern farming practices. ITK is derived from local culture, traditions and long-term human interaction with the environment. It needs both documentation and conscious promotion for a more sustainability oriented perspective in agriculture. This book aims to document ITK in agriculture by detailing rituals and practices followed in the cultivation of the main crops in the North Malabar region of Kerala.
Perils of Pesticides Mukund Joshi
Dr. K.M. Sreekumar, Kerala Agriculture University, Trissur, Kerala.
9788175962637
Dr. C. Thamban, Senior Scientist, Central Plantation Crops Research Institute, Kasargod, Kerala.
175pp
PB
Preventive Environmental Management
` 395.00
An Indian Perspective
FOUNDATION BOOKS/ CENTRE FOR ENVIRONMENT EDUCATION
Non-Chemical Methods of Pest Control K. Vijayalakshmi
105pp
PB
` 195.00
FOUNDATION BOOKS/ CENTRE FOR ENVIRONMENT EDUCATION
Dr. M. Govindan, is Associate Professor (Microbiology), College of Agriculture, Padannakkad, Kasargod, Kerala. 9788175963481
This concise book is intended to create public awareness about aspects of pesticide use in India. Ignorance about pesticides in India is widespread and administrative and legislative lacunae have aggravated the situation. This book is a small step in the long and arduous process of helping to make our society and environment pesticide free.
Shyam R. Asolekar & R. Gopichandran
This concise booklet is intended to create public awareness about aspects of pesticide use in India. Ignorance about pesticides in India is widespread and administrative and legislative lacunae have aggravated the situation. This booklet is a small step in the long and arduous process of helping to make our society and environment pesticide free. Dr. K. Vijayalakshmi is Research Director, Centre for Indian Knowledge Systems, Chennai.
This book highlights the need for incorporating Preventive Environmental Management (PEM) approaches, characterized by community action at all levels of implementation. At the company level, PEM means adopting a holistic approach that includes diagnosing processes and systems for pollution hot-spots, interventions to reduce wastes at source, improving product quality and yield, enhancing waste treatment and value addition and integrating economic and environmental concerns of the stakeholders. It also discusses the significance of appropriate tools and techniques that enable transition across the continuum of production, consumption, and environmental protection, as well as, the preparedness of communities to monitor improved environmental quality. An expansive framework for resolving some prevailing dilemmas has also been proposed in this book. Dr. Shyam R. Asolekar teaches at the Centre for Environmental Science and Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology, Mumbai.
9788175963634
72pp
PB
Dr. R. Gopichandran serves as a Scientist at the Centre for Environment Education.
` 295.00
FOUNDATION BOOKS/ CENTRE FOR ENVIRONMENT EDUCATION
9788175963139
Organic Farming G.K. Veeresh
Green Revolution Technologies have made India self-sufficient in food production but unable to sustain soil productivity. A quantum leap in production of over 100 million tonnes was achieved in just two decades (1960-1970). But during the 1980s and 1990s it was a struggle to add on another 10 million tonnes despite good monsoons and the increasing supply of inputs of fertilizers, high yielding seeds, pesticides as well as water through irrigation. High costs of inputs have turned farming into a loss-making enterprise while leading to severe environmental degradation.
Livestock and Livelihoods The Indian Context
Nitya S. Ghotge
Professor G.K. Veeresh, former Vice Chancellor, University of Agricultural Science, Bangalore and Founder President of the Association for the Promotion of Organic Farming. 9788175963450
175pp
HB
656pp
HB
` 995.00
FOUNDATION BOOKS/ CENTRE FOR ENVIRONMENT EDUCATION
Livestock and Livelihoods: The Indian Context discusses livestock rearing in India, in relation to changes in the economy and policies of the government. The issues range from traditional practices in animal rearing, effect of colonial and post-colonial practices to the current policies. It also discusses methods to promote sustainable biodiversity and alternative systems of veterinary care. Nitya S. Ghotge holds a masters in Veterinary Surgery (1989) from Bombay Veterinary College, India.
` 895.00
9788175961838
FOUNDATION BOOKS/ CENTRE FOR ENVIRONMENT EDUCATION
138pp
HB
` 895.00
FOUNDATION BOOKS/ CENTRE FOR ENVIRONMENT EDUCATION
96
Challenging The Indian Medical Heritage Darshan Shankar & P.M. Unnikrishnan
There are two schematically distinguished traditions of health in India. One refers to the written traditions of the great classical systems of Ayurveda, Siddha, Unani and the other one is orally transmitted folk practices, which lack proper documentation. These traditional practices deal with a number of basic health techniques like treatment of common ailments and home remedies. In some communities there also exist special traditions like bone setting, visha chikitsa, treatment for certain chronic ailments, diagnostic methods such as naadi pareeksha.
The Other Global City Shail Mayaram (ed)
The present volume attempts to redress the balance. It contends that thinking about the city in the longue duree and as part of a network of regions, contests both imperial and nationalist ways of reading cities. In doing so, it looks at what recent literature overlooks, presents neglected counter-cartographies and foregrounds subaltern cosmopolitanisms. Chapters on Istanbul, Cairo and Beirut present counter-cartographies of cities that were as much Asiatic and African as European, while those on Bukhara, Lhasa, Delhi, Singapore, Kuala Lumpur and Tokyo highlight an alternative cosmopolitanism in Asian cities amid conflict and violence. In addition to the famous question, who has the right to the city, The Other Global City asks, do cities have rights?
Darshan Shankar has been the Director of the Foundation for Revitilisation of Local Health Traditions (FRLHT), Bangalore, since 1993. P.M. Unnikrishnan founded the Centre for Ayurvedic Research and Development (CARI), Kerala. 9788175961876
241pp
HB
“Global cities” are generally exclusively defined by flows of global capital. This narrow conception of global urbanity invalidates cities such as Byzantium-Constantinople-Istanbul which has been a global city for over fifteen centuries, Abbasid Baghdad that once was a global city for science, and Bombay which has long claimed to be a global city for cinema and the arts.
` 895.00
FOUNDATION BOOKS/ CENTRE FOR ENVIRONMENT EDUCATION
Shail Mayaram is a senior fellow with the Centre for the Study of Developing Societies (CSDS), New Delhi.
URBAN STUDIES 9789380403168
258pp
PB
` 395.00
YODA PRESS
Urbanisation in South Asia Focus on Mega Cities
R. P. Misra (ed)
South Asia is urbanising at a rapid pace and the problems arising due to urbanisation are serious indeed. The mega cities are the engines of economic growth; but, at the same time, they also lead to inequality, poverty and global warming. This book discusses the urban landscape of South Asia, with an emphasis on the role of mega cities in furthering socioeconomic development in the region. It analyses the urban growth processes in the region in the context of regional geography, population growth, economic development and technological environment. Deliberating on the current urbanisation process, it tries to initiate a dialogue on how South Asian countries can learn from each other to resolve the problems specific to their region. Furthermore, the authors underline the policies that the national governments may follow in order to ensure organic development of the cities. The pragmatic suggestions made in the book would open new avenues for solving the problems associated with urbanisation. R. P. Misra is an urban and regional development specialist and a Gandhian scholar of international repute. 9788175966369
530pp
HB
AUTOBIOGRAPHIES/ REMINISCENCES/ MEMOIRS/ BIOGRAPHIES Joan in India Suzanne Falkiner
‘Alone in his study, the Viceroy Lord Mountbatten sits musing to himself on his last moments as one of the most powerful men on earth… what Mountbatten chooses to do with those same moments is to confer on the former Joan Falkiner — the “Begum of Palanpore”— the title of “Highness”, until now withheld by the British to underline their disapproval of the match.’ In 1939, young Joan Falkiner’s spirited flight from South Yarra, a suburb of Melbourne, to princely India and her marriage to the Nawab of Palanpur, a small state in Gujarat, sent shockwaves through Melbourne society, and the British administration both in Delhi and back home in England. Political reverberations were felt throughout the Raj and — as the kingdoms were about to disappear forever in the maelstrom of Indian Independence — as high as the British throne. How did it all come about? Travelling through Melbourne, London, Mumbai, Palanpur, Mt Abu, and the South of France, Joan’s cousin and writer Suzanne Falkiner traces the life of a charming and determined young woman.
` 1295.00
Suzanne Falkiner is a reputed Australian author with many books and awards to her credit. 9789380403083 342pp
PB
YODA PRESS
97
` 495.00
Bina Das A Memoir
Bina Das Dhira Dhar (translator)
Reminiscences
Best known as a young revolutionary who took up arms against the British establishment, Bina Das numbers among the heroes of Indian history - alongside Bhagat Singh, Rajguru, Preetilata Wadedar - who took up arms against the colonisers.
The Memoirs of Shardaben Mehta
Compiled and Translated by Purnima Mehta Bhatt
This short memoir movingly recounts the story of her involvement in the shooting of the British Governor of Bengal, Stanley Jackson, at the Annual Convocation Meeting of Calcutta University in 1932, her subsequent incarceration, and her growing involvement in politics.
Introduction by Svati Joshi
Despite her importance in Indian history, Bina Das disappeared from public view in later life and is rumoured to have passed away in Rishikesh in early 1997. This account captures the early years of her life and gives insights into the context and history of the times that inspired Bina to take the path that she chose.
This book, made up of short pieces that she wrote at regular intervals for publication, tells the story of Shardaben’s life and times, giving us insights into Indian history, viewed from the point of view of a participant in the freedom movement, and provides rich insight into the area of women’s education and the many campaigns in which they were involved. As well, it documents a life of intellectual companionship and action, one committed to women’s freedom and independence.
Dhira Dhar, former professor of English literature and a social worker. 9788189013646
144pp
HB
` 350.00
ZUBAAN
Memories of a Rolling Stone Vina Mazumdar
This endearing, witty, self-deprecating memoir documents the life of one of the leading feminists of the contemporary Indian women's movement. Vina Mazumdar, one of the key researchers and writers of the landmark report of the Committee on the Status of Women in India, Towards Equality, here documents her early life, her gradual politicization in a household of liberal, educated Bengalis, and her involvement in women's issues and the women's movement.
Purnima Mehta Bhatt is a Professor of History, Anthropology and Interdisciplinary Studies at Hood College in U.S.A. Svati Joshi teaches English at Miranda House, Delhi University. 9788189013653
Fragments of a Life A Family Archive
Mythili Sivaraman
` 595.00
This is the life story of Subbalakshmi – married at 11 years of age and a mother at 14 – in the early 20th century. Hers is yet another instance in the long annals of women whose aspirations, abilities, selfhood, the right to dream and to rebel have been snuffed out by patriarchy.
9788189013110
200pp ZUBAAN
Vina Mazumdar was the founder of the Centre for Women's Development Studies, New Delhi. PB
HB
Mythili Sivaraman, a political and social activist of thirty years standing is currently the National Vice-President of the All India Democratic Women’s Association.
An activist and institution builder, Vinadi set up the Centre for Women's Development Studies in Delhi, one of the leading research and outreach institutions for women in the country. In this rare memoir, Vinadi provides a rich history of the contemporary women's movement in India.
192pp
332pp ZUBAAN
Brought up to be outspoken and frank, Vinadi, as she is affectionately known, began by becoming involved in university-led politics in Calcutta. Marriage and a young family did not prevent her from pursuing her studies and her career, in the teeth of considerable opposition from relatives but with constant support from her mother. On her return to India, Vinadi first moved into the field of education, and then, with her involvement in the research and writing of Towards Equality, was catapulted into the women's movement.
9788189884529
In the affluent and confident capitalist society of nineteenth century Gujarat, debates on social reform, including women’s reform, were conducted entirely by men, and were largely of academic interest since the historical transition to British rule had brought about little change in the existing social structure. In this context, the interventions of Shardaben Mehta, a progressive educationist and social worker, represented a pioneering attempt by a woman in the early twentieth century at questioning, analyzing and changing the conditions of women’s lives. The story of her life, as told by her in this memoir, is not that of an individual woman struggling to realize her personal aspirations, rather it is the story of an educated woman, equipped with independent views and fearless convictions, determined to open up a space for other women to enable them to experience the freedom and joy denied to them in their daily lives in a patriarchal society.
` 350.00
ZUBAAN
98
HB
` 395.00
News as Culture
MEDIA STUDIES Piracy in the Indian Film Industry Copyright and Cultural Consonance
Arul George Scaria
NEW
This book sheds light on how copyright law works at the grassroots level in India, by exploring the social, cultural, historical, legal and economic dimensions of piracy in one of the biggest copyright-based industries: the Indian film industry. Based on extensive fieldwork, this book provides novel and insightful findings on the complexity and diversity of perceptions regarding piracy within Indian society. The bottom-up approach analysis adopted in the book elucidates how local factors influence copyright enforcement and the book proposes a mix of positive and negative incentives to increase the voluntary compliance of copyright law in India.
Ursula Rao
This important volume contributes to an emerging debate about the impact of the media on Indian society. Furthermore, it convincingly demonstrates the inseparable link between media related practices and dynamic cultural repertoires.
Arul George Scaria is a post-doctoral researcher at the Catholic University of Louvain (UCL) in Belgium. 9781107065437
338pp
HB
Ursula Rao is Senior Lecturer of Anthropology and Sociology at the University of New South Wales in Sydney, Australia. She has worked in the fields of Media Anthropology, Religious Anthropology and Ritual Studies.
` 795.00
Murder Without Borders
Where do journalists find the guts to keep telling the truth?
Dying for the Story in the World’s Most Dangerous Places
Organizations such as the Committee to Protect Journalists and Reporters sans frontiers bring us the death toll from around the world, and that number is truly daunting: since 1992 more than 835 journalists have been killed - nearly threequarters of them targeted and assassinated. Over 90 percent of the fallen have been local journalists trying to unveil violence and corruption in their own backyards. Worse, 95 percent of the people who ordered their murders remain unpunished. These shocking numbers, however, do not help us to know the journalists who have sacrificed literally everything for the story. And so, for four years, investigative reporter Terry Gould has given himself over to that quest, traveling to the five countries in which it is most dangerous to be a journalist - Iraq, the Philippines, Russia, Columbia and Bangladesh – in order to bring us back unforgettable portraits of seven murdered journalists who carried on despite death threats from terrorists, corrupt politicians, gangsters and paramilitary leaders.
Terry Gould
Journalistic Practices and the Remaking of Indian Leadership Traditions
9788175967861
My Brother…Nikhil The Screenplay
Onir
400pp
PB
236pp
HB
` 895.00
Set in Goa between 1987 and 1994, the film traces the life of Nikhil Kapoor: the state allround swimming champion. A committed sportsman, Nikhil’s life changes radically when he finds out that he is HIV-positive. Even as he faces harassment from authorities and heartbreaking rejection from his parents, the only two people who stand by him in his fight for justice, life, love and dignity are his sister Anamika and his boyfriend Nigel. Published for the first time, the screenplay of this powerful yet poignant film, brings Nikhil’s story back for its fans with the same intensity as the motion picture. The text of the film is supported by stills from the film, as well as short pieces by the director Onir and actor Sanjay Suri about how this pathbreaking film, the first mainstream Hindi film about a homosexual individual, was made and how it changed their lives for ever. ‘A rare film that breaks from the safe path of ofttold stories and instead dares to touch you and to move you...’—Shabana Azmi
Terry Gould is a Brooklyn-born investigative journalist who focuses on organized crime and social issues. 9788188861118
At the turn of the millennium, Indian journalism has undergone significant changes. The rapid commercialization of the press, together with an increase in literacy and political consciousness, has led to swift growth in the newspaper market but also changed the way news makers mediate politics. Positioned at a historical junction where India is clearly feeling the effects of market liberalization, News as Culture demonstrates how journalists and informants interactively create new forms of political action and consciousness. The book explores English and Hindi news making and investigates the creation of news relations during the production process and how they affect political images and leadership traditions. It moves beyond the newsroom to outline the role of journalists in urban society, the social lives of news texts and the way citizens bring their ideas and desires to bear on the news discourse.
‘...one of the most sensitively handled Hindi films in recent memory.’—Rajeev Masand
` 395.00
IMPRINTONE
9789380403014
136pp
PB
YODA PRESS
99
` 350.00
Leave Disco Dancer Alone Indian Cinema and Soviet Movie-Going After Stalin
Sudha Rajagopalan
at the International Centre for Sports History and Culture at De Montfort University, Leicester, UK.
In this important new book, Sudha Rajagopalan explores the consumption of Indian popular cinema in post-Stalinist Soviet society. In doing so, she highlights the enthusiastic response Indian popular films and their stars received from the Soviet audience as well as the discursive and institutional context in which this consumption occurred from the mid-fifties till the end of the Soviet era in 1991. The death of Stalin in 1953 was followed by the introduction of important changes in government policy in the Soviet Union, including a relative liberalization of leisure and culture which revealed the state’s resurgent interest in addressing popular tastes. The renewed import and screening of foreign entertainment films in the Soviet Union was one of the most visible outcomes of this change. Drawing on oral history methodology and archival research in Russia, the author analyses the ways in which Soviet movie-goers, policy makers, critics and sociologists responded to, interpreted and debated Indian cinema in the Soviet Union between 1954 and the end of the eighties. The book includes contemporary press and archival photos which capture the rapturous reception given to actors like Raj Kapoor, Nargis, Shashi Kapoor, Amitabh Bachchan and Mithun Chakraborty as well as Soviet film posters announcing films like Awara, Betaab and Chandni.
Jeffrey Hill is Emeritus Professor of Historical and Cultural Studies at De Montfort University, Leicester, UK. 3 B&W Illustrations 1 table 9781107601949 308pp PB ` 595.00
GENERAL India’s Healthcare Industry Innovation in Healthcare Delivery, Financing, and Manufacturing
Lawton Robert Burns (ed)
This volume is intended to provide healthcare practitioners and executives who operate and do business in India with a ‘system view’. It also addresses whether India’s healthcare system can keep pace with the country’s economic growth, or will encumber the burgeoning economy, and how domestic firms are competing with multinationals. Lawton Robert Burns is James Joo-Jin Kim Professor and Chair of the Health Care Management Department at the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania.
Sudha Rajagopalan is an independent scholar and writer, currently based in the Netherlands. 32 B&W and colour images 9788190618601 292pp PB ` 350.00
NEW
9781107044371
600pp
HB
` 1295.00
YODA PRESS
The Electronic Silk Road
SPORTS The Cambridge Companion to Cricket Anthony Bateman & Jeffrey Hill (eds)
How the Web Binds the World Together in Commerce
Few other team sports can equal the global reach of cricket. Rich in history and tradition, it is both quintessentially English and expansively international, a game that has evolved and changed dramatically in recent times. Demonstrating how the history of cricket and its international popularity is entwined with British imperial expansion, this book examines the social and political impact of the game in a variety of cultural sites: the West Indies, India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, South Africa, Australia and New Zealand. An international team of contributors explores the enduring influence of cricket on English identity, examines why cricket has seized the imagination of so many literary figures and provides profiles of iconic players including Bradman, Lara and Tendulkar. Presenting a global panoramic view of cricket’s complicated development, its unique adaptability and its political and sporting controversies, the book provides a rich insight into a unique sporting and cultural heritage.
Anupam Chander
NEW
On the ancient Silk Road, treasure-laden caravans made their arduous way through deserts and mountain passes, establishing trade between Asia and the civilizations of Europe and the Mediterranean. Today’s electronic Silk Roads ferry information across continents, enabling individuals and corporations anywhere to provide or receive services without obtaining a visa. But the legal infrastructure for such trade is yet rudimentary and uncertain. If an event in cyberspace occurs at once everywhere and nowhere, what law applies? How can consumers be protected when engaging with companies across the world? In this accessible book, cyberlaw expert Anupam Chander provides the first thorough discussion of the law that relates to global Internet commerce. Addressing up-to-theminute examples, such as Google’s struggles with China, the Pirate Bay’s skirmishes with Hollywood, and the outsourcing of services to India, the author insightfully analyzes the difficulties of regulating Internet trade. Chander then lays out a framework for future policies, showing how countries can dismantle barriers while still protecting consumer interests. Anupam Chander, Professor, Law, University of California Davis & Director, California International Law Center.
Anthony Bateman is a freelance writer and editor and an Honorary Visiting Research Fellow
9789382993223 100
302pp
HB
` 795.00
Cartel Regulation India in an International Perspective
Lovely Dasgupta
NEW
The recent decision of the Competition Commission of India imposing Rupees 60 billion penalties on the Cement cartels exemplifies the extent to which cartelization affects the Indian consumers. The book looks into the law, policy and practice that inform the anti-cartel provisions within the Indian Competition Act 2002. In the process, it tries to establish that even though the anti-cartel provisions of the Indian Competition Act are ambiguous on their support or opposition to cartels, the primary purpose of the Act is protection of the interest of consumers. Therefore, the Competition Commission of India and the Central Government are expected to come up with such regulations and notifications that help in clarifying the scope of the anti-cartel provisions in the interest of consumers.
Just One Life and other stories Manju Kak
NEW
The book also compares the Indian regulator’s approach vis-à-vis the approach taken by the fair trade regulators in more advanced jurisdictions like the EU, US and UK. Importantly, it introduces readers to a developing country perspective by bringing forth the impact of cartels on bargaining power of both end consumer as well as intermediaries. It also provides workable solutions to enhance the efficacy of anti-cartel provisions
Manju Kak has a Ph.D. in the History of Art and has been a teacher. As a curator and researcher her work has been in the field of visual ethnography and culture, particularly of the Himalayas.
Lovely Dasgupta teaches at the West Bengal National University of Juridical Sciences, Kolkata. She has been researching and teaching competition law, contract law and commercial law for the past ten years. Dasgupta is also one of the few Indian academics working on sports law. She has organized workshops for training in competition law-related issues and has been actively associated with the law school’s tie up with the Competition Commission of India. 9789382993759
Indian Railways Strategy for Reforms
K. B. Verma
NEW
384pp
HB
9788188861170
The Mirror of Wonders and Other Tales Syed Rafiq Hussain, Saleem Kidwai (translator)
` 995.00
` 350.00
The plight of a hungry tigress and her cubs; a dog’s undying love for his friend; a domesticated nilgai lost in the woods; the wide ambit of a cow’s maternity; the pangs of separation felt by a monkey mother and her child: such emotions are explored in this unusual collection of short stories peopled by a variety of animals. Originally written in Urdu by an important but little-known early twentieth-century writer, Syed Rafiq Hussain, the stories use satire to highlight the ignominy of human conduct from the vantage point of the animals. Hussain combines keen observation of animal behaviour with deep empathy, even as he brings the Terai region of the Himalayan foothills alive in these quiet yet profound tales. Kidwai’s deft and nuanced translation in English retains the liveliness of Hussain’s idiomatic Urdu and introduces a new generation of readers to a gifted and deeply philosophical writer.
9789380403090
196pp
PB
YODA PRESS
K. B. Verma is a retired officer of Indian Railway Accounts Service. He has worked in various capacities in the Finance Department of Indian Railways as well as ADRM in a large railway Division. PB
PB
Saleem Kidwai taught history at Delhi University for many years and is now an independent scholar based in Lucknow. He has written and translated many books and co-edited Same-Sex Love in India: Readings from Literature and History (2000).
This book attempts to develop an alternative institutional framework which is simple, effective and workable while causing least upheaval to the existing structure. Some of the suggestions may be found somewhat iconoclastic. But reform which pleases all is no reform. Reforms come about only with foresight, determination and courage to break from the past.
220pp
190pp
IMPRINTONE
The need for reform in the Indian Railways has become much more acute and urgent than ever before. Suggestions for corporatisation, compensation for cost of social service obligations, separating policy from execution, shedding off non-core activities have long been made. There is serious need to question the way we look at our railway system, i.e., whether its format as a commercial cum public utility service being run by a government department has served the needs of a growing economy or hampered its growth.
9789384463151
Manju Kak delves into the lives of ordinary people, mostly from India, revealing the nuances of their existence with a mix of engaging humour and compassion. The cross-section are after the under-privileged and the dispossessed. From the depressive visionary Inquilaab is search of an incorruptible India, one that no longer exists, to a young boy in a boarding school dealing with his mother’s cancer, to the angry Mrs Lamba reminiscing about her youth in pre-Partition Lahore, these stories collectively span the cycle of life, from childhood to old age. Often enough an almost elegiac sadness hovers, as if the author is regretful of the times we now live in. Significantly, many of the protagonists are women – the mother-in-law daughter-in-law duo in ‘Twilight’ the lonely housewife in ‘By the River’, the spinster in ‘Split Second’ – who struggle to express their identity, a quest that has stamped feminist history this past century. Taken as a whole, the collection leaves a fragrance that lingers long after closing the pages of the book.
` 595.00 101
` 250.00
Mukhwas Indian Food Through the Ages
Alka Pande
Facets of Social Geography
Food in India has a long and glorious tradition, having been influenced by climate and geography, history and politics, religion and ritual, social customs and relationships. Mukhwas is a singular and personal attempt at untangling the various strands of this rich food culture and exploring the current state of Indian cuisine. While keeping in mind that the best food in India is most likely to be had in someone’s home, Mukhwas also delves into the theory that food is one of the great unifying topics in India. Despite its diversity, we Indians are remarkably intermingled when it comes to what we eat.
International and Indian Perspectives
Ashok K. Dutt, Vandana Wadhwa, Baleshwar Thakur & Frank J. Costa (eds)
Rich with anecdotes, literary quotes and recipes, Mukhwas will kindle in the reader a romance with food and an appreciation of its flavor or ‘rasa’. The book also serves as a warning that we are as much in danger of becoming a puritanical nation obsessed with diet and with becoming the perfect Size Zero, as of falling prey to the lure and convenience of junk food. Simultaneously, however, a welcome process of rediscovery of indigenous food wisdom and wealth is underway in India, and this book will be a major contribution in that direction. As the interest in traditional recipes and ethnic foods increases, the time is ripe for an appreciation of the dynamic and multilayered marvel that is Indian food.
This book is a felicitation volume in honour of Allen G. Noble, Distinguished Professor Emeritus of Geography and Planning at the University of Akron, Ohio, USA. A result of the collective effort of 40 leading national and international scholars, it is an excellent addition to the current stock of knowledge. Ashok K. Dutt is Professor Emeritus in Geography, Planning and Urban Studies at the University of Akron, USA. Vandana Wadhwa is Lecturer in the Department of Geography and Environment at Boston University, Boston, Massachusetts.
Dr Alka Pande is a prolific writer on Indology and art history and the author of several wellacclaimed books, some of which have been translated into foreign languages. 9788188861163
162pp
PB
Baleshwar Thakur is the former Head of the Department of Geography, Delhi School of Economics, University of Delhi, and former ViceChancellor of Lalit Narain Mithila University, Darbhanga.
` 525.00
Frank J. Costa is Professor Emeritus in Geography, Planning, Urban Studies and Public Administration at the University of Akron, USA.
IMPRINTONE
Ragi-Ragini Chronicles from Aji’s Kitchen
Anjali Purohit
Ragi, which is known by many names - Nachani, Nagli, Kelvaragu, Mutthari, Coracano, or finger millet - is a much neglected wonder food and an indigenous grain that has been grown and consumed in India’s rural areas for centuries. Ragi-Ragini is a collection of ragi recipestraditional ones, variations of the traditional as well as entirely new innovations. The author believes that Ragi has the potential to take a weak and ailing body and lead it towards health, wisdom and self-realisation, and she infuses her recipes with this faith. The recipes are accompanied by a sparkling little tale about a little girl called Ragini, her life with her genius grandmother Aji and fiesty Masi in a small, coastal Konkan village, and the transcendental ragi grain. Adorning the narrative and recipes are ‘ovis’ or verses composed by the renowned Maharashtrian poet Bahinabai which have been sung by generations of women while going about their daily chores, and which talk about the life, work and concerns of women in the region. This unusual little book by Anjali Purohit not only offers simple tips to include ragi in your daily diet, but is also a delight to read!
9788175968011
Interleaves Ruminations on Illness and Spiritual Life
Lata Mani
108pp
PB
666pp
HB
` 1480.00
Interleaves is a paean to the transformative potential of catastrophic life changes. It records the twin journeys in Lata Mani’s life in the wake of a head injury she sustained in 1993: her baptism of fire into disability and her spontaneous awakening to Devi, the Divine Mother, in context of this crisis. Through contemplative writing, poetry and cultural criticism of the way society perceives illness, it invites the reader to join her as she witnesses, honors, grieves and celebrates her experience, and in the process radically revises her prior sense of the very meaning, purpose and promise of life. Lata Mani is a historian, poet and cultural critic. 9789380403182
148pp
PB
YODA PRESS
Anjali Purohit is a Mumbai-based artist who also writes fiction and poetry. 9789380403045
Facets of Social Geography: International and Indian Perspectives provides a breadth of information on the nature, scope, history and evolution of social geography along with a good representation of approaches and techniques used in this field. It discusses both conceptual and empirical approaches, and traditional and emergent social geography themes including art and culture, urbanism and crime, social institutions of caste, class and religion, gender, disability, activism, feminism, social planning, enterprise zones, social and economic inequities, post-colonialism, post-modernism and development of quantitative, qualitative and mixed methods. India’s social structure based on centuries-old Karma principles and a four-level caste system are dealt with in this book to help unravel the country’s social geography.
` 195.00
YODA PRESS
102
` 195.00
Human Rights and Law Bonded Labour in India
Ramesh Kumar Tiwari
Love Them Loathe Them
Human Rights and Law: Bonded Labour in India deals with the problem of debt bondage and the way it has been treated during the British as well as in the post-independence period. Analysis has been made of the motivations for carrying out the reform; the processes involved in formulating the legislation, contributions by different agencies, discussion in the parliament, etc. The two legislations: the Indian Slavery Act, 1843 and bonded labour system (Abolition) Act, 1976 provide a comparative perspective in the making of social legislation in two different historical settings and different political systems.
Namita Gokhale (ed)
Living in the age of celebrity, we seem to know everything about these maharathis who overshadow our everyday lives with theirs, and yet, paradoxically, on examination we know very little.
The statute on debt and its enforcement has been carried out by four distinct political authorities. India under the Company, India under the Crown; Provincial Governments (1937–1939); and Independent India. The problems in the enforcement of the statutes have been analyzed drawing evidence from modern Indian history, state-society relationship, motivations of the officials and the political context of administration.
Is it any surprise, then, that intelligent and informed minds should feel the need to deconstruct these mythic figures? This anthology seeks to view them outside the trivialization of the Page Three phenomenon and the commodification of the PR firms, beyond the narrow perspectives of ideological prejudice and political correctness.
Ramesh Kumar Tiwari, formerly Professor of Public Administration, Indian Institute of Public Administration. 9788175967465
Our Indian Railway Themes in India’s Railway History
Roopa Srinivasan, Manish Tiwari & Sandeep Silas (eds)
187pp
HB
9788188861019
112pp
PB
` 150.00
IMPRINTONE
` 595.00
Love in South Asia
This book commemorates 150 years of railways in India. Introduced under colonial rule in the second half of the nineteenth century, the railways soon embraced the length and breadth of India bringing with it rapid political, economic, ecological and cultural changes. The articles in this book explore the impact of this technological phenomenon from a range of interdisciplinary perspectives. From early railway thinking in renaissance Bengal, to railway policing in Uttar Pradesh and issues of management to railway themes in literature, the writers in this volume reveal the world of the railways in all its exciting facets. The photo essay invokes the nostalgic world of steam with a series of evocative images. In the twenty-first century, the ever expanding horizon of the railways continues to draw in people and goods in the third largest railway network in the world.
A Cultural History
Francesca Orsini (ed)
Roopa Srinivasan is an officer of the Indian Railway Accounts Service and is presently Deputy Chief Accounts Officer with Northern Railways.
Love may be a universal feeling, but culture and language play a crucial role in defining it. Idioms of love have a long history, and within every society there is always more than one discourse, be it prescriptive, religious, or gender-specific, available at any given time. This book explores the idioms of love that have developed in South Asia, those words, conceptual clusters, images and stories which have interlocked and grown into repertoires. Including essays by literary scholars, historians, anthropologists, film historians and political theorists, the collection unravels the interconnecting strands in the history of the concept (shringara, ‘ishq, prem and “love”) and maps their significance in literary, oral and visual traditions. Each essay examines a particular configuration and meaning of love on the basis of genre, tellers and audiences, and the substantial introduction sets out the main repertoires. Francesca Orsini is Lecturer in Hindi at the University of Cambridge. 9788175964334
Manish Tiwari, an Indian Railway Traffic Service Officer, presently works as Joint Director, Information & Publicity with the Ministry of Railways. Sandeep Silas, an IRTS officer of the 1983 exam, has evolved as a travel writer, poet, lyricist, humorist and a tourism promotion enthusiast. 16pp photo essay 9788175963306 288pp HB
We live in a heroic age, where fashion models, television stars, politicians, sportspersons and other mythic figures straddle the mediascape to enact their public and private dramas before us. Their larger-than lives belong to the public domain and have become a part of the reservoir of subliminal consciousness. Lost in the aureate haze of their own fame, they inhabit a stratosphere accessible only to other rarefied beings, often ending up tragically believing their own hype.
` 695.00 103
380pp
HB
` 695.00
Tramjatra Imagining Melbourne and Kolkata by Tramways
Mick Douglas (ed)
A Dictionary of Muslim Names
Tramjatra undertakes a journey between Kolkata (India) and Melbourne (Australia) through the medium of tramways. This new form of creative globalization from below, built on friendship and dialogue, shows a way forward.
Salahuddin Ahmed
Mick Douglas is an artist and senior lecturer in the School of Architecture & Design at RMIT in Melbourne.
9788190227247
297pp
PB
` 295.00
YODA PRESS
Story of the Delhi Iron Pillar R. Balasubramaniam
Story of The Delhi Iron Pillar traces the history of the pillar located in the Qutab Complex and describes its structure in detail. It unravels the mystery behind the resistance of the pillar to corrosion for more than sixteen centuries. It also discusses the amazing processes by which the pillar was manufactured using the technical know-how available at the time. R. Balasubramaniam has been teaching and conducting research at the Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur since 1990.
Throughout the world Muslims share similar names, be they in the Middle East, the Indian subcontinent, South-East Asia or new migrants in the West. And it should not be forgotten that the first thing Allah taught Adam was names. The predominant language in Muslim names is Arabic, followed by Persian (Farsi), the two major languages which transmitted Muslim culture in its early stages and later expansion. An important source of Muslim names consists of the ninety-nine attributes of Allah mentioned in the Qur’an and the hadith. According to Islamic belief, the relationship between man and his Creator is that of servant and master, and therefore a Muslim feels gratified to be named as a servant of one of the attributes of Allah. The purpose of this dictionary is to give the meaning or bearing on Islamic heritage of the words, Arabic or Persian, which form parts of Muslim names. By way of illustration, it gives references to Muslims who left their mark on history in different ages, in different fields, and in various parts of the world. Where appropriate, The Qur’an is cited. Therefore it is not merely a compilation of Muslim names but a reference work pertaining to the broad field of Islam. For most people, a name appears more significant when it is identified as having been borne by an Imam, a Khalifa, a Mujahid (fighter for the cause of Islam), a Sultan, a saint, an author or a jurist who shaped the history of Islam. Salahuddin Ahmed, born in East Pakistan (now Bangladesh), is a barrister of Lincoln’s Inn and the Australian Supreme Court. 9781850653578
9788175962781
140pp
PB
` 345.00
367pp HURST
*Prices are subject to change without notice.
104
PB
` 595.00
Forthcoming develop and apply this model to the Indian context in Multan, through religious ceremonies centred on his shrine. Subsequently, it was developed further by the Suhrawardi Sufi Order into a grand scheme of envisioning monotheism, which has been found represented in the architecture left behind by the order in Multan and Uch.
The Shi‘a in Modern South Asia Religion, History and Politics
Justin Jones and Ali Usman Qasmi (eds) While most studies of Shi‘i Islam have focused upon Iran or the Middle East, South Asia is another global region which is home to a large and influential Shi‘i population. This edited volume establishes the importance of the Indian subcontinent, which has been profoundly shaped by Shi‘i cultures, regimes and populations throughout its history, for the study of Shi‘i Islam in the modern world. The essays within this volume, all written by leading scholars of the field, explore various Shi‘i communities (both Isna ‘Ashari and Isma‘ili) in parts of the subcontinent as diverse as Karachi, Lucknow, Mumbai and Hyderabad, as well as South Asian Shi‘i diasporas in East Africa. Drawing from a range of disciplinary perspectives, including history, religious studies, anthropology and political science, they examine a range of themes relating to Shi‘i belief, practice, piety and belonging, as well as relations between Shi‘i and non-Shi‘i communities.
The monuments of the Suhrawardi Order, which are derived from the basic lodges set up by Pir Shams in the region, constitute a building archetype which is unique. The book’s greatest strength lies in its archaeological evidence and the metaphysical commonalties between Shi’ism/Isma’ilism and the Suhrawardi Sufi Order, both of which complement each other. In addition, working on premise and supposition, certain re-analysed historical periods and events in Indian Muslim history serve as added proof for the author’s argument. Hasan Ali Khan is Assistant Professor at School of Art Humanities & Social Sciences, Habib University Foundation, Karachi, Pakistan. 9781107062900
c.210pp
HB
Forthcoming
The Partition of Bengal
Justin Jones is Associate Professor in Study of Religion at Pembroke College, University of Oxford.
Fragile Borders and New Identities
Ali Usman Qasmi is Assistant Professor of History at the School of Humanities and Social Sciences, Lahore University of Management Sciences.
The 1947 Partition in the eastern part of the subcontinent has been a neglected area in Partition Studies. The dearth of critical writings on the enormously rich and varied literature that Partition has produced amongst the Bengali (Bangla) speaking peoples of West Bengal, the North East and Bangladesh have never been discussed extensively in the academia. The complex political mosaic of a pluralistic society, the growth and acceleration of the nationalist struggle, the changes in Hindu-Muslim relations, popular protests like Tebhaga and Marichjhapi and the vivisection of the subcontinent have resulted in a proliferation of writings on various aspects of the Partition in the East.
9781107108905
218pp
HB
Debjani Sengupta
` 595.00
Constructing Islam on the Indus The Material History of the Suhrawardi Sufi Order, 1200–1500 AD
Hasan Ali Khan
This book attempts to look intensively at the Bengal Partition through the region’s literature. Postmodernism particularly has overthrown generic distinctions between literary and other discourses with far reaching influences for the practitioners of literature and history. Therefore, in the last few decades there has been a new awareness in historiography as historians turn to newer and newer reading practices. To look closely at a literary text is to ask, like a historian, some fundamental questions about the time of composition, the rhetorical elements used by the narrative, its genealogy, its location, its audience and its ultimate purpose. When history is looked at through literary texts, a researcher finds new questions about life and society that sometimes stretch the severe constraints that historical narratives operate under. This study tries to do exactly that by studying literary texts from 1940s to 1960s in West Bengal, the Bangla speaking areas of North Eastern States and Bangladesh through the rubrics of refugeehood, displacement, rehabilitation and geography. Earlier histories of the Partition in Bengal have not taken into consideration the available literatures, including memoirs and reminiscences and this foray into non-literary texts add considerable value to the central thesis that the author builds up.
This book deals with the medieval history of Islam in the Indus Valley, bringing to light a previously hidden narrative of dialogue and contestation among Ismaili and Imamiyah Shiites, Sufis and Sunnis. It represents the first serious consideration of Ismaili-Shia esotericism in material and architectural terms, as well as of pre-modern conceptions of religious plurality in rituals and astrology. The author undermines the received narrative of Ismailism in the area being marginalized by Sunnism by the 13th century and shows its continued existence in the guise of Sufism. This is an argument that has often been stated but never before demonstrated in such a fulsome way, and certainly not by claiming that an Ismaili-Shia-Sufi polity continued to exist into Mughal times. Sufism has long been reckoned to have connections to Shi’ism, but without any concrete proof. The book shows this connection in light of current scholarly work on the subject, historical sources, and most importantly, metaphysics and archaeological evidence. Something special happened in Multan and Uch eight centuries ago, around the time when the Mongol invasions devastated the Middle East and Central Asia. Large-scale migration from these areas swelled the numbers of Isma’ilis, and the various Sufi denominations. One such Sufi Order was the Suhrawardi, which had previous connections with Isma’ilism in Iraq. In Multan and later in Uch, the Suhrawardi Order secretly collaborated with Isma’ili missionaries on a model of religious transcendentalism. The Isma’ili missionary Pir Shams was the first to
Debjani Sengupta is Associate Professor at the Department of English, Indraprastha College for Women, University of Delhi. 9781107061705
105
c.220pp
HB
Fothcoming
See Page No. 4
See Page No. 10
See Page No. 17
See Page No. 31
See Page No. 34
See Page No. 39
See Page No. 59
See Page No. 67
See Page No. 91
See Page No. 92
See Page No. 99
See Page No. 100
Send your orders to:
Cambridge University Press India Private Limited www.cambridgeindia.org Regd. Office: 2nd Floor, 4843/24, Ansari Road, Daryaganj, New Delhi-110002 Tel.: +91 11 43743700 Fax: +91 11 23288534 Email: cupdel@cambridge.org C-22, Brigade M.M., K.R. Road, Jayanagar, Bengaluru-560070 Tel.: +91 80 65593388, 26764817, 26762764 Fax: +91 80 26761322 Email: cupbang@cambridge.org Cambridge House, Plot No. 80, Service Industries, Shirvane, Sector-1, Nerul, Navi Mumbai-400706 Tel.: +91 22 27709172, 27713810 Fax: 91 22 27709173 Email: cupmum@cambridge.org The Cambridge Centre, 10, Raja Subodh Mullick Square, 2nd Floor, Kolkata-700013 Tel.: +91 33 22259976, 22250046 Fax: +91 33 22250327 Email: cupkol@cambridge.org The Cambridge Centre, 21/1 (New No. 49), 1st Floor, Model School Road, Thousand Lights, Chennai-600006 Tel.: +91 44 42146807, 28291294 Fax: +91 44 28291295 Email: cupchen@cambridge.org House No. 3-5-874/6/4 (Near Fernandez Hospital, OP Block), St. No. 5, Hyderguda, Hyderabad-500029 Tel.: +91 40 23244458, 66101126 Fax: +91 40 23244459 Email: cuphyd@cambridge.org Agarwal Pride, A Wing, 1308, Kasba Peth, Near Surya Hospital, Pune-411011 Tel.: +91 20 24575767, 24575768 Fax: +91 20 24575768 Email: cuppune@cambridge.org T.C. 25/2732, Lukes Lane, Ambujavilasam Road, Thiruvananthapuram-695001 Tel: +91 471 4064404, 4064405 Fax: +91 471 4070093 Email: cuptvm@cambridge.org Representative Office: Monzeera House, Om Bhawan, 2nd Floor, Panbazar, Guwahati-781001 Telefax: +91 361 2735336 Email: nkakoty@cambridge.org
Follow us on :
www.facebook.com/cambridgeindia
www.twitter.com/cambridgeindia